User:Sweet Beanie/Checklist
Let me know if I've missed something
Timeline
To replace Timelines
This article focuses on the timeline of all Madoka Magica media to create both a chronological, as well as multiversal understanding of events. Madoka Magica contains many instances of alternate universes, branching timelines created through time travel, as well as universal rewrites which retroactively affect both of the former. To clarify these concepts, this article uses the following defined terms:
- Universe: A reality defined by a core set of metaphysical rules, usually established by a universal rewrite, such as the creation of the Law of Cycles.
- Timeline: A linear sequence of events within a Universe. Time travel can create multiple branching timelines that share the same underlying rules.
- Alternate Universe: A reality with a fundamentally different history and/or rules, not originating from a rewrite in the primary sequence.
With the addition of Homura's time travel, it is sometimes difficult to surmise whether an event takes place in a branch timeline or a separate alternate universe altogether.
To navigate through the layout of this article and its sub-articles, below is an explanation of the organizational logic. Branching timelines are grouped under the Universe whose rules they share. Confirmed alternate universes are grouped under the media they are depicted in, which may not reflect a cosmological link. For example, worlds from crossover events like Magia Clash! are grouped with the Magia Record Universe because they appear in that game. For the same reason, events like Forever Halloween Night are grouped in the Magia Exedra Universe.
Parallel universes and the multiverse are at least in part formed by choices, where every time a choice is made, there is a world where that choice was made, and one where it wasn't.[1] There's also spaces such as the Law of Cycles, the Endless Mirrors (and by extension the Magia Record), and the Lighthouse Theatre, from which multiple timelines and worlds are accessible. In a few of these places where Magical Girls are taken outside of conventional timelines, their different versions seemingly merge together.[2]
The Original Universe is the first to be depicted, where Kyubey created the system of Magical Girls becoming Witches. In the first timeline, Homura Akemi makes a contract to go back in time, creating many more timelines where she repeats the same month. It is ultimately unknown how many times she looped, but in the final timeline of this Universe, Madoka Kaname makes a contract to erase Witches across all time and space, executing a universal rewrite that reaches every timeline and reality within her reach.
The first fourteen timelines Homura creates are depicted in Scene 0; while it is believed the fourteenth is the final one, this is unconfirmed. Given expanded media and interviews, the distinction between a branch timeline and a true alternate universe is often unclear. Therefore, the first fourteen timelines, other possible timelines, and the final timeline are treated in separate articles for clarity.
According to the Magia Record Anime, Oriko Magica, as well as Scene Zero, the timelines Homura created continue to exist after she leaves them, simply proceeding without her presence or Mabayu's.
After Madoka's wish, she rewrites the rules of all realities within her reach, while residing outside them in the Law of Cycles. The Law of Cycles Universe is the state after this rewrite, where Magical Girls fight Wraiths and are taken upon death to the Law of Cycles, a realm outside any specific timeline. The Law of Cycles manages countless different realities, or "Records," from which the girls are ultimately unified into.
Among the anomalous realities within the Law of Cycles' purview is the Magia Record Universe, which developed a Doppel System. Other similar realities exist, such as the one in the Magia Record anime, which was assimilated after its Doppel System failed.
Narratively, the events of the Magia Record Universe are placed between the establishment of the Law of Cycles and the events of Rebellion, where Ultimate Madoka sent Nagisa Momoe as an emissary. It is unknown if these realities were originally timelines Homura left behind (later rewritten by Madoka's wish) or separate alternate universes from the start.
Following Madoka's rewrite, Homura remained the sole connection to the old world. Captured by Incubators to lure the Law of Cycles, Homura was saved by Madoka, Sayaka Miki, and Nagisa. In response, Homura overtook the Law of Cycles and rewrote the universe again, becoming Devil Homura and separating Madoka from her divine aspect.
This new reality, the Devil Universe, has one known primary timeline, ruled by Devil Homura, thus it is unknown if many realities were rewritten, or simply the one Homura resides in. In this timeline, Madoka lives a normal human life, Magical Girls still fight Wraiths, and the Law of Cycles remains partially active, though its exact status is unclear. It is unknown if this rewrite affected only this single world, if Homura governs all realities, or if other worlds (like the Magia Record Universe) continue unchanged under Homura's new regime. With the current information, it appears that only one reality was affected and locked away from the incomplete Law of Cycles, however it is ultimately unconfirmed.
Test
Test 1
| Timeline | ||
|---|---|---|
|
Base universe where Witches exist |
Alternate universes | |
|
Origin of the soul |
Homura's first 13 loops | |
|
Homura's last loop | ||
|
The universe after Madoka's wish | ||
|
The world post-Rebellion |
Alternate universe with Doppels | |
|
Magia Record's first arc | ||
|
Magia Record's second arc | ||
|
Continuation of Magia Record | ||
Test 2
| Timeline | ||
|---|---|---|
Pages I be developing before publishing:
| Plan |
|---|
|
Original
Scene 0 Final
Null
Miscellaneous
Law of Cycles
Devil
Magia Record
Magia Exedra
Conflicts
Questions
Naming
|
Checklist
| To Be Done |
|---|
|
Underline - Check Again Bold - Next in Line Commented Out - Done Anime
Books
Games
Supporting Materials
Arc 1
Another Story Arc 1
Mirrors
Arc 2
Another Story Arc 2
Battle Museum
Puella HistoriaMagia Record Events
Mitama's Special Training 1
Magia Record Events 2
Mitama's Special Training 2
Magia Record Events 3
Mitama's Special Training 3
Magia Record Events 4
Mitama's Special Training 4
Magia Record Events 5
Magia Record Character and Costume Stories
Magia Exedra Events
Memory Windows
Heartphials
|
Summaries
| Summaries |
|---|
My Diary With You
And So, the Azaleas BloomX Magical Halloween Theater
Karin asks Alina for advice, but Alina just insults her. Karin's grandmother then asks her to help with a play for a children's Halloween event. Karin happily agrees. Karin writes a script for the play. It is about a magical girl who saves a village. She asks her friends to help. Kaede, Momoko, and Rena have other plans but promise to help with the stage. Karin needs actors. Karin meets Sasara and asks her to be the knight. Sasara accepts. Sasara suggests Asuka and Felicia for other roles. Felicia agrees to be the cow. Asuka refuses. Felicia brings Yachiyo to play the demon. Iroha and Tsuruno also offer to help. Karin still needs a wolf. The girls start preparing. Yachiyo makes a schedule. Momoko, Rena, and Kaede build the stage set. Sasara, Yachiyo, and Felicia practice their lines. Karin looks for someone to play the wolf. Karin is not helping with the planning. Alina gets mad at Karin for not taking responsibility for her own play. Karin is confused. Karin runs into Kyoko. Kyoko tells Karin not to push her responsibilities onto others. Karin suddenly understands why Alina was angry. She asks Kyoko to be the wolf in her play. Karin returns to the group and apologizes. The others reveal they were pretending to fight to make her realize she needed to lead. Karin promises to do her best. Kyoko agrees to be the wolf after she hears there will be food. Karin asks Kanoko to make the costumes. She asks Hinano for help with special effects. The girls practice hard. Everything is ready for the play. On the day of the play, Karin realizes she forgot the candy for the children at home. As she runs to get it, she senses a witch. The witch is heading toward the school. Karin enters the witch's barrier to fight it. The play starts without her. Karin cannot defeat the witch. She does not want to use the candy, but she has no choice. She uses the candy to destroy the witch. The barrier disappears. Karin appears on stage right when she is supposed to. The play is a huge success. The candy is gone, but Kaede left a basket of cookies. The children get cookies instead. Karin thanks everyone for their help. She is happy she made so many friends. She goes home and reads a manga with her grandmother. Reaching a Happier Height
Later, Masara visits Mitama alone. After strengthening her soul gem, Mitama notices Masara staring at a hiking event flyer. Mitama asks if she is interested. Masara says she is not, but Kokoro mentioned something like this. Mitama suggests they go together. Masara is reluctant because she thinks Kokoro should go with her family instead. Mitama calls her a kuudere and tells her to look it up later. Another day, Kokoro and Masara go to Mitama's place. Mitama tells Kokoro about the hiking quiz rally. Kokoro wants to go but has homework due. Mitama suggests Masara could do Kokoro's homework since she is a genius. Masara tells Mitama not to suggest delinquent things. Kokoro brings the conversation back to hiking. She wanted to go with Masara but thought Masara would not like it. Masara reluctantly says she would not mind going if Kokoro went. Kokoro changes her mind and decides to go. Mitama is pleased. Kokoro asks why Mitama wants them to go so badly. Mitama admits she wants the first place prize, which is five kilograms of high quality rice. Kokoro thinks they cannot win since the event is for adults. Mitama believes they can with Kokoro's experience and Masara's knowledge. Mitama takes the girls shopping for outdoor gear. Kokoro says they do not need it for a simple hike. Mitama insists because they are after first place. They look at shoes first. Kokoro asks if Masara has sneakers. She does not, so Kokoro helps her pick a pair. Kokoro chooses navy sneakers that can be worn normally. Masara agrees to get them easily. Kokoro wonders if Masara really does not care or if she is just cute. They look at bento boxes next. Kokoro picks a light paper lunchbox. Mitama comes back with bear repellant spray, and Kokoro asks what mountain she is planning to climb. Kokoro notices Mitama has no gear for herself. Mitama says she was known as a mountain girl long ago. The girls do not believe her, and she changes the subject. The day before the event, the girls are at Mitama's. Kokoro is excited, and Masara is stone faced. Mitama made a list of things to bring, including lip balm and selfie sticks. Kokoro and Masara scold her. Mitama complains they cannot take a joke. Masara asks about lunch. Kokoro will make lunch for both of them. Masara is surprised but agrees. The next day, it is ten minutes before the start. Mitama is late. The staff collects everyone's phones so they cannot look up answers. Kokoro gets permission for one more call. She calls Mitama, who was baking sweet potatoes for them. Kokoro says the event starts in ten minutes. Mitama says she was never planning to go. She does not want a sunburn. Kokoro realizes Mitama seemed the most excited about the event. Mitama admits she wanted the rice and wants them to win it for her. She hangs up because her sweet potatoes are ready. Masara and Kokoro are startled. They talk about how Mitama tricked them. Masara realizes she was the trigger because she showed interest in the flyer first. She keeps this a secret. They reach the first checkpoint. The quiz is harder than Kokoro thought. The first question asks if a bald parrot is real. Kokoro thinks it is false. Masara says it is true because she learned about it on TV. They move to the next question about who is telling the truth. Masara solves it quickly. Later, they reach a question that is a word pun. Kokoro solves it before Masara and is happy. After the sixth question, Kokoro suggests lunch. Masara declines but Kokoro insists they stop. Masara thanks Kokoro, and they eat. Masara says the food is delicious, which delights Kokoro. Kokoro secretly thinks Masara is cute at times like this. Masara comments on Kokoro's cooking. Kokoro admits she cooks because her mom is gone. Masara looks sad, but Kokoro insists she is fine. Kokoro reaches for tea but finds a strange energy drink Mitama packed. It is also in Masara's bag. The drink looks toxic, but they try it anyway. It makes them slower instead of helping. After ten questions, Kokoro worries they are behind. Masara tells her to look behind them. Kokoro sees many people and realizes they are in the lead. They cannot find the twelfth checkpoint. Other teams catch up. They reach a fork in the road. Masara remembers a team went right and did not come back, so the checkpoint might be that way. Suddenly, Masara's soul gem reacts in the opposite direction. Kokoro cannot believe the timing. Masara says being a magical girl is miserable because witches ruin everything. They defeat the witch but lose time. Just as they are about to go back, Kokoro spots the next checkpoint. It is far off course. Masara says finding the checkpoints is hard. Kokoro thinks they can still win. They reach the summit and made up for lost time. There is still an hour left. Masara double checks their answers. Kokoro suggests enjoying the view. Masara notices Kokoro is crying. The view reminds Kokoro of hiking with her family. Masara apologizes for being with her instead. Kokoro says they are tears of joy. She never thought she could see such a beautiful view again. She used to hike alone after her mom left. Kokoro is glad she did not hold back and asked Masara to come. Masara says being with Kokoro wears her out because she stirs up unfamiliar emotions. But the beautiful scenery made her think something good might be waiting beyond the fatigue. Kokoro stops crying. Masara offers her a handkerchief. The word tears helps Masara solve the last question. They turn in their answers and win the five kilograms of rice. It will be delivered to the address they provided. Kokoro laughs, and Masara smiles. Back at Mitama's, Kokoro hauls the rice in. She had it delivered to her house since they did not know Mitama's address. Mitama says she never intended to go. Kokoro points out she pushed them to shop and prepare. Masara agrees. Mitama scolds them but says it is fine since they got the rice. Kokoro says Mitama was the only one who benefited. Mitama offers lunch, but they refuse because her cooking is awful. Mitama asks if they are glad they went. Kokoro says yes. Masara is silent. Mitama tells Kokoro to thank Masara in particular. She explains Masara was interested in the event because Kokoro's best memory was hiking with her family. Kokoro thanks Masara. Masara tries to brush it off. Kokoro asks if they can go again. Masara says no because her sneakers are worn out. Kokoro laughs and says they can buy new ones together. Kokoro thinks to herself that hiking with her family was her number one memory for a long time. Now Masara's awkward kindness changed that. She hopes Masara will paint over her number one memory many times from now on. In the rerun extra chapters, the story is told from Mitama's point of view. Masara goes to Mitama's place with an intent look. Mitama notices she is holding the hiking event flyer. Masara says Kokoro would not stop talking about it. Mitama rarely sees Masara so preoccupied. Masara thinks Kokoro should go hiking with her family instead of a friend. Mitama thinks Masara should invite her anyway but feels it is not her place to say. Still, the thought of them not going together leaves her unsatisfied. Masara leaves the flyer behind. Mitama looks at it and sees the first place prize is five kilograms of premium rice. She knows it is expensive and hard to get. She decides to have Kokoro and Masara win it for her. She tells herself working together would be good for them too. She decides to meddle just this once. The next day, Kokoro comes for a tune up. Mitama casually mentions the rally. Kokoro thinks it sounds great and agrees to go. Later, Momoko comes for an adjustment. Mitama asks if preparation is important. Momoko is suspicious and asks what she is up to. Mitama admits to a little meddling. She asks what food is good for hiking. Momoko suggests water. Mitama thinks a special drink filled with love would help them win. She figures the girls will come to her shop tomorrow. She decides to go shopping. Mitama drags Masara and Kokoro to the mall without explanation. She points to the outdoor gear shop and stresses preparation. Kokoro says they do not need much for a simple hike. Mitama says they are aiming for first place and should be prepared. She sneaks off to a supermarket while they are distracted. At the supermarket, Mitama remembers helpful tips she overheard in her shop. Ria mentioned amazake for fatigue. Sasara said salt prevents heat stroke. Karin suggested chocolate for energy. Yachiyo gave her vitamin supplements. Mitama buys everything to make a special drink. She is pleased with her shopping. She finds Masara and Kokoro picking out bento boxes. Mitama smiles at them. She knows they would understand and accept each other. She thinks having someone who understands you is precious. She wants them to have that. A bear repellant spray catches her eye, and she buys it. Mitama sings as she mixes amazake, salted kelp, chocolate, and supplements in a pot. Momoko watches with concern and asks what she is making. Mitama calls it her special energy drink. Momoko says it will kill someone. Mitama is offended and says she will not give her any. Momoko realizes it is meant to be drunk and worries she is to blame for suggesting a drink. She decides to stay and make sure the drink is only terrible instead of lethal. Mitama blends the mixture. Momoko begs her to stop. The blender makes sick sounds. Mitama offers Momoko a cup to test. Momoko stares at the odd color, takes a sip, and collapses. Mitama fills bottles with the drink. When Masara and Kokoro arrive, Mitama slips the bottles into their backpacks while they talk about lunch. They leave, and Mitama congratulates herself. She daydreams about the rice. She knows they will have fun because they make a perfect combination. Masara is observant despite her curt nature. Kokoro has something hidden beneath her cheerful personality. They remind Mitama of herself and Kanagi. That is the real reason she meddled. Mitama decides to make sweet potatoes as a reward for when they return. After the hike, Masara goes to Mitama's for an adjustment. She is distracted, thinking about why Mitama pushed them to go together. Mitama notices and asks if something happened. Masara is not sure. Mitama offers advice. Masara describes everything. The lunch seemed especially delicious even though it was not her favorite food. At school, Kokoro told Aimi she used normal ingredients. Aimi said the snacks were especially tasty. Kokoro said it must have been the fresh mountain air. Masara asks Mitama if she understands why. Mitama says she does. Masara presses for the reason. Mitama says such a feeling is difficult to put into words. The best way to describe it is that it felt special to her. Masara says that is the most incomprehensible thing she has heard. Mitama says she may not understand now, but one day it will all make sense. Another Daze
Christmas at Mikazuki Villa
Momoko takes Iroha, Rena, and Kaede to a cake shop run by her relatives. They agree to give her a cake if she helps out. To attract customers, the girls wear embarrassing Christmas costumes and perform a skit. Rena initially resists, but Kaede cleverly motivates her by pointing out Rena's experience with advertising. Rena throws herself into the skit, and the girls sell all the cakes. Meanwhile, Tsuruno struggles to create a Christmas menu at her restaurant. Iroha visits and suggests using the colors of Christmas red, white, and green. Tsuruno realizes mapo tofu is red and thanks Iroha for the idea. Felicia and Sana shop for decorations, but Felicia admits she hates Christmas. She suggests they form an "Anti-Christmas Squad" instead, though Sana is unsure about it. Sana later tells Yachiyo and Iroha about Felicia's feelings. At Himika's house, her siblings ask for a Christmas cake. Himika wishes she could afford one. A girl named Holy Mami suddenly appears and offers to grant her wish. Himika wishes for a cake, and Mami disappears. Soon after, a neighbor gives Himika extra cake slices. Himika wonders if Mami was Santa. Back at Yachiyo's house, Momoko's group arrives with the cake. Felicia repeats she does not want a party. Rena argues with her about Santa, and Felicia storms off to her room. When Iroha checks on her later, Felicia has run away from home. The girls search for her around town. Sana finds Felicia at a park and asks why she hates Christmas. Felicia explains that her parents died on Christmas when a witch attacked. She remembers lighting a candle with them every year, but now Christmas only brings back painful memories. Iroha arrives and tells Felicia they can make new happy memories together. Felicia finally agrees to come to the party. On Christmas Eve, the girls gather at Yachiyo's house. Tsuruno arrives in a reindeer costume with her special Christmas menu. Momoko's group brings the cake. Rena apologizes to Felicia about their argument, but then they start arguing again about whether Santa is real. It begins to snow, and Yachiyo announces the party has started. Other magical girls around Kamihama react to the snow with joy. On Christmas morning, the girls find mysterious gifts waiting for them. Felicia got movie tickets, Yachiyo got a kitchen knife, and Sana got a book. Momoko explains other magical girls also received gifts. It is revealed that Tsuruno, Iroha, and Rena secretly delivered the gifts themselves, using Rena's magic to sneak into everyone's homes. They forget to leave gifts for themselves. The girls wish everyone a Merry Christmas. Mitama's Special Training - Kyoko
Mitama introduces herself and is happy they came. She starts to cook, but she cannot hold a knife properly and it flies into the ceiling. Mitama says she is just making meat and potatoes. Kyoko and Felicia offer to cut and peel the ingredients to stop Mitama from using utensils as weapons. After they prepare everything, Mitama adds the seasoning. Later, the girls go shopping for groceries. It turns out Mitama was using paint as seasoning. The girls refuse to let Mitama cook again. Kyoko tells her to get a meal, even frozen food or something ready-made. Mitama thinks putting ready-made food together counts as cooking. She goes shopping with Felicia while a tired Kyoko waits for them. Kyoko thinks about leaving, but she is too hungry and wants a free meal. The meal they make is a mess of ready-made items. Felicia says she put all her favorite things in it, even a chocolate with a toy inside. She made sure to take the toy out first. Kyoko and Felicia start eating. The meal tastes horrible. Kyoko never wastes food, so she eats it all anyway and passes out. When she wakes up, Mitama claims her food was so good it made them pass out. Kyoko notices her body feels hot. Felicia explains she used her powers on their Soul Gems while they were asleep. Kyoko realizes the heat is her own magic. Felicia says she will get used to it. Mitama offers them a limited-time service at her shop and pouts about failing twice in a row. She mentions she caused trouble the other day making sweets for some girls. Kyoko asks if she means Mami. Mitama asks if they are friends, and Kyoko says she is kind of like one. Felicia and Kyoko leave. Kyoko says Mitama's food is the kind you only try once in a lifetime. Mitama is happy to have new customers. Mitama's Special Training - Tsukuyo Amane
The dream changes to Tsuruno's house. Her father tells her that her grandfather heard the presentation. Her grandfather was happy but does not want Tsuruno to force herself. He wants her to find her own happiness. The dreaming Tsuruno thinks her happiness is to fulfill her grandfather's dream with her sister. She believes her sister will call her soon. After she wakes up, Tsuruno gets a letter from her sister. She opens it excitedly but is shocked by what it says. Later, the Amane twins confront Tsuruno inside a witch's barrier. They want revenge for when Tsuruno caught Tsukuyo at her school. Tsuruno is distracted by her sister's letter. The twins easily knock her out. They celebrate but then get worried when Tsuruno does not move. Tsuruno dreams about the letter. Her sister thinks their goal might be a mistake. She believes their grandfather wanted them to treasure their own happiness. She says they may have corrupted his dream with their self-righteousness. Her sister has her own dream now and apologizes. She suggests Tsuruno think about it too. In the dream, Tsuruno wonders if everything she did was for nothing. She decides her grandfather would be happy about her goals. A shadow version of herself appears. The shadow says Tsuruno stole someone else's dream without considering their feelings. It claims Tsuruno does not know how to fulfill that dream. That is why she challenged people to duels and asked for favors under the pretense of training. Tsuruno says she is trying one step at a time. The shadow says she is doing something nobody asked for. It says her grandfather never wanted her to take over the business. The shadow tells Tsuruno that everything she did was meaningless. Back in reality, the Amane sisters bring Tsuruno to Mitama. They ask for help. Mitama sees Tsuruno's Soul Gem is tainted but her body is fine. She asks why they would help an enemy. They say their goal is to save all magical girls. Mitama says it is admirable. She then suddenly says they have to take Tsuruno outside. Tsukasa asks why. Mitama says they should look at Tsuruno's Soul Gem. Back in the dream, Tsuruno just repeats what her shadow says. The shadow says if Tsuruno does not succeed in the family business, her actions are meaningless. If she does succeed, it will still be worthless. It tells her she has nothing because nobody wanted her to do it. Tsuruno admits she could not accomplish anything from the very beginning. The shadow asks if she is hurting. Tsuruno says yes. The shadow tells her to forget everything and sleep. It says she should never think again. Suddenly, Tsuruno thinks of her friends. She thinks of Yachiyo, Iroha, Felicia, and Sana. The shadow tells her to hurry up and come. Tsuruno says she cannot go. Even if she has not accomplished anything, and even if reviving her family is just a pipe dream, there is still something meaningful. She says she met Momoko and Mifuyu. She made friends with Yachiyo, Iroha, and their teammates. The shadow says that has nothing to do with her family or their business. Tsuruno says she wants to make them all happy. She says it is her new goal, so she still has something left. She remembers her grandfather's words and realizes she found happiness. Before she knew it, she was working for her friends instead of the family business. The shadow says she still ignored her grandfather's feelings. Tsuruno agrees. The shadow is surprised. Tsuruno says she finally understands what her grandfather was trying to say. Saving the business was not a goal. It was just a possible result. He was telling her she did not have to aim for it. She will treasure the things that make her happy. The shadow asks what she will do. Tsuruno guesses the shadow is her and says she will accept herself. Her old goal was meaningless, so she will help Iroha find Ui and bring Mifuyu back. She does not know what to do after that. Her happiness is making everyone happy. She says she has been thinking of it as her family business now. She might still aim to serve ramen at the White House. The shadow says that would be fun. Tsuruno agrees. In an alleyway, Tsuruno wakes up. She sees the Amane sisters and Mitama. She also sees her Doppel. She is excited at first but then shocked. Her Doppel is a bright and shiny pig. Tsukasa wonders if it symbolizes her gluttony. Tsukuyo thinks it is something a wealthy upstart might like. Tsuruno says it is too embarrassing to use in public. Her Doppel disappears. She says she is too embarrassed to show it to Yachiyo and the others. The Amanes are happy she is safe. Tsuruno is confused. Mitama explains how they helped her. The Amanes claim they have no desire to kill people. Tsuruno says they are nice. Tsukuyo says she had a proper upbringing. Tsukasa says being polite with customers is part of her job. Tsukuyo says they are even now. Mitama says she saw something nice today. Friendship between foes is wonderful. She offers to strengthen the three girls for free. Tsuruno points out she did not do anything. Mitama expects her to be exhausted from summoning her Doppel. She also says she would have never seen it without them. Mitama wants to start now. Tsukuyo says she has practice. Tsukasa says she has to prepare food. Mitama insists because she does not usually get to adjust twins. The Amanes get nervous and try to leave. Tsuruno catches them. She drags them into Mitama's adjusting room. Tsuruno thinks she came to a different conclusion than her sister. Her grandfather was hinting at how to succeed in the family business. She admits it might be a convenient interpretation but plans to keep working hard. She says she will make everyone happy. Tsukuyo begs to be let go if that is the case. Happy New Year at the Mizuna Shrine!Login Special
At the shrine, the girls go to pray. Homura gives thanks for the wonderful things last year. Madoka prays to become a magical girl everyone can rely on and hopes everyone can be happy. Homura thinks about the vision that said magical girls could be saved in Kamihama. She does not understand how the Wings of Magius or Rumors lead to salvation, but she will save Madoka anyway. She offers a large donation so her prayers can be answered. Tsuruno is glad she fought alongside Yachiyo again and met Iroha. This year she wants to make everyone else happy. She makes a Magatama out of three amulets and calls it the strongest praying charm. She wants to bestow good fortune on everyone. Felicia thinks she has nothing to pray for. She did not buy a charm because she was hungry and the line was too long. She wishes she could keep eating tasty meals at Yachiyo's house. She also wishes she could go back to the ranch she visited with her parents, but she cannot remember where it was. She decides praying is ridiculous and wants to go laze around. Still, she wants everyone to be okay. Sana was sad when Ai disappeared last year, but she was happy when Iroha said she was needed. She is glad to have a place where she can be happy. Earlier, Sana tried to buy a charm, but she was pushed away before she could take one. A prayer charm suddenly fell from the sky into her hands. She wishes to stay by Iroha and form an unbreakable bond with her. Yachiyo fought alone for a long time and never expected to spend New Year's with so many people. She wants to keep fostering her relationships. She decides to buy five charms to ensure her family's well being and will give them to everyone later. Iroha gets an amulet to ensure love and marriage. The girls go back home. Felicia asks Tsuruno what she prayed for. Tsuruno says she wished for everyone to be blessed with good fortune. Felicia says not to include her. When Madoka asks, Felicia says she prayed for food, meat, cows, ranch, and revenge. Yachiyo calls it greedy. Madoka asks Iroha what she prayed for. Iroha says she only gave thanks. Being at the shrine reminded her of the Rumor she encountered there. Because of that, she was able to investigate rumors with Yachiyo and meet Tsuruno. In a flashback, Iroha gives thanks for meeting wonderful friends and prays to see Ui again. She hopes her prayers are answered. Event
Tsuruno brought her special Chinese food. The girls agree to eat it. After they finish, Tsuruno pulls out a deck of cards she made. She calls the game "Tsuruta". She invites the others to play. The girls agree. Tsuruno reads the cards. She makes up rules as she goes. The special effects she calls out make the game more exciting. In the final round, Iroha wins. Yachiyo admits she lost because of Tsuruno's strange drawings. Felicia and Sana say they had fun. Felicia leaves for a playdate. Yachiyo leaves for work. Tsuruno invites Iroha and Sana to go for a walk around the city. Elsewhere, Madoka and Homura are at a shrine for New Year's celebrations. They buy food and then go to get their fortunes. Homura gets a Great Fortune. Madoka gets an Infinite Fortune. They are both happy. Iroha, Tsuruno, and Sana find a toy store holding a badminton competition. Tsuruno insists they join. Iroha wins several matches with Sana's support. Tsuruno practices with Sana and finds she cannot beat her. Felicia, Ayame, and Kako join a mochi-pounding competition. Felicia and Ayame pound the mochi with incredible speed and energy. They finish and enjoy the soft mochi together. Ayame's teammates, Konoha and Hazuki, find them and invite them to see something. Madoka and Homura spot Iroha and her friends. They all meet up at a badminton tournament. Iroha is teamed with Tsuruno. Felicia is teamed with Ayame. The tournament begins. Iroha and Tsuruno win their first match. Felicia and Ayame win theirs. Other teams compete and lose. The semifinals begin. Iroha and Tsuruno face Felicia and Ayame. Iroha and Tsuruno win after Felicia trips. In the other match, Momoko and Rena win. The final game is Iroha and Tsuruno versus Momoko and Rena. Iroha is exhausted. Momoko and Rena win the match. Everyone congratulates them. The winners are given a chance to challenge the legendary champion. Kaede appears and announces the champion is Yachiyo. Yachiyo is dressed in formal wear. Kaede explains Yachiyo won five tournaments in a row. Momoko wanted to challenge her, so she trained hard for this. Yachiyo easily defeats Momoko. She proves she is the true queen of badminton. Momoko and Rena get a prize. Yachiyo gets a mochi making kit. After the tournament, everyone goes back to Yachiyo's house. The other girls want mochi. Yachiyo reluctantly prepares some for everyone. Momoko, Rena, and Kaede show up at the house. Yachiyo tells them to wait for the mochi. Iroha is happy everyone is together. She thanks them for being here. A la Carte ValentineMadoka Madoka keeps having a strange dream where she grows huge and lifts everyone into heaven. She wakes up worried. She meets Sayaka and frets about Valentine's Day. She has too many friends to buy chocolate for. Sayaka tells her not to worry so much. Madoka jokes Sayaka would not mind getting dried squid. Sayaka prefers something sweet. Madoka decides to shop on Saturday and make chocolate on Sunday. She gets a text from Sayaka about a party at Mami's house on the fourteenth. Madoka calls Homura, who is happy to join but sounds weird on the phone. Kako calls and invites Madoka to shop for ingredients in Kamihama on Saturday. Madoka meets Kako for shopping. Kako asks about the Chocolate of Fate. It is a rumor about a shop that sells chocolate with your fate copied onto it. Kako got a flyer and begs Madoka to check it out. They find the shop. Kako wonders if the chocolate is real. Kako admits she has been having a scary dream. A monster comes out of her and destroys everything. She did not even feel sad. Kako worries she might become that person. Madoka says she has scary dreams too. She says if the chocolate is real she will melt it and share with her friends. They find a line inside. Kanoko is there. A clerk appears and tells everyone to raise their hands. Chocolate eggs appear in their hands. Kako gets one. Madoka gets one that is much bigger. She is creeped out but senses no witch magic. Her chocolate egg talks to her. It tells her to hold on tight. The clerk disappears. They are now in a rumor barrier. Familiars appear. Kanoko tries to protect the other customers but they accuse her of stealing their chocolate. Kako transforms and asks Madoka to help. Madoka transforms but her egg is huge and slows her down. The egg warns her about attacks. They fight. A familiar steals Kako's chocolate. One by one the other girls faint. Only Madoka is left. Her egg insists it is her fate. It says she can leave if she holds onto it. Madoka asks about the others. The egg says they will die without their fate. Madoka decides to get their chocolate back. The egg says it is too late. Madoka cracks her egg open. The egg panics. Madoka says she will share her fate so everyone can escape. The egg calls her crazy. It warns her that her life will never be normal again. Madoka thanks it for trying to protect her. The egg sighs. It knows Madoka will do this even if it hurts her. It warns her she might fail. Madoka says goodbye and cracks the egg into pieces. She gives a piece to each person. They wake up. Madoka tells them to leave. Outside, the chocolate pieces melt away. Kako thanks Madoka. Everyone forgets why they were there. Madoka also forgets. They hurry off to finish shopping. Kanoko wonders what she was doing there. On Valentine's Day, Madoka is eager to go to Mami's party. Homura is not at school. She texts that she might not make it. At Mami's house, Sayaka and Kyoko are there. Madoka tells them Homura might not come. She worries Homura might hate her. Sayaka and Kyoko think she is fine. Kyoko says to save chocolate for Homura for tomorrow. After the party, Madoka leaves. It is snowing. She calls Homura. Homura is at a nearby park. Madoka hurries to find her. At the park, Madoka feels a sad feeling like someone has gone far away. She shakes it off and calls out to Homura. Sayaka A few days before Valentine's Day, Sayaka asks Kyoko to help make chocolates. Kyoko is reluctant but agrees. Sayaka wants to make small chocolate gateaus for everyone. They melt chocolate and heat the oven. Kyoko thinks Sayaka is acting funny but helps anyway. They finish making the gateaus. Kyoko taste-tested a lot. She wants to taste the final one. Sayaka gives her an extra. Kyoko loves it and asks for another. Sayaka stops her. Kyoko counts and sees one extra. Sayaka says she wants to try it too. When Kyoko reaches for it, Sayaka yells and stops her. She blushes but will not say why. Sayaka goes to the park alone. She wants to give the last gateau to Kyosuke. She is too nervous. Kyoko finds her there. Sayaka claims she will eat it there. Kyoko notices it is gift-wrapped. Sayaka says it might taste better that way. Kyoko threatens to eat it if she does not. Sayaka hurries off to Kyosuke's house. She thanks Kyoko for the push. Kyoko smiles and watches her run off. Aimi Aimi calls Kokoro and Masara to help plan for Valentine's Day. Masara thinks it is a marketing scheme. Aimi wants to give chocolate to her crush Hayato. Kokoro asks how last year went. Aimi reenacts how it should have gone. Instead, it went badly. She planned to give chocolate at lunch but his friend took him away. She waited after class but other students lined up to give chocolate. She waited again but a classmate said the teacher needed her. She did not hear. Finally she approached him but the teacher interrupted. The teacher was upset she did not help. Aimi yelled at him. Masara remembers that incident. Kokoro wants to know more but Aimi changes the subject. Masara suggests mailing the chocolate. Aimi and Kokoro think that is not right. Aimi asks how Masara would do it. Masara shows her by saying "Here, some chocolate for you." Aimi thinks it is cool but cannot do it. Kokoro thinks of another way. Kokoro thinks Aimi needs a situation where she has to give the chocolate. Aimi remembers a magazine trick where a friend pushes you into your crush. Masara and Kokoro think that is too much. Aimi suggests pretending the chocolate is stuck in his hair. They try to think of a situation where something bad happens if she does not give it. That feels like a hostage situation. Aimi remembers the girl who gave chocolate to everyone. Kokoro says that is perfect. Not giving him chocolate would be awkward since everyone else gets some. At home, Aimi makes enough chocolates for the class. She adds too much color to one batch. She imagines giving it to Hayato and him loving it. She decides not to risk it and gives that chocolate to her dad. She makes another one for Hayato. After several tries, she makes the perfect one and wraps it carefully. The next day she goes to school. Masara and Kokoro cheer her on. Aimi announces she made chocolates for everyone. Everyone lines up. Hayato takes his happily. Aimi is glad her plan worked. She worries he will notice the red heart chocolate she made for him. A girl gets it by mistake. No one thinks anything of it because there were other colors. Kokoro feels sorry for her. Masara is puzzled because Aimi did give him chocolate. Hinano Hinano makes Valentine's chocolate for her crush. She calls it Saint Science #14. She was rejected before so she cannot be too forward. She talks to Emiri about it. Emiri says to go in hard. Hinano says if her brain was that simple she would be happy. Emiri says overthinking leads to nothing. Hinano does not want to fail again. Emiri says she looks like a cute animal and can make someone happy just by being kept in their house. Hinano tells her to stop. She decides to forget theories and just confess. Emiri says she will exchange chocolate with Akira tomorrow. She invites Hinano. Hinano says her chocolate is a one-shot. She says she will be busy celebrating. The day before Valentine's, she still has no plan. She walks outside and senses a witch for a moment. On Valentine's Day, Emiri enjoys Akira's chocolate. Akira says it is her first time doing this. Meiyui is also there. Akira says she could not give them bad chocolate. They hear a sound. Hinano appears looking sad. Emiri asks if she was defeated. Hinano says she did not even start. In a flashback, Hinano saw her crush alone in class. She was going to give him chocolate. Another boy came and said the crush likes a dependable older girl type. The crush said he only admires that type. Hinano left without giving the chocolate. In the present, she gives the chocolate to Emiri and runs off crying. At a park, she senses the witch again. She enters the barrier. She says this day is unbelievable. Hinano is shocked to find her crush trapped inside. He recognizes her. The barrier appeared on his way home. Hinano puts him to sleep. The witch appears. Hinano defeats it with nitroglycerin. The witch tries to suicide bomb her. When it explodes, Hinano thinks she is dying. She sees her crush. She wakes up to Emiri calling her. Multiple Emiris ask if she is listening. Hinano wakes up for real and yells at Emiri to shut up. She is alive. Her crush is fine too. Emiri, Akira, and Meiyui are there. Hinano says it is not what it looks like. Meiyui says she is acting weird. Emiri asks if the boy is her crush. Hinano's reaction answers. Emiri says it is a miracle and tells her to confess. Hinano says he likes someone else. Emiri says he only admires that person. She says if she confesses now she could win him over. Hinano refuses. Meiyui agrees with Emiri. She asks who the oldest magical girl is. Hinano says Yachiyo and realizes something. Emiri says she trusts her. Valentine's only comes once a year. Hinano agrees. Emiri throws the chocolate back at her. It hits her in the head. Akira says Emiri could not eat it with those feelings in it. The boy wakes up. Akira tells Hinano to hurry. Hinano gives him the chocolate. She tries to confess but stutters. Emiri tells her to relax. Hinano asks him to go out with her. He is silent for a long time. He thanks her but is not sure how to say it. Hinano realizes he is rejecting her. She tells him to forget it. She apologizes for laying it on him. He says it is okay and will eat the chocolate carefully. Afterward, Emiri says he needed one more push. Hinano says he was saved from a strange situation and surrounded by people. It would be hard to turn anyone down. Emiri says it did not feel like he would reject. Hinano says he was just being careful with her feelings. She thanks Emiri. She says she is satisfied. She gives Emiri chocolate. Emiri is surprised and overjoyed. She says she loves Hinano and wants to adopt her. Hinano says this experience begins her third growth spurt. Meiyui asks if people grow taller when rejected. Hinano cries and runs off. Akira says it was a metaphor. Emiri catches up. She tells Hinano to shout out what she liked about him. Hinano cries and shouts about his appearance. Emiri gives her chocolate. It is huge. Emiri added calcium supplements. Hinano says she ignored the recommended dosage. She thanks her and says she will crush it up and drink it every day. Emiri cannot wait for next year. Hinano says if she grows ten centimeters she will fall in love again. Homura A small girl in the hospital reads Oliver Twist. She wishes she could help poor Oliver. Homura's shield counts down from ten. She realizes this timeline is different. She hopes she can protect Madoka. At a cafe, Natsuki explains Friendship Chocolate. Homura never had friends before. Natsuki asks if Madoka is not her friend. Homura means before Madoka and Natsuki. Natsuki cheers for her first year giving friendship chocolate. Homura wonders if it is like Christmas cards. Natsuki says she does not have to but whoever receives it will smile. She cheers again. Homura asks her to quiet down. Walking home, she wonders what chocolate to get for Madoka. She wants a surprise. She remembers a sweets shop near the hospital she stayed in. On Saturday, Homura stands outside the hospital. She never explored the area before. She finds the store vacant. She is dismayed. She senses a witch inside the hospital. She enters the barrier. A Black Feather is already fighting the witch. They defeat it together. The Black Feather knows Homura opposes the Wings of Magius but thanks her. Homura asks her name. She cannot say. She fears retribution. Homura thinks that is too much. The girls in Kamihama are kind. She says the Black Feather should not depend on such an organization. The Black Feather defends her group. Homura apologizes. She asks if she is recruiting. The Black Feather has personal reasons for being outside Kamihama. She was looking for the same sweets shop. She lives in a dorm but is from Mitakihara. She was hospitalized there. She came to visit family and looked for the shop. She realizes she let too much slip. Homura is glad to have someone to talk to. They both were hospitalized in the same place and looking for the same shop. The Black Feather wonders if it is fate. They do not know where else to look. Homura suggests they start fresh tomorrow. The Black Feather never had a friend. Homura introduces herself. The Black Feather asks to be called Kuro. Homura feels proud. Kuro reminds her of herself. She felt like she was in Madoka's shoes. The next day they meet at the mall. They do not know where to start. Homura asks who she is shopping for. Kuro says it is a secret. They argue over who is more embarrassed. They laugh. Homura says no one could hate someone for giving them chocolate. A witch barrier appears. They go fight it. They defeat the familiar. Homura gives Kuro a grief seed. Kuro thanks her and apologizes for being weak. Homura says she was glad for the support. Witches are scarce outside Kamihama. Homura will need to go back for grief seeds. She worries for Kuro. Kuro envies her skill. Homura says she is not that good. She suggests Mami train them. Even story characters start weak. She does a small Natsuki cheer. Kuro is thrown off. Homura thinks she should introduce her to Madoka. That night, Homura is excited about the party on Wednesday. She will give chocolate to Madoka and the others before they make it at Mami's. She will give the Kamihama girls their chocolate the next day. Even if they are late, they will still smile. At school, Madoka says hi. Homura is distracted. Lunchtime comes. Homura debates giving chocolate in class. She worries about the teacher. She approaches Madoka. Madoka is excited about the party. Homura gets nervous and says she will give it to her later. Madoka offers to walk with her after school. Homura wonders if she should have given it now. After class, Madoka asks her to wait outside. Homura waits. Kuro calls. Homura answers. Kuro is quiet. She says Homura's name. She did not have anyone else to call. Homura is worried. She hears background noise. Kuro is at the hospital. Homura rushes there. She finds Kuro. Her soul gem is full of impurities. Kuro is covered in blood. Not her own. She apologizes. She could not take the bullying today. Their timing was so bad. She feels she is nothing. Even after contracting and joining the Wings. She got in over her head. She was useless. She saw a witch in the hospital. She only wanted to save the head nurse. She never believed she could save everyone. But saving that one nurse would be enough. Homura has no grief seeds. She cannot help. Kuro apologizes again. She liked Homura. Now she has nothing. Homura begs her to calm down. She would love to receive chocolate from Kuro. She picked out special chocolate for her. Homura looks around frantically. They can find another magical girl. Beg for a grief seed. But all the girls are in Kamihama. The few left would not give up their seeds. Kuro is sad she could not become like Homura. She begs for something to show she is not worthless. She has nothing to hold dear. She was happiest in the hospital. Homura begs her to take her hand. Talk to her more. Kuro regrets not wishing to be the star of the story. She is not worth knowing. She will never be the main character. She apologizes again. Her soul gem reaches its limit. She transforms into a witch. Homura fights and defeats her. She chastises herself. She gave Kuro false hope. She kept promising everything would be fine. It was not. She was not like Madoka at all. Homura stands alone in the park. Snow falls. Her soul gem is dark. Madoka appears. She uses a grief seed on Homura's gem. Homura thanks her. She feels shy. She says the witch was strong. Madoka apologizes for not being there. She hands Homura chocolate she made at Mami's. Homura hands her the chocolate she made. Madoka holds her cold hands. She talks about how nice the chocolate is. She might know Homura is sad. She cheers her up without asking. Momoko Valentine's Day is coming. Momoko overhears classmates talking about giving chocolate. She was rejected long ago. The holiday does not feel for her anymore. She meets Rena and Kaede. Kaede wants to make friendship chocolate. She asks what they like. Rena insists she is her servant. Kaede says she will call it servant chocolate. Momoko thinks it is a great idea. Rena says she does not care what kind. She asks why Kaede is not making chocolate for her pets. Chocolate is poisonous to dogs. Kaede asks her not to feed them. Rena says she would never visit unless invited. Then she will think about it. Momoko laughs. Rena asks if Momoko is doing anything. Momoko gives a half smile. She guesses she will get friendship chocolate. Later, Rena asks what is wrong. Momoko looked dark when asked. Momoko apologizes. She remembered the guy she crushed on. The one she contracted for. He shot her down before she could ask. She is over it now. But the holiday brings back feelings. With her luck, she will run into him. A few days later, a rumor spreads about a Valentine's monster. Kaede overheard it. If you sneak in chocolate and give it to your crush, a monster breaks you apart. Momoko thinks it is weird. It sounds like the rumors they encounter. It probably will not trigger until Valentine's Day. They cannot stop it yet. Teachers do not enforce the rule on that day. The rumor seems weirder than usual. They can only keep an eye on things. Momoko investigates before the big day. She asks around to find the source. She talks to a girl. She heard it from her friend. That friend heard it from another classmate. She came to tell her friend but she already knew. Friend A insists she heard it from Friend B. Friend B insists Friend A already knew. Momoko finds it suspicious. She pulls Rena aside. She asks if Rena transformed into classmates and spread the rumor. Rena admits it. She did not expect it to spread so fast. She only wanted to help Momoko take her mind off things. It spun out of control. She apologizes. Momoko says it is okay. She just wants everyone to have a happy Valentine's Day. Momoko comes up with an idea. A second rumor that promises everything will go well. Kaede thinks the name is long and cheesy. Rena cannot complain since she started the trouble. Kaede teases her writing skills. Rena transforms into a classmate and spreads the new rumor. Most classmates think it is too much. Others think the first rumor is more interesting. Momoko thinks it was enough to undo some of the first. She believes everything will work out. After class, they watch girls confess and hand out chocolate. Rena thinks there are more couples than usual. Momoko says they might just notice more because of everything. Kaede realizes she never made the chocolates she promised. Momoko also did not have time. Rena asks them to meet later that night. They meet at the supermarket. Rena buys as much chocolate as she can with her concert money. It is her fault so many people did not buy chocolate. Momoko insists on paying half. She started this. She will not buy merchandise but can still pay for Rena's ticket. They can go together. Outside, it snows harder. Rena hands out chocolate. She gives extra for Kaede's pets. Kaede reminds her dogs cannot eat it. Momoko smiles and hands hers out. Kaede asks if she can buy some to give in return. Rena says she can just receive this year. They see a couple walking by. It is Momoko's former crush and his girlfriend. Momoko suggests another road. Rena asks if she is okay. Momoko is relieved they are happy. It is thanks to Rena that she feels this way and is not wallowing. They eat chocolate as they walk home. Momoko secretly thanks Kaede and Rena for a happy Valentine's Day. Ren On Valentine's Day, Ren plans to give chocolate to her friends. She shops but finds too many choices. She does not know their preferences. She senses a witch and enters the barrier. The witch is strong. It nearly defeats her. Aimi rescues her. Aimi is annoyed the witch attacked while she was shopping. She asks for Ren's help. They destroy the witch. Aimi introduces herself. She asks if Ren was buying Valentine's chocolate. Ren is shocked she knew. Aimi guessed because it is close to Valentine's. She is giving chocolate to her crush. She asks what kind of guy Ren likes. Ren stutters. Aimi apologizes. She just likes love stories. Ren explains it is for her friends. Aimi says that is also a flavor of Valentine's. She is giving chocolate to her whole class. Ren is surprised she has that many friends. Aimi asks if she decided what to buy. Ren says no. Aimi suggests they look together. Aimi needs ingredients for homemade chocolate. They walk through the store. Ren cannot find anything right. Aimi sees red heart-shaped chocolate and decides to make one like that. She asks if Ren thought of something. Ren has not. Aimi says it is hard to find something that makes the other person happy. Ren remembers something. Ren recalls the gift Rika gave her on her birthday. She tells Aimi about it. Aimi suggests she draw pictures on her chocolate. She should draw flowers like Rika did. Ren does not understand flower language. Aimi says she can use the internet. She gives Ren a pen for drawing on chocolate. She bought it for her own chocolate but does not need it now. She says it is her Valentine's present. Ren decides to make the chocolate herself. Aimi encourages her. At home, Ren makes the chocolates. Her mother asks if she is making them for someone. Ren says for her friends. Her mother asks if it is okay to do it alone. Ren says that is what she wants. Her mother wishes her luck. Using the pen, Ren finishes the chocolates. She wonders if her friends will like them. On Valentine's Day, Ren was supposed to meet everyone at Emiri's office. She loses courage and does not go. She thinks no one will like her chocolates. A voice calls out. It is Rika. She was worried something happened. Ren apologizes. Rika says it is fine and gives her Valentine's chocolate. She sees Ren holding a bag. She asks if she brought chocolate. Ren remembers Aimi's encouragement. She hands Rika the chocolate. Rika unwraps it and pauses. Ren thinks she is not happy. Rika says it is super cute. She asks if Ren made it. Ren says yes. Rika asks what flower it is. Ren says rose periwinkle. Rika never heard of it but is happy. She sees Ren made chocolates for everyone else. Ren says they are to thank everyone. Rika says they will be happy. They should go give them out. As they leave, Ren explains rose periwinkle means happy memories. She thanks Rika for everything. Rika thanks her too. When she is with Ren she always has fun. They decide to make lots of happy memories together. Tsukasa Tsukasa decides to make true love chocolate for her sister Tsukuyo. Tsukuyo only has thirty minutes free on Valentine's Day at six PM. Tsukasa resolves to do her best. She makes chocolate for her other friends too. After school, a classmate invites her to exchange chocolates with friends. She does this every year. Tsukasa hands over some chocolate and asks her to share it. She leaves school. At home, she has one hour to make dinner for her father and his apprentices. She thinks she can finish if no one bothers her. In a flashback, she thinks about her plans. She bumps into Take, an apprentice. He notices she is thinking. He offers to help. She warns him her father might get angry. She asks him to delay her father until six PM on Valentine's Day. Back in the present, she finishes with time to spare. She prepares to leave. Her father and apprentices arrive in the dining room. He praises her for getting dinner ready. Tsukasa mentally scolds Take. Her father says he came home early because Take tried to delay them. He thought Take was hiding something. Take apologizes. He thought Tsukasa was making a Valentine's surprise for everyone. Tsukasa calls him an idiot in her head. It is 5:40. Twenty minutes left. Her father bought Take's explanation. Tsukasa laughs. Take thinks she snapped. Tsukasa planned for this. She prepared chocolate for all the apprentices. She made a chocolate fountain. She shows them. They love it. Her father says she can do better. They insist it is delicious. They notice she left while they were not looking. Five minutes left. Tsukasa worries about being late. She knows Tsukuyo will wait. She runs into a witch's barrier. Time runs out. She decides to defeat it and go home. Tsukuyo arrives. Tsukasa is shocked. Tsukuyo explains she was caught by a junior at school. She hurried to the meeting place. Then she sensed the witch. Tsukasa says the same thing happened. She is relieved they met in the barrier. They defeat the witch easily. They share the grief seed. Tsukuyo exclaims she only has ten minutes left. She gives Tsukasa her chocolate. Tsukasa realizes she forgot hers. She thinks she used it in the chocolate fountain. She apologizes. Tsukuyo says they can share hers. The chocolate is two half-moon shapes stuck together. Tsukuyo did not intend to divide it but now it is right. They wish each other a happy Valentine's Day. Back at Tsukasa's house, Take wonders what true love chocolate is doing in the refrigerator. Tsukasa never took it out. Sana Sana narrates that New Year's is over. Valentine's Day is coming. She does not like it. It reminds her of the household where she did not belong. Her mother gave her brothers chocolate but ignored her. She gave chocolate to her family. They accepted it. The next day she found it in the garbage. In the present, Iroha takes her shopping. Sana looks pale. She says she got distracted. The Valentine's section brought back memories. She resolves to forget. She will not let Iroha worry. The store is crowded. Iroha holds her hand. Sana finds it warm. They buy food for dinner. Sana decides to give chocolate to Iroha and the others. They accepted her. In the past, Sana thought friendship chocolate was from another world. She wonders if she will ruin the mood if she is the only one to get chocolate. But everyone will be happy. She shops but cannot decide. She realizes no one can see her. She cannot pay. She will ask Iroha for help. Then she notices a self-checkout machine. She resolves to come back tomorrow and use it. On Valentine's Day, Sana finds a box of chocolate truffles for her friends. She sees kitten chocolate and buys it for herself. She buys them and leaves the store. In an alley, she sees a boy. He has been witch kissed. She wonders if she should call the others. They will not make it in time. She decides to handle it herself. The boy climbs a building. He prepares to jump. Sana tells him to stop. He does not hear. He mutters he just wanted the girl he liked to give him chocolate. The witch's barrier appears. Sana says he cannot disappear for that reason. She defeats the witch and rescues him. He wakes up. He wonders where he went. He figures he came here because he was depressed. Sana tries to talk. He cannot hear. He says he thought a girl liked him. She gave chocolate to someone else. Sana thinks it is sad. She does not fully understand. He says he just wanted to stay by her side. Sana wonders what would happen if she lost her friends. She says she does not understand love. But she understands his feelings a bit. She wants to say sorry. He cannot hear. She puts her kitten chocolate in his bag. She does not want to give away the chocolate for her friends. The boy laughs. Even if it was just some kid, he is happy to get chocolate. Sana goes home. She hopes he finds a place where he belongs. She thinks even invisible, she can do more. She thanks Ai for releasing her. She thanks Iroha for finding her. She promises to do her best. It might snow soon. She hurries home. Iroha After shopping, Iroha finds a pamphlet about a Valentine's event. A famous chocolate store is opening a new branch. She wonders what to do for Valentine's. In the past, she and her mother made a chocolate cake for Ui each year. Ui is missing. She cannot do that. She decides to get chocolate for her friends. She will wait for Ui to come back before making the cake again. She will buy something instead. The next day, Iroha buys chocolate. She gets a Dorogon Ball for Felicia. Strongest Chocolate for Tsuruno. Kitten chocolate for Sana. She wonders what to get for Yachiyo. She remembers the pamphlet. She will wait for the event and buy Yachiyo beautiful adult chocolate. She hopes everyone will be happy. On Valentine's Day, Iroha cleans the classroom. She leaves late. It might snow tonight. She hurries to the supermarket. She senses a witch. She investigates. She finds a familiar. She fights it. It keeps dodging. She keeps fighting and destroys it. The barrier vanishes. It is night and snowing. She hurries to the supermarket. It is about to close. All Valentine's chocolate is sold out. There is no time to go to another store. She does not know what to do. At home, everyone welcomes her. Tsuruno is late. She arrives with a cart of Chinese food. Her family's restaurant has a Valentine menu. Chuu means kiss. The food has grandiose names. There is crab rice. There is heart-shaped almond jelly. It broke in the middle. Yachiyo says she will pay her later. They prepare the food and eat. After eating, they say it was delicious. Tsuruno says the customers liked it too. They were all old men. Felicia asks if she can give everyone chocolate. Yachiyo and Iroha are surprised. They did not expect this. Felicia runs to her room. Iroha realizes she forgot her chocolate worries while eating. Felicia comes down with Momo Milk Choco. She wanted to try it for a while. She is only sharing half. Tsuruno says that is like Felicia. The chocolate tastes rich. Sana says she bought chocolate for everyone. She hands it out. They ask how she bought it invisible. She used the self-checkout. Iroha says she is amazing. Sana says it is to show gratitude. They enjoy it. Tsuruno says her present was the menu. They say it was delicious. The restaurant will do a white menu for White Day. Yachiyo brings out chocolate in a beautiful box. She got extra milk for Felicia. Hazelnut for Tsuruno. Milk tea for Sana. White chocolate for Iroha. She picked chocolate that represents each girl. Iroha thinks it is beautiful. She knows she has to give hers. She is still worried. She gives Felicia her chocolate. It has an action figure inside. Felicia is thrilled. She gives Tsuruno the Strongest Chocolate. Tsuruno promises to put it in the fridge and eat it before it expires. She gives Sana the kitten chocolate. Sana is shocked. It is the same chocolate she wanted and gave away. She says she is very happy. Finally, Iroha tells Yachiyo she could not buy the chocolate she wanted. She gives her ordinary chocolate. She apologizes. Yachiyo says she is happy she made the effort. She asks if she can share it with everyone. Iroha says yes. Yachiyo makes hot chocolate with it. She says it was perfect for that. They enjoy the drink. Iroha says it is like magic. Bland chocolate became amazing. Her bad feelings became warm. Yachiyo says she is exaggerating. Iroha feels bad for always receiving. She promises to repay her on White Day. Yachiyo says she does not have to. But she knows Iroha will not listen. They drink hot chocolate and watch the snow. Iroha thinks even with mistakes, it was a happy Valentine's Day she will never forget. The narration says all kinds of people have all kinds of feelings. These girls had a day flavored to their taste. Special Scene Natsuki thinks about how she cheers people on. Saying cheers to herself makes her nervous. But she is happy. She gave chocolate to the baseball team. They said it was good. She figures you have to be brave before expecting results. Everyone else will hand out chocolate later. They have chocolate for their special someones. Natsuki gets on top of a large building. She cheers for everyone. She transforms and tells them to do their best. Go, fight, win. The Chiming Bell that Transcends Time
That night they set up the candles like Mitama showed them. Yachiyo lights the candles and they both fall asleep. Iroha wakes up in a dark void. She sees a light in the distance and walks toward it. Iroha finds herself in a forest during a battle. Soldier familiars are fighting French soldiers. Corbeau kills the French captain. Iroha is still in her pajamas. Yachior comes fully transformed and saves Iroha from a familiar. Corbeau sees them and thinks they are new magical girls. She summons more familiars to attack them. Corbeau attacks Iroha. Tart appears and blocks the attack. Tart tells them to escape. Corbeau summons a Witch's barrier and drags them all inside. Yachiyo and Iroha defeat the Witch. They see Tart still fighting Corbeau. Riz appears from Corbeau's shadow and knocks her away. Riz brought Melissa with her. Melissa guides Iroha and Yachiyo to safety. Tart stays behind with Riz. They reach the French camp. Yachiyo realizes Tart might be Joan of Arc. They help the French soldiers escape. Iroha suddenly wakes up at home. Yachiyo also had the same dream. They realize the candles caused it. They call Mitama. She is surprised they had nightmares. They decide to light the candles again. They return to the dream. They find Tart with Melissa and Riz. Melissa says they vanished before. Yachiyo asks Tart if she is Joan of Arc. Tart is surprised she knows. Melissa sees a little girl alone. The girl says her sister was taken by a monster. They find a Witch's labyrinth. They defeat the Witch and save the sister. Riz and Tart say the girls reminded them of Tart's little sister Catherine. Tart explains Catherine died when her village was invaded. Tart became a magical girl to bring light to France. Yachiyo is shocked because history says Tart won at Orléans. But Tart says they lost because Corbeau appeared. They had to retreat to Toulouse. The world is stuck in endless night. Iroha and Yachiyo start to wake up. They wake up at home. It is still dark outside. Felicia says it is 1 pm, not am. The sun never rose. All the normal people disappeared. Only magical girls are left. Their soul gems used real magic in the dream. They decide to go back seriously. They light the candles again. They land in a Witch's labyrinth. A man is fighting the Witch. He says he is La Hire, Melissa's father. They defeat the Witch and save him. He asks them to tell Melissa he is okay. They find the French camp and tell Melissa. The soldiers' morale improves. Tart says they always arrive when needed. Iroha tries to explain they are from the future. Cube appears. He is Kyubey but called Cube here. Cube says they are in the past. Corbeau is an anomaly who changed history. If France loses, endless night will cover the future. That is why Kamihama is dark. They can help Tart defeat Corbeau and fix history. Iroha and Yachiyo decide to help for real. The French army marches to rescue the fortress at Toulouse. They fight through familiars. They reach the fortress and meet La Hire. They defeat the Witch Zenobia. The sun returns to that area. Gilles calls Iroha and Yachiyo new holy maidens. The soldiers cheer for "Les Pucelles." They wake up again. Felicia says some people returned but the sun is still down. They go back to the dream. Tart tells them the Dauphin Charles is imprisoned. They plan to rescue him. The night before the battle, Yachiyo finds Riz training alone. Riz says she is Tart's shadow. Yachiyo tells her not to throw her life away. Riz promises to be careful. The next day they attack the fortress. Corbeau appears and fights them. Riz and Yachiyo hold her off. Tart and Iroha enter the fortress. Tart uses her light magic to collapse part of it. La Hire finds the Dauphin and rescues him. Corbeau retreats. The sun returns. The Dauphin says they will march to Chinon and then recapture Orléans. They wake up again. Felicia says more people came back. They return to the dream. They find Tart at Chinon. The mission to recapture Orléans starts in two days. There is a banquet that night. Melissa is curious about the charm. Iroha teaches her the sleep spell. Tart gets drunk from just the smell of alcohol. She hugs Iroha and falls asleep. The army marches toward Orléans. They fight through more Witches and familiars. They liberate towns along the way. The villagers cheer for Les Pucelles. After one battle, Riz says something strange. She says if this world is someone's dream, neither Iroha nor Yachiyo is the dreamer. Yachiyo asks what she means. Riz cannot explain or everything will end. She tells them to go to the church named after Catherine if they need help. She leaves. Iroha and Yachiyo wake up. They prepare for the final battle. They return to the dream. Riz is missing. Tart says she has been gone a day. They attack the fortress at Orléans. Corbeau appears. She fights them. Riz finally arrives. She fights Corbeau. Corbeau attacks Tart. Riz takes the hit and is badly hurt. She fades into the shadows. Tart despairs. The sky turns completely dark. Corbeau captures Tart and leaves. The soldiers win the fortress but Tart and Riz are gone. Iroha and Yachiyo wake up. Felicia and Sana are gone too. They are the only ones left. They break into Mitama's shop. They find an old Latin book. Yachiyo translates it. The book contains dark magic. The candles were made with a piece of Tart's hair. They allow travel in and out of Tart's dream. Corbeau used them to trap Tart in a nightmare. They take the book back to the dream. They land in darkness. They cannot find France. They use telepathy to find Melissa. She guides them to the camp. Cube reads the book. He confirms Corbeau trapped Tart in a dream labyrinth. Everyone inside is part of Tart's dream. The endless night is Tart's despair. To save Tart, they must ring the Sacred Bell. That will wake her up. Melissa suggests the bell might be at Saint Catherine's Church. They go there. They pray and hear Pernelle's voice. Pernelle is a magical girl outside the dream. She tells them the bell is at the Cathedral in Orléans. She says Riz is alive but lost in darkness. Riz entered the dream to save Tart but got lost when Tart's light went out. They must save Tart and show her Riz is alive. Pernelle gives them the Épée de Clovis. Raising it will make Tart's hope shine brighter and guide Riz back. They return to camp. La Hire and Gilles agree to help rescue Tart. The army marches to Tourelles fortress. They fight through familiars and Witches. They find Tart in a cell. Iroha tells her Riz is alive. Tart is filled with hope. Yachiyo gives her the sword. Tart raises it and calls for Riz. Riz appears from the darkness. The sun returns. Riz apologizes for keeping secrets. She could not break the grimoire's rules. They plan the final battle. They must enter Orléans and ring the bell at the Cathedral. Corbeau appears and blocks them. Tart, Riz, Yachiyo, and Iroha fight her. The French soldiers hold off the familiars. The Dauphin arrives with reinforcements. They break through to the city. Tart and Iroha go to the Cathedral. Corbeau survives but Riz and Yachiyo hold her off. Tart and Iroha ring the bell together. Everyone starts to wake up. Corbeau fades away, promising to fight again in the real world. Yachiyo and Riz say goodbye. Iroha and Tart promise to remember each other. Iroha wakes up at home. Yachiyo pretends not to remember but then laughs. Everything is back to normal. Felicia wants steak for dinner. They look in a history book. It says Tart freed Orléans on May 7, 1429. There is a picture of Jeanne d'Arc with two holy maidens. The maidens look like Iroha and Yachiyo in their magical girl outfits. They go to Mitama's shop. Mitama apologizes. She says the sleep spell came from France during Joan of Arc's time. Iroha realizes Melissa must have spread the spell after learning it from them. That means the spell came from them, went to Melissa, then to Mitama, then back to them. It is a loop. Yachiyo says maybe it was always meant to happen. They decide not to worry about it. Bye Bye, See You Tomorrow ~Memories of the Kamihama Large Residential Complex~
Leila greets an older neighbor who is taking out the trash. The neighbor warns Leila to be careful because things have been getting unsafe. Leila agrees, but she is worried about all the strange things happening lately. She then sees Seika and cheerfully says good morning, which makes Seika yelp in fright. Seika yells out in surprise when the apartment council president greets her. He hands her a safety poster and warns her about suspicious people. Seika accepts the poster and chides herself for getting scared so easily. Leila suddenly greets her again, making Seika jump once more. They then hear a loud yell and find Mito popping out at them. Mito grins, hoping she scared her two best friends. Mito stares at the ground and finds a patch of clovers. She is sad to only find the three-leaf kind. A neighbor tells her happiness is not easy to find and reminds her to go to school. Mito hurries off to catch up with her friends. She sneaks up behind Leila and Seika and yells, startling them. Seika complains that her heart cannot take so much excitement. Leila tells them to save it for later because they have to get to school. At school, Leila thinks about the neighbor's warning. The complex has always felt safe, so the thought of strange people lurking around upsets her. Two classmates ask if she is okay. Leila says she was just daydreaming. One classmate asks Leila to cover her cleaning duty again, and Leila agrees. Secretly, Leila does not refuse because she is scared of losing friends. During lunch, the classmates talk about the strange things happening. Leila tells them that three months ago, a family disappeared from Building 12. Their belongings were left untouched. The news covered it, but nothing came of it. Leila's classmates warn her to be careful. Leila says she is not worried because she is always with her friends, but deep down she feels troubled. She wonders if Mito and Seika are hearing the same things. Seika feels uneasy about everything. Two classmates invite her to eat lunch with them, which surprises her. Seika has bad social anxiety and freezes up. Her classmates think they are bothering her and rush off. Seika sighs. She always makes a face that scares people off, so she is labeled a grouch. She goes to eat alone. Mito loves school. Some classmates laugh at her for humming, calling her weird. Mito does not understand why they make fun of her. They ask to see her lunch and call her abnormal. Mito says she has to eat with her friends and leaves. Her classmates scowl because she refused them. Mito thinks about how they wanted to see her friends like they were objects. Seika goes to the AV room to eat alone. She thinks about missing her chance to make friends. Mito bursts in, happy to have found her. They eat lunch together. Seika remembers that meeting Leila and Mito was the only time a chance meeting went smoothly. Mito asks Seika if she thinks she is weird. Seika says weird just means different, and no two people are the same. Mito smiles. They both get a text from Leila saying she will be late because of cleaning duty. They smile at how nice she is, but Seika wonders if Leila is too nice sometimes. In a flashback, young Leila and Mito approach young Seika. They ask her name and say they should be friends. Back in the present, the three friends walk home together. Leila says people were saying weird stuff about the complex. Mito and Seika say there is nothing wrong with it. Suddenly, Seika pretends to remember an errand and leaves. The others say goodbye and go their separate ways. Leila returns home. Her mother notices she looks tired. Leila puts on a happy face and says being a student is hard work. She gets ready to do homework but remembers she forgot to pick up a recipe book. She really wants to read it tonight. Leila decides to go to the bookstore. Her mother warns her not to wander around late at night because it is unsafe. Leila says she will be quick and promises to be careful. Outside, she hears Mito calling her name. Seika heads to the Central Shopping Village. It is mostly empty now. The sight depresses her. She notices a man walking on the other side. He has the same empty eyes as the man on the wanted posters. He wanders off, and Seika decides to follow him alone. Mito arrives home. Her mother offers her snacks and asks if everything is okay at school. Mito says everything is great because she has her friends. She cannot bring herself to tell her mother about the mean things her classmates say. She blurts out that she needs to go shopping for a notebook and leaves. She spots Leila and calls out to her. Leila is going to the bookstore, and Mito offers to join her. Mito and Leila walk together. Mito explains she lied about needing a notebook so her mom would not worry. Leila reminds Mito of the time she fell from a tree and broke her collarbone but refused to tell her mom. Mito says her mom worries about everything. They talk about climbing trees when they were little and spotting Seika for the first time. Mito suggests they play hop-scotch like they used to. Leila tells her about the cookbook she is picking up. Mito asks for some of the sweets once Leila makes them. Seika follows the stranger to the old candy shop. She bumps into him as she rounds the corner. He mumbles that she will be food too. A barrier opens, and a Familiar appears. Seika realizes she has been lured in. She transforms into a Magical Girl, promising to never forgive the Familiar for harming her home. On their way home, Leila and Mito talk excitedly about the cookbook. Leila suggests they get together on Sunday. Mito stops and points at a poster about the suspicious person. Seeing it brings down Leila's spirits. Mito points to their old "acorn bank" buried under the poster. Remembering it cheers Leila up. She then notices someone who looks like Seika walking across the street. The person turns a corner and disappears. Leila gets a bad feeling. The suspicious man is found and arrested. He turned himself in and had no memory of what happened. The gossip soon dies down. The three friends talk about it. Seika is glad it was resolved. Leila mentions she and Mito saw someone who looked like Seika near the shopping center. Seika lies and says she was nowhere near there. Leila and Mito are relieved, but Seika can tell Leila still senses something is wrong. Seika lets out a small eep. Leila asks what is wrong. Seika says she forgot to do chores and rushes off. Mito and Leila wonder what to do. Leila notices Seika has been acting odd but did not want to say anything to Mito. Leila returns home with another heavy sigh. Her mom asks what is wrong. Leila admits she is uncertain about something but insists she will figure it out on her own. She decides to go out again to clear her head. Her mom asks where she is headed. Leila decides to go up to the roof. Her mom asks her to pick up stew mix on the way back. Leila shakes her head and heads up. She takes a deep breath and looks out at the city. She wonders why she feels suspicious of Seika. She decides she is probably overthinking it and will act like nothing happened tomorrow. Seika finishes killing the last of the Familiars. She decides to look around the shopping center. She hears a voice calling out and ducks behind a pillar. It is Leila. Seika hides until Leila leaves. She is relieved she was not caught and scolds herself for not being more careful. Mito and Leila decide not to worry about Seika, but then Leila seems off the next day. Leila pulls Mito aside and says she thinks it really was Seika they saw at the shopping center. She points out how strange Seika's reaction was. Mito reminds her that Seika always makes that noise when surprised. Leila asks Mito to meet her at the park after school to talk about it. Mito agrees. Mito feels anxious after talking to Leila. Her classmates notice she is staring into space. She takes off when she notices the time, leaving them annoyed. She finds Leila, and they walk home together. They arrive at the park and find Seika waiting. Leila says she has something to ask her. Leila tells Seika she saw her at the shopping center. Seika panics. Leila assures her she is not accusing her, just worried. Seika yells for her to stop. Mito and Leila are taken back. Mito asks if it is really that hard to tell them. Seika insists it is nothing and apologizes. Leila apologizes for being nosy. Mito begins to cry, thinking Seika is angry. The three go their separate ways. A doubt has grown between them. Alone in her room, Leila blames herself. She is certain she saw Seika at the shopping center. She does not want to upset her further by asking again. She worries about what to do. That night, Kyubey appears in her room. Kyubey offers Leila a contract to become a Magical Girl in exchange for any wish. Leila does not have a wish at first. Then she remembers Seika. She wants everything to go back to how it was before. Kyubey tells her to think it over and leaves. Seika goes to the roof to think. She is upset about her outburst. She remembers the first time she met Kyubey on this same roof. She knows she has to do whatever it takes to get rid of Leila's doubts. She cannot let her friends find out about Magical Girls or Witches. At home, Mito cries about the fight. She has never seen her friends argue before. Her mother comes in and asks if she has been crying. Mito forces a smile and says her eyes were itchy. Her mother says she has something important to talk to her about. After hearing what her mother has to say, Mito refuses. Her mother says it is what is best for her future. Mito yells and runs out to the park. She cries, feeling like her troubles are only growing. She desperately searches for a four-leaf clover, hoping it will fix everything. She does not notice Kyubey watching her. Leila mulls over everything Kyubey told her. She wants to be friends with Seika like before. She knows she needs to clear things up, but she wonders if Seika will tell her the truth. She decides to call her. Seika receives a phone call from Leila. Leila wants to talk about what happened. Seika apologizes and lies, saying her mom had yelled at her right before. Leila comes around and is relieved. They hang up. Seika is glad it is resolved but is sorry she had to lie. Leila cannot bring herself to call Seika. She decides to make a contract with Kyubey. She wishes for things to go back to how they used to be between them. Kyubey grants her wish. Suddenly, Leila's head hurts as memories she did not know she had swarm through her mind. Seika continues her duties as a Magical Girl. She encounters a Familiar on the rooftop. The barrier dissipates, and she notices someone else there. It is Leila, who is now also a Magical Girl. Leila explains she made a contract and got her memories back. A Witch had put a Kiss on Leila and made her jump off the roof, killing herself. Seika had wished her back to life and had been fighting alone ever since. Seika yells, demanding to know why Leila became a part of this world. Mito's voice rings out from the darkness. Seika looks in fear as Mito finds them. Seika and Leila are dismayed that Mito has found them. Mito asks why they are fighting and dressed in costumes. She thinks this must be a dream because she met a talking animal earlier. Leila and Seika realize she met Kyubey. Mito is surprised they know about him. Leila says she just learned about him. Mito says Kyubey told her they were arguing on the roof. She asks them to promise they will make up before she is gone. Seika asks what she means. Mito explains she is moving away soon. At a café, Nanaka, Akira, Meiyui, and Kako have a meeting. Akira mentions people vanishing at the Daito apartment complex. Meiyui asks if a Witch is to blame. Nanaka says there is a Witch there, but she agreed not to investigate because a certain Magical Girl lives there. That girl said she would take care of it. Nanaka describes her as having a steely resolve and calling the complex the most important place in her life. Mito searches for a four-leaf clover the next morning. An elderly neighbor greets her. Mito gets up and leaves. Leila had explained everything to Mito about Magical Girls and Witches. From what Leila told her, Mito pieced together the rest. A Witch made Leila jump, so Seika wished her back. Seika tried to shoulder the burden alone and was still angry. Seika recalls that fateful day. She had a committee meeting and left school late. She noticed Leila on the roof and went up to talk to her. Leila climbed over the railing and jumped. Seika screamed. Kyubey appeared and explained about wishes. Seika wished for Leila to come back to life. She became a Magical Girl and learned about Witches. She vowed to never let her friends get dragged into this world. As she walks to school, a neighbor mentions the suspicious person being caught. He asks when Mito is moving away. Seika becomes sad. After Mito found them on the rooftop, she blurted out that she is moving away. Her mother wants a fresh start because of all the disappearances. Mito refused, but her mind was made up. Leila had explained everything to her, but Seika did not say a word. The next day, Leila looks for them to walk to school, but they are nowhere to be found. Leila blames herself. Leila's classmates notice she is staring out the window again. Leila's mind is filled with too much. She knows she has to fix things with Seika and Mito. She cannot let Seika fight alone anymore. Seika sits in class with an angry scowl. She wonders what to do. She wants things to be normal with Leila, but she cannot accept that Leila made a contract. She knows she must clear things up for Mito's sake. Mito decides to get her friends to reconcile before she moves away. She goes to find them. Her classmates ask if she is going to eat with her weirdo friends again. Mito remembers what Seika said about weird meaning different. She yells at them to stop picking on people and to never talk about her friends like that again. She storms out. Leila turned down Mito's invitation to walk home because she felt guilty. She finally heads home. Her Soul Gem reacts, and she knows she has to fight a Witch. She tracks the signal to the shopping center. She bumps into Seika, who was tracking the same Witch. Mito sent a message to Seika, but Seika did not reply. She does not know what to say. She does not want to tell Mito about Witches, but not talking to her will only make her worry more. She goes home alone. Her Soul Gem reacts, and she goes to fight. Leila is already there. They stand awkwardly for a moment before being engulfed by the Witch's barrier. Seika knows she must focus on the enemy. She turns to Leila and says they should work together. They fight perfectly in sync and defeat the Familiar. Leila cheers, but Seika is unhappy. Fighting together felt permanent, and the split between them will never close. Seika tells Leila to hang back while she takes on the Familiar alone. Leila insists on helping. The Familiar takes advantage of their distraction and attacks Leila. Leila's arm is broken. Seika cries and defeats the Familiar in a rage. Leila's arm heals, surprising them both. Kyubey appears and explains that their souls are in their Soul Gems. They are no longer human. Mito goes to the AV room, but Seika is not there. Leila turns down her invitation to walk home. Mito walks home alone, her heart heavy. She cries at the park, wondering if this is how it will be from now on. She calls out for Kyubey. Kyubey appears and tells Mito everything about Magical Girls and Witches. Mito learns that Seika has been fighting alone and Leila just started. Mito wants things to go back to normal. She considers making a contract but sees what it did to her friends. She decides to contract anyway, for their sakes. She wishes for the power to connect people's hearts. Kyubey tells Leila and Seika the truth. Their souls are in their Soul Gems. If their bodies are injured, they can heal as long as the gem is safe. If the gem breaks, they die. They are no longer human. Leila is horrified. Seika's eyes well up with tears. She apologizes and runs off. Leila's brain freezes with the realization of what she has done. Leila goes home, her knees shaking. Her mother is not home. She realizes how much Seika was trying to protect her. She cries with guilt and fear. Her phone rings. It is Mito. Leila decides not to answer. She decides to spare Mito from this grief. She will forge ahead and fight Witches alone. She cannot let anyone else get involved. Seika runs home, crying. She is not afraid for herself, but for Leila. She blames herself for not being more careful. Her phone rings. It is Mito. She needs to talk to her but believes she should not. She decides to call back later. Seika stays in her room. She thinks about the awful things happening to Leila and Mito. She feels helpless and too afraid to do anything. She gives up on interacting with them and decides to fight Witches alone. Seika heads to the roof to calm her nerves. Leila is already there. Mito arrives, glad to see them both. Mito grins and transforms into a Magical Girl. Leila's eyes widen. Seika groans. Mito explains she made a contract. Seika and Leila are upset. Mito knew they would be mad. She explains she knows the truth about Soul Gems. She felt she needed to do something because they were fighting and she was moving away. She asks them to take her hand so she can show them her power. She wished for the power to connect people's hearts. Leila and Seika take Mito's hands. They are transported to the world of Seika's heart. It looks like the park. Mito explains that this is Seika's feelings for Leila. Seika explains that she was lonely until Leila and Mito became her friends. They saved her from suffering alone. That is why she did not hesitate to contract and save Leila. She only wanted to protect them because they are precious to her. Seika is now inside Leila's heart. It is also the park. Leila tells Seika she was worried about her. She wanted to help because Seika is her friend. She realizes she was an idiot for relying on a wish instead of just talking to her. Seika says she should have opened up first. Leila says she just wanted to help because Seika is precious to her. Leila and Seika open their eyes. They are still on the roof. They apologize and thank each other. They hug Mito tightly. They are sad Mito made a contract, but Mito is not afraid as long as she has her friends. They love each other. Mito explains that after she made her contract, she tested her power on Kyubey. She entered his heart and saw only darkness. She asked him questions, and he answered. He told her Leila knows where the Witch is. Leila thinks about it and realizes something is blocking her memory. Mito uses her power again. Leila sees a memory of herself walking towards Apartment 516 in Building 12. Seika says that number should not exist. They agree a Witch must be behind it. They vow to stop it together. The next day, the trio searches for Apartment 516. They go to the fifth floor of Building 12, but the map shows no 516. Seika suggests the roof. Mito feels a strange feeling. Leila decides they should check out the strange feeling first. The trio searches the fifth floor. Mito points to a small x doodled on the wall. Seika notices more x's. They begin to multiply. The girls are engulfed in a Witch's labyrinth. The trio finds themselves in the shopping center. They decide to look around. Seika shows them where she followed the stranger. They find more x's on the walls there. A barrier appears, and a Familiar pops out. The trio transforms and fights. The three friends work together and defeat the Familiars easily. The x's multiply again, and they are teleported to a rooftop. Leila suggests checking the water tower. Seika feels uneasy near the edge because it reminds her of what happened to Leila. Mito decides they should check the edge of the roof together. The trio searches the perimeter. They realize they are on the roof of Building 12. Mito looks down and sees a huge x drawn on the park below. They are pulled towards it and fall. The trio lands on the fifth floor of Building 12. They are in front of Apartment 514. Seika points to the next door, which is 515. The door after that is 516. There is an extra apartment door that should not be there. They are on the right track. They have found Apartment 516. Leila opens the door. They walk into a furnished apartment. It feels like someone lives there, but it is dilapidated. Leila remembers wandering towards Building 12 when she was controlled. The x's begin to multiply again. They prepare to fight the Witch. The three Magical Girls find the Witch and defeat it. The barrier disappears. They are standing in front of Apartment 515. Apartment 516 is gone. They cheer. Kyubey appears and gives them a Grief Seed. Seika uses it on her Soul Gem. Leila learns that the missing family lived in Apartment 515. She notices an x-shaped peel on their mailbox. They wonder if the disappearance and the Witch are related. Mito is moving away soon. The three friends stand together in front of the complex, sad and quiet. Leila cheers up and tells Mito to visit often. Seika cries. Mito cries too but is happy they are close again. Mito suddenly points at the ground. It is a four-leaf clover. She is overjoyed. They say their goodbyes, knowing their hearts will always be connected. The next day, Seika and Leila wait for Mito in an alley. Mito arrives. She used her power to say "See you tomorrow" with her heart. They think it is cool. They sense a Witch and prepare to hunt it together. They are friends whose hearts are linked. The trio follows the magical signal. They meet Hazuki, Konoha, and Ayame, who are also Magical Girls. Mito excitedly asks if they can all fight together. Hazuki thinks it is a great idea. They introduce themselves and decide to search for the Witch together. It is another day and another new friendship in Kamihama. The howa-howa girl tries her best! ~Wait, this is a misunderstanding!~
Mayu is running late to work. She stopped to turn in a lost item, so she cannot make it there early to prepare for the special exhibit. She arrives and apologizes for being late. A colleague acts suspicious of her. The director does not want Mayu accused of anything. Her colleague is concerned because security footage shows Mayu's friend right after a postcard disappeared. Mayu asks if they mean the postcard hand-drawn by Master Mone, a genius artist. She is surprised to learn it was stolen. They ask if she knows anything, but she does not have a clue. The director finds it odd that the thief would appear after the item was stolen. He asks Mayu to look at the footage while the police investigate. The video shows the postcard vanish, then a girl rush in and leave. Mayu admits it is Ria in the video, but she thinks Ria cannot be the culprit. The director must inform the police of the girl's identity. He apologizes to Ria for making her come when the museum is closed for the day and tomorrow. Mayu heads home but cannot get in touch with Ria. Thinking back on the video, she thinks a Witch might be the culprit. She goes to search for Ria. The first place Mayu considers is Walnut's, since Manaka is close to Ria. As she heads there, Asuka confronts her and demands she return her family's book of secrets. Mayu does not know what she is talking about. Asuka asks if Mayu stopped at the dojo earlier. Mayu admits she did, but before she can explain she was returning a lost item, Asuka accuses her again of theft. Asuka transforms and challenges Mayu to a duel. She refuses to listen, forcing Mayu to transform to defend herself. Mayu explains she found an item with a name tag that read "Ryushinkan". She recognized the name and dropped it off on her way to work. Hearing this, Asuka drops her weapon and transforms back. She drops her head and apologizes. Mayu says it is okay. Asuka says that is not enough for accusing her when she was doing the right thing. The only way to atone is to commit seppuku. Mayu begs her to stop and eventually calms her down. Asuka explains the book is invaluable to her family. When she saw a stranger leaving the dojo, she assumed they were the thief. But her family said another girl was loitering around, a blond girl with pigtails muttering about stealing. Mayu shows Asuka a photo of Ria, and Asuka confirms it is her. Mayu claims her friend would never do such a thing, but Asuka says it looks suspicious. Mayu explains the similar theft at her museum. Asuka joins her search, promising not to attack until she hears her side first. Mayu and Asuka head to Walnut's when they hear Sayuki screaming. They find her crying because someone stole her precious sword book. It was an out of print copy, so she could never replace it. Asuka senses a suspicious presence and goes to check it out. Sayuki tells Mayu what happened. She was singing on the way to the concert hall when she found herself in a Witch's labyrinth. A familiar attacked her, but before she could transform she was out of the barrier. That is when she noticed her book was gone. She wants to go after the familiars but has to get to rehearsals. This confirms to Mayu the thief must be a Witch and not Ria. Mayu tells Sayuki to leave it to her. Sayuki thanks her and leaves. Mayu wonders if Asuka is okay when she hears voices. She finds Asuka interrogating Rena. Asuka accuses Rena of being the culprit because she looks nervous. Rena tries to explain it is because she saw "Sayu-Sayu". She recites Sayuki's idol oath as Mayu steps in and finishes the sentence. Asuka does not get it but is sure Rena is the thief. She transforms and challenges Rena to a duel. Rena lost sight of Sayuki and wanted an autograph for Momoko, so she transforms too. She is ready to take out her bad mood on Asuka, but Mayu steps in to stop the fight. After clarifying everything, Asuka apologizes to Rena and prepares to commit seppuku again. Rena says she does not have time for this. Asuka finally understands Rena was nervous because she was working up the courage to ask for autographs. Rena is upset she missed her chance when a weird girl bumped into her, and then Asuka came out of nowhere to accuse her. Rena describes the girl as muttering about stealing. Mayu shows her the photo, and Rena confirms it was Ria. Rena leaves, late for her concert. Mayu asks herself why Ria was nearby when Sayuki got attacked. Asuka questions if Ria is the culprit after all since she keeps appearing near the crimes. Mayu relays Sayuki's story, saying the culprit was clearly a familiar. Ria may not be guilty in that case, but she was still seen at the scene of the other thefts. Mayu and Asuka finally arrive at Walnut's only to find Ria arguing with Manaka, claiming her innocence. Manaka is accusing Ria of stealing a rice omelet. Ria greets Mayu and says she can handle things before running off through the exit. Manaka throws a ladle at Ria but hits Asuka instead. Manaka initially believes Mayu and Asuka are accomplices, but after some explaining she realizes they were just looking for Ria. Manaka tells them she is mad because Ria ate the new rice omelet recipe she had been working on, plate and all. Mayu is surprised and asks if Manaka saw her eating it. Manaka admits she did not, and the missing plate is odd, but no one else was around and Ria appeared shortly after. Mayu relays everything about the case, including her theory that a Witch is behind the thefts. But in each case, Ria was witnessed nearby shortly after. Manaka could see Ria being conceited enough to think stealing certain items is okay, but Mayu is adamant her friend is innocent. Manaka is so confident Ria is the thief that she wagers free food for a month if Mayu can prove Ria's innocence. Mayu is determined to prove Ria's innocence because Ria always helps her when she is in trouble. Like the time she misplaced the bear pendant her father gave her, Ria stayed late helping her look for it until she found it on the school's front lawn. After hearing the story, Asuka admits that does not sound like the kind of person who would take someone's precious belongings. Still, Ria's involvement is suspicious. Just then the two find themselves in a Witch's barrier that materialized around them without warning. A familiar attacks Mayu, who dodges it. The two girls transform and take down the familiars, causing the barrier to dissipate. Ria is there, yelling at where the barrier was. She is surprised to find Mayu and asks if they defeated the familiars. Ria asks if they saw something, but before she can finish, Asuka accuses her of being guilty. She claims the evidence is the way Ria is trembling all over from guilt. Mayu asks if it is true, but Ria claims she never cut or pasted anything. Hearing this, Asuka imagines Ria cut and pasted her own pictures over the sword book she supposedly stole from Sayuki. Ria asks Mayu if she told Asuka about that time, but Asuka is tired of hearing excuses. She transforms and demands Ria turn herself in or face a duel. Ria agrees to the fight. If she wins, she will turn herself in. If they lose, they have to forget everything they heard and saw. Ria loses the match. Ria admits it is true, but says it was a very long time ago when she was still a fan. Asuka assumes she is talking about Sayuki, which confuses Ria. She asks if they saw it too, but Asuka admits it was Rena that saw it. Ria can die of humiliation at hearing other people have seen it and tries to clarify it happened a long, long time ago. They are rivals now and Ria is no longer her fan. Mayu asks if her and Sayuki are rivals now, but Ria asks why she keeps bringing up Sayuki. Ria asks if they really saw it, but Asuka thinks she is talking about something else and confirms she was seen at her dojo. She tells Ria she was caught on museum security footage, Sayuki saw her shortly after her theft, and Manaka can confirm she was at Walnut's. Ria cannot help it if she stands out, but she asks Asuka if they have seen a binder full of paper clippings. Asuka has not seen any binder, causing Ria to realize she was admitting something she did not even do. She tells Asuka she did not steal anything. She was only trying to get back what was stolen from her by a familiar. Mayu is relieved to hear Ria was not the thief. Asuka apologizes for accusing her, but Ria does not hold it against her. She was acting strangely, so she cannot blame them. Ria cheers up immensely after realizing they have not seen her binder yet. Ria goes to chase after the Witch once more. Asuka and Mayu ask if they can come along to retrieve the other stolen items. Ria refuses their help, saying she can take care of it on her own. Mayu says they have to help since she made a promise to Manaka to clear Ria of any wrongdoing. The two start chasing after the Witch. Ria tells herself it is okay as long as she can get to her binder first before anyone else sees it and hurries to catch up. Since Ria has been chasing the Witch for a while and recognizes its magic pattern, she leads the way on their search. They wind up at the mall, the shopping district, and all over Kamihama, but the Witch eludes them every step of the way. Finally they catch up to the Witch and find the entrance to its barrier in front of a school. Ria confirms this is the same Witch behind all the thefts, and the girls enter the barrier. Together the three of them defeat the Witch easily thanks to Ria's guidance and Mayu playing support. The Witch falls over, and several items begin to fall out of her. The first is Sayuki's book. Ria turns around only to get a face full of rice omelet that comes flying out of the Witch. More items fly out, so the girls hurry to gather all they can before the barrier dissipates. Later that day, Mayu and Asuka are eating at Walnut's while they wait for Mayu. Mayu shows up after returning Sayuki's book to her. Asuka and Ria already turned in the other stolen items to the police so they could go back to their original owners. But Ria, Asuka, and Mayu still look sad. Manaka asks what is wrong. The dojo's book of secrets, Ria's binder, and the museum's postcard are still missing. Manaka serves Ria a second plate of food and places a plate in front of Mayu. Ria wolfs down the food and asks for more. Manaka asks if she has not had enough, but Ria says their dinner tonight is all-you-can-eat since she was falsely accused. Manaka does not mind since she was in the wrong, but she warns Ria she will get fat if she keeps overeating. Asuka sighs, wondering what they should do. Mayu thinks if their items have not disappeared with the labyrinth then there must still be hope. Ria wonders if their stolen items are hidden elsewhere, but they do not know where to start. Manaka suggests they wait until morning to begin their search. The girls agree that is a good idea since they need to get home before their families worry and agree to meet the next day. Mayu dreams of her father. In the dream, her bear pendant breaks, but her father fixes it for her. He tells her not to worry since all material items are destined to break or fall apart one day. Before he can tell her what is truly important, Mayu's alarm goes off and she wakes up. She greets her mom in the living room. Her mom points out the news on TV about the thefts. Even more people have reported their precious belongings disappearing right before their eyes. Even though they defeated the Witch, the thefts continue to happen. Mayu decides to skip breakfast and heads out to find Ria and Asuka. Before she can get far, a labyrinth suddenly materializes around her. The same familiar as before attacks Mayu, and she recognizes its magic is the same as the Witch they defeated. Mayu does not have much time to think. She transforms and defeats the familiars. She thinks it is odd that a familiar would still be around after its Witch was defeated and remembers how the familiar from yesterday kept targeting her exclusively. Mayu senses more magic in the vicinity before realizing the magic is scattered all across Kamihama, including at the museum. She knows she has to stop them all before they can cause more harm. She senses the magic once more to find the one closest to her, only for the labyrinth to materialize around her once more. She defeats it as quickly as she can before rushing to the museum. Mayu arrives at the museum out of breath. The museum is closed for the day, but for some reason the security system has been turned off. Mayu hears a noise and goes to investigate. She finds the museum director there, trying to grab a painting off the wall. Mayu asks what he is doing, but he only responds that the painting is great and he really wants it. The painting was on loan from another museum for their next special exhibit. It was the director's favorite painting, and he had requested it repeatedly until they finally agreed to lend it. The director goes on about how great the painting is and how they should keep it since the other museum will not appreciate it as much. He goes so far as to say it would be better if he kept it in his own house instead. The director threatens to hurt Mayu if she tries to stop him, which is when Mayu notices the Witch's kiss on him. Mayu transforms and uses her magic to stop him, but she does not know what to do. Asuka shows up out of nowhere and knocks the director out with the back of her sword. Ria pops up and corrects her, saying it was actually a karate chop. It seems both Ria and Asuka had been dealing with the familiars all morning when they went out to look for Mayu. They saw her go into the museum and followed after her. People all over town were reporting missing items, while several other people had been Witch Kissed and were trying to steal everything. Ria describes the familiars as spiraling out of control. The more they steal, the more misery they spread and the stronger they seem to get. Mayu asks about the Witch they defeated yesterday, but Asuka is afraid it was not the true Witch but rather a familiar that had gotten strong enough to evolve. The original Witch must have their belongings and is still sending out familiars to steal even more. If they follow a familiar after it steals something, it could lead them to her, but the familiars are too fast to follow. Remembering her dream, Mayu offers up her bear pendant as bait to the familiars. Ria refuses to follow through with the plan, knowing how precious the pendant is to Mayu. But it is because of how precious it is that the familiars kept targeting her. Ria warns her there is no guarantee she will get the pendant back, but Mayu is prepared to accept the risk. The next time she is attacked, she will hand over the pendant as bait. They have no trouble finding a barrier and pretending to drop the pendant. The girls put on a big show over how much the pendant means to her and how they are much too slow to stop the big bad familiar from taking it. The barrier dissipates, and Ria congratulates the girls on their acting skills. Their acting was terrible and really obvious they were faking it. Mayu traces the magic she imbued her pendant with, and the girls follow the trail to where the real Witch is hiding. They run the whole way and get there out of breath, with the exception of Asuka thanks to her daily training. They enter the barrier and together make short work of all the familiars there. Once done, they find a path leading them deeper into the barrier. They make their way in and find themselves in a room filled to the brim with stolen items. The girls are amazed at how much stuff is there, but Mayu reminds them that each of those items was very precious to the person it was taken from. She suddenly questions if they will be able to get all of the items out before the barrier disappears and takes them with it. Ria comes up with a plan which she relays to Mayu. Mayu says she can do it, and the girls enact their plan. First Asuka strikes at the Witch, putting it on the defensive. Mayu then uses her magic to stop the Witch from attacking for a short while. Meanwhile, Ria hurries to get all of the things out of the barrier. Just as she is finishing up, the Witch is able to move again and strikes at Mayu. Mayu is okay, and she tells Ria to hurry and get the rest out while she immobilizes the Witch once more. Ria finishes and then uses her magia attack to land the finishing blow on the Witch, defeating it once and for all. The girls rejoice in their victory. Asuka and Ria then immediately begin to look for their own belongings amidst the piles of stuff. Mayu trips on a binder and picks it up. The binder is titled "The Yachiyo Collection". Mayu flips through the binder, calling the designs cute and admiring how well organized it is before Ria can stop her. Mayu suggests she start her own binder with clippings of Ria, which causes Ria to blush and offer to show her the best way to compile them. Asuka comes up to Mayu sadly. She found her bear pendant, but the chain had been broken and its face clawed up by the familiars. Mayu is okay with that though. The chain can be replaced, and she sees the scratch as proof of how hard the three of them fought. Mayu calls the police so they can gather the belongings and return them to their rightful owners. The sun is setting, and Mayu is glad everything worked out in the end. But Asuka and Ria are not so sure and ask Mayu if she is really okay with her precious pendant being damaged. Mayu says she is really okay with it because material possessions naturally break or wear down over time. What is really important is the memories they hold. The only thing that really matters is that you remember the time spent together. That is what her father taught her. Even without the physical reminder, the memories she has of him will always remain in her heart. Asuka and Ria begin to tear up after hearing her story, with Ria going on about how much Mayu has grown and matured. Mayu turns to begin the walk home only to miss her step and fall into the lake beside them. As Mayu flounders in the water, Ria shakes her head and says she has not changed at all. April Fool's 2018Mitama's Photography Meet
On April 2nd, Mitama still cannot get a good shot. Iroha says the picture looks like someone else. Mitama thinks it is because she is new at this. Sana and Yachiyo suspect the cheap camera. Mitama insists she just is not in control of it yet. She takes them to meet Madoka and her friends to practice. They try taking pictures, but none of them come out well either. Iroha wonders why the camera is not working. Later, Mitama is silent. Tsuruno calls it a disaster. Yachiyo says they should give up. Felicia says Mitama cannot cook or take pictures. Mitama says she can cook, she is just new. Yachiyo says Mitama does not know when to quit. Mitama says that is true but still mean. Mitama says she does not like that people only trust her for adjustments. She declares she will stop being an Adjuster and focus on photography. The girls gasp in surprise. Iroha and Yachiyo protest, saying everyone will be in trouble without her. Tsuruno says the photos have good taste. Sana says no one takes photos like her. Felicia tries to protest but is stopped. Mitama asks if her photos are professional. Yachiyo says they are, and Iroha calls them art. Mitama asks if they trust her. Sana says yes. Tsuruno says she would not be the strongest without Mitama. Mitama chuckles and says she will stay the Adjuster. But she will keep taking photos because she wants to take normal pictures of everyone. Yachiyo says she has free time to practice. Mitama promises she will become able to take a lovely photo. Later, the girls return home, saying they used up their whole day off. Tsuruno tutors Felicia in English. Yachiyo makes hot cocoa. Mitama keeps practicing. A final picture of both teams together is shown. FM Kamihama Holy Radio Station
Madoka-senpai walks onto the screen. Iroha says they usually appear in Magia Report, which is in a separate Kamihama. Madoka-senpai interrupts her and says they have more freedom here. She knocks Iroha down and strikes a victory pose. They fight. Iroha says they will give advice to listeners. People whose letters are read will get cooking tools. Madoka-senpai asks which one Iroha wants. Iroha says the vegetable slicer looks nice. Madoka-senpai asks if she has a pun for it. Iroha is confused. Madoka-senpai says she will take the foil instead. Iroha reads a letter from "Strongest Magical Girl-san." She runs a Chinese restaurant and asks how to be the strongest. Madoka-senpai says to use a different point scale. Iroha reads a letter from "Mikazuki House Zashiki Warashi-san." She is invisible and wants self-confidence. Madoka-senpai says to run around the city naked. They fight Tsuruno and Sana. Iroha reads a letter from "Saint of Kamihama-san." She works to save magical girls and started an online group. It is full of hateful comments. She asks if the feeling in her throat is an immaculate conception. Madoka-senpai says no. They fight Holy Mami. Madoka-senpai asks if Iroha has any troubles. Iroha says she has no 4-star girls. Madoka-senpai takes her phone and rolls for her. She shows the result and Iroha is surprised. Madoka-senpai then offers her foil. Iroha makes a face. They fight Iroha. Himika walks in and asks for her paycheck. Madoka-senpai says Himika has waited a long time and asks if her life is still hard. Himika says she only had water and dirt to eat yesterday. Madoka-senpai asks if she is a forest element. Iroha points out that is mud. Iroha gives Himika candy and asks why she is there. Himika heard they were giving away kitchen gadgets and came in person. She thinks the candy is sweet dirt but knows it is chocolate. She is surprised to have chocolate without a special occasion. Iroha says you do not need one. Madoka-senpai eats. They fight Himika. Iroha says Himika will be their new assistant. Himika agrees to help. Madoka-senpai says Konomi was the assistant until she started bleeding last week. It will take four weeks to heal. Madoka-senpai grabs Himika. Iroha says it is time for music. Madoka-senpai says Iroha brought her own song. It is Tsuruno's excited humming. It sounds bad. Madoka-senpai starts a food segment. She wonders what will happen after they angered a restaurant owner last week. Natsuki is at the restaurant and meets Tsukuyo and Tsukasa. They recognize her from the radio. Natsuki cheers people on. They fight Natsuki. Natsuki tells Alina her food looks good. A Rumor creature watches. Natsuki says a special customer is coming. Manaka arrives and tells Natsuki to leave. Natsuki says they will return. They fight Alina. Himika says they will play a game during their break. She has three covered plates. One has soufflé, one has dango, and one has goopy fish. Iroha asks if Himika will take one and grabs her. Himika is happy to get the soufflé. Iroha gets the dango from Tsuruno's restaurant. Madoka-senpai is stuck with the fish. Himika asks if she can take her food home to share with her family. Iroha is impressed. Madoka-senpai says Himika can take the fish too. Iroha introduces radio shopping. Himika made her own seasoning from mushrooms and weeds. It is the Mao family secret sauce, flavored with hate for the rich. A chart shows everyone hates it. Himika says Mitama buys it often. Madoka-senpai sniffs it and screams because it burns her eyes. Yachiyo barges in and says they must stop the broadcast. Himika gives her some sauce as a greeting. It hurts Yachiyo's eyes. Yachiyo tells them to look around. They are inside a Rumor's barrier. Yachiyo explains the radio program became a Rumor. The Rumor's waves are interfering with the normal Kamihama. Kanoko feels the waves and thinks she might get good ideas. Yachiyo says two worlds cannot exist together. The weaker one will disappear. That is the Magia Report world. Madoka-senpai says it is war. Iroha says they must defeat the Rumor first. They fight the Rumor of FM Kamihama. The Rumor badly hurts the girls. Yachiyo says its waves are everywhere, so they cannot avoid them. Madoka-senpai says she would like that ability in Mirrors. She Connects to Himika. Yachiyo wishes they had a tunnel to block the waves. Madoka-senpai says everything is black, even though they are not in a tunnel. Yachiyo is annoyed. Himika has an idea. Madoka-senpai wears a strange mustache. Narration explains an ancient Japanese fortune-telling method called "the pick-up." It involved burning marks into people's foreheads. The narration says this is where gacha pick-up characters come from. It is probably not true. Yachiyo says they will win. Madoka-senpai tells Himika to smash fate. Himika thinks they are making this hard. Himika uses her rocket hand to grab the aluminum foil. She says foil blocks radio waves. The girls wrap themselves in foil and fight the Rumor again. The Rumor is defeated. The girls celebrate with Konomi, who is covered in bandages. Himika gets boxes of foil as a reward. Iroha says they are taking a break from radio. She starts playing Magia Record on her phone and begins a battle. "I'm always the star!"
Ria decides to get some sleep. On the day of the show, she runs into a witch. Kyoko appears inside the barrier. Ria mistakes her for a fan and tries to show off. Kyoko tells her to stay out of the way. They start fighting. Ria leaves the barrier and realizes she missed the show. She is horrified and wakes up. It was only a dream. On the day of the show, Ria arrives with Asuka to cheer her on. Asuka says she practiced for this. During the event, Asuka cheers loudly like at a sports game. Ria gets embarrassed. She knows Asuka means well, but feels she is ruining it. Suddenly Ria wakes up again. It was another dream. On the day of the event, Ria is about to go on stage. The power cuts out. It comes back quickly, but the audience seems less excited. Ria blames herself. She wakes up again. She has been dreaming about the show every night. On the actual day, Ria pinches her cheek to make sure it is real. She stumbles into a witch barrier again. Kyoko appears just like in the dream. This time Ria tells Kyoko she can take the credit for killing the witch. Ria leaves and meets Asuka and Mayu. Asuka says she practiced cheering. Ria explains that fashion shows have their own cheering rules. She promises to send Asuka a message later. Right before Ria goes on stage, the power cuts out for real. Ria decides to make it part of the show. She asks the audience to get out their penlights. She tells them to turn all the lights on her when she signals. Her idea works perfectly. She wishes she could have shown her perfect walk, but she still feels great. Cross ConnectionSeveral Days Earlier at 13:36 A classmate shows Chisato a picture of a book online. Chisato recognizes it as one her father wrote. The classmate says someone found a copy in Kamihama City. Chisato looks uncomfortable. Arisa steps in and asks if the classmate is trying to bully Chisato. The classmate runs away. Chisato thanks Arisa for helping her. Arisa tells Chisato not to let others push her around. Arisa and Chisato are both magical girls. They used to be enemies but became friends. They later joined forces with Haruka and Matsuri to form a team. Arisa asks Chisato if she is thinking about her dad. Chisato says her dad is not dead. Arisa thinks the old version of him is dead though. Chisato agrees. Arisa tells her to stop thinking about it. Several Days Earlier Chisato explains she is thinking about the picture book instead. It was one she loved before things with her dad went bad. After that, she could not look at his books anymore. But she still remembers that one book vividly. The book her classmate found is called "The Adventures of Dumpling Boy." Sadly, Chisato cannot remember what it was about. She cannot even remember the title of the book she loved. She only remembers the cover image. She does not have a copy at home anymore. Chisato cannot stop thinking about that found book. Something about it makes her curious. She decides to travel to Kamihama to find it. Arisa thinks it is far to go for just a book. Chisato says she checked online and could not find any other copies. The person who posted about it never replied to her. With no other leads, Chisato is determined to go. Arisa offers to come with her. But once they arrive in Kamihama, Arisa only wants to visit sweet shops. This annoys Chisato. They keep looking for a used bookstore called Natsume Books. But they cannot find it anywhere. Chisato stops an older lady to ask for directions. The lady is not sure, so she calls over Akira. 0:28 Kokoro catches her breath after finishing off a Familiar inside a witch's barrier. Suddenly, she is surrounded by many more Familiars. She starts to get overwhelmed. A mysterious magical girl appears and defeats them all with her magia attack. Kokoro thanks her and gushes about how impressive she was. The girl smiles and asks for Kokoro's name. Kokoro apologizes and introduces herself. The girl smiles back and says her name is Suzune. Then Suzune says farewell and strikes at Kokoro. 0:35 Suzune swings at Kokoro but misses. Neither girl knows if Suzune missed or Kokoro dodged. Kokoro is stunned that Suzune attacked her for no reason. Suzune promises she will not miss again. She swings her blade at the soul gem on Kokoro's throat. Kokoro asks if she is trying to kill her. Suzune does not answer and strikes again. A voice telepathically warns Kokoro to attack Suzune and run. Kokoro recognizes the voice and strikes back. Suzune blocks it. Before she can attack again, someone strikes Suzune from behind. The voice urges Kokoro to hurry. Kokoro runs away. Suzune curses her luck and wonders if magic hid the second attacker. She thinks the girls of Kamihama may be tougher than she expected. Kokoro stops running and catches her breath. She notices Suzune did not follow her. She thanks Masara for coming to her rescue. Masara casts off her invisibility. She had followed Kokoro when she heard her friend found a labyrinth. Masara asks why that girl attacked her. Kokoro does not know. She only knows the girl's name is Suzune. Masara has never heard of her but can tell she is a serious threat. 1:28 Suzune thinks about Kokoro. She realizes there are many different kinds of magical girls in Kamihama. She had finished killing all the magical girls in her city. She had just enrolled at a school in Hozuki City when Kyubey found her. Kyubey told her about a city where no Incubator can enter. He also said many magical girls are gathering there. Suzune knows Kyubey is probably hoping she will go there and get killed. She came to Kamihama to investigate and to kill any magical girls she meets. She wants to end the cycle of magical girls suffering. 13:26 Arisa calls over to Chisato. She points out a pastry stand and mentions she is hungry. Chisato sighs as Arisa prods her. Chisato finally admits she is hungry too. Arisa smiles and offers to treat her. Arisa runs off to get them each a filled crepe. Chisato sighs again. They did not come here for sweets. They came to find a picture book Chisato's father wrote. Arisa returns with their treats. They both take a bite. The crepes are delicious. Arisa wants to try all the flavors now. Chisato wants to try a chocolate one. Then she remembers why they are there and scolds Arisa for distracting them. 13:43 The older woman calls over Akira. She says it is perfect timing. Akira is friends with Kako from Natsume Books. Akira offers to take them there herself instead of just giving directions. Chisato says that is okay and she would be fine with directions. But Akira insists she has nothing else to do. From Akira's point of view, she would be losing customers for Kako if she did not make sure they got there. Chisato is still hesitant. Arisa tells her not to complain and happily accepts Akira's offer. 14:02 They arrive at Natsume Books. Kako appears to greet them. Akira says goodbye and leaves. Chisato thanks her once more for the help. Chisato tells Kako they are looking for a book called "The Adventures of Dumpling Boy." Kako says she can check their files. She tells them they are welcome to look around while she checks. 14:16 Arisa finds a book and calls Chisato over. It is not the book they are looking for. Chisato scolds Arisa for getting sidetracked again. Arisa knows it is not the right book but still wants Chisato to look at it. Chisato skims through the pages. It is about a kindly witch who drives away a wolf. The villagers exile her after wrongly blaming her for the wolf's actions. The word witch means something different to the two magical girls. Arisa agrees that rejection is hard to deal with. Chisato realizes Arisa is talking about her own past. Chisato reminds her they are here to look for a different book. Arisa laughs it off as her being distracted again. They search everywhere but the book is nowhere to be found. 14:22 Suzune decides to kill all the magical girls in Kamihama. After failing with Kokoro, she investigates more. She uses her classic tactic. She hides inside a witch's barrier until another magical girl shows up. But she is surprised by how vicious the familiars are here. Even she has a hard time fighting them off. She decides to end them with her magia attack. The barrier goes away. Suzune scolds herself for being sloppy and notes she needs to heal. She hears a voice asking if she is hurt. Akira approaches her. 14:35 Akira asks Suzune if her arm is hurt. Suzune pretends she scraped it falling against a wall. Akira offers her a bandage. She asks if Suzune gets light-headed easily. Suzune nods. Akira offers to take her somewhere to rest. Suzune declines. Akira offers to call someone for her. Suzune declines again. Akira starts to leave. Suzune decides to get close to Akira for information. She calls out to her. Akira comes back. Suzune says she changed her mind. Akira offers to take her somewhere to rest. Akira sensed a witch or familiar nearby. She wonders if Suzune got involved with it. She thinks it is best to keep an eye on Suzune to make sure she is okay. 14:48 Akira takes Suzune to a small stall at a shopping center. It is Emiri's Consultation Services. Akira shows Suzune a chair to sit on. She explains they borrow space under the roof to run a consultation stand. Akira says she is not the one who gives advice, but she helps when she can. Emiri is not here right now. Suzune smiles and thanks Akira for her help. She introduces herself. Akira introduces herself in return. Akira goes to get disinfecting supplies to clean Suzune's arm. Suzune decides to rest there and gather information from Akira. 14:55 Suzune planned to question Akira about Kamihama. But Akira is so friendly that she ends up talking about herself instead. Akira insists on being called Akira instead of Shinobu-san. She asks Suzune about her school. She finds out Suzune is from Hozuki City. Suzune says she had business here. Akira starts gushing about her friend Emiri. She tells a funny story. Suzune smiles and laughs along. At first she did it to seem friendly. But deep down, she admits she was laughing for real a little. She might be enjoying herself more than she expected. She cannot remember the last time she just talked with someone like this. Nanaka soon appears. She has errands nearby and stops to say hi. She notices the newcomer. Akira introduces Suzune. Nanaka smiles and greets her. Suzune stiffens up. She recognizes the fake smile on Nanaka's face. It is the same kind of fake smile she uses herself. 15:04 Kako comes back. She sadly tells them the book is not in their files. Chisato looks downhearted but thanks her for the help. Kako asks why Chisato wants to find that book so badly. Chisato is not sure herself. She just knows she has to see it. Kako asks if she can help them find it. She promises not to get in the way. Chisato initially declines. Kako has already helped and it would be too much bother. But Arisa urges Chisato to let Kako help. Kako knows Kamihama well and loves books. She is the perfect person to help. Chisato finally agrees. Kako is happy to help. They introduce themselves to each other. 15:15 Kako offers to call another old bookstore. Her father knows the owner there. She asks them to give her an hour. Arisa suggests they finish reading the witch book while they wait. Chisato does not want to waste time. She suggests they search nearby stores and come back. Kako does not mind. Chisato thanks her again. Outside the bookstore, Arisa tells Chisato to slow down. Chisato is practically running away. Chisato turns around. She is upset with Arisa. She tells Arisa there is a time and place for kidding around. That was not the time. She points out how Arisa had Kako help without any consideration. Arisa yells that she gets it already. She accuses Chisato of always nagging her. Arisa says you should do everything you can to reach your goals. She did not see anything wrong with accepting Kako's help when Kako offered. She points out how uptight Chisato can be. Her only thought was how much Chisato wanted to find that book. Having said that, Arisa tells Chisato she is going back to the bookstore to finish reading. Chisato decides to search nearby stores. Arisa says bye and goes back. 15:26 Chisato sighs, thinking about the argument. She knows she was harsher than normal. She wonders why she acted that way. It is her fault they came to Kamihama. Arisa did not even have to come. When she asked why Arisa came along, Arisa said she had free time. But Chisato knows Arisa really came to help her look for the book. Chisato calls herself an idiot for fighting with her friend. She accidentally startles a person passing by. 15:27 Seeing Nanaka's fake smile puts Suzune on high alert. Nanaka casually asks Akira how they met. Akira explains she noticed Suzune's injury and brought her here to rest. Nanaka asks if Akira was there when she got hurt. Akira says she was not. Nanaka asks where Suzune is from. She does not recognize her uniform. Suzune says she is from Hozuki City. Nanaka asks which school exactly. Akira tries to get Nanaka to calm down. Nanaka points out that Suzune is from out of town. She asks what brought her to the city. Suzune does not answer right away. Nanaka apologizes for being blunt. She says she is just curious. Suzune replies she is here to visit a friend. The questioning is getting too direct. Suzune says she feels better now and thanks Akira before leaving. Akira calls out to her. She turns to Nanaka and calls her rude for grilling someone like that. Nanaka tells Akira she is just glad she is safe. She sensed that something bad might happen. That is the real reason she came over. She knows for a fact that Suzune is their enemy. 15:39 Suzune thinks about how Nanaka acted. Nanaka never stopped staring at her. She put on a fake smile and kept probing. It was like she suspected something. Suzune wonders why she would be so suspicious. Maybe it is because Suzune is a stranger from another city. She has no evidence, but her gut tells her Nanaka is a magical girl. Suzune decides this does not change her methods. She will lay another trap near a witch to catch Nanaka. That will confirm if she is a magical girl. Suzune senses a nearby witch. She tracks it to its labyrinth. She decides to hide outside instead of going in. Before she can put her plan into action, she hears a scream. The magical girl lured to her trap is Kokoro again. Kokoro recognizes Suzune and demands to know who she is. Suzune answers by swinging her sword. 15:43 Arisa thinks about the argument. When Chisato said those things, Arisa just yelled back. She did not mean some of what she said. But either way, she went back to Natsume Books. Kako is surprised to see her back so soon. Arisa explains they split up for now. Kako has good news. But before she can tell Arisa, she notices the long look on her face. She asks if something is wrong. Arisa realizes her face is giving her away. She reassures Kako that nothing is wrong. She says something happened but it happens all the time. Kako cannot let it go. She is worried about them. 15:46 Kokoro fights back. She is determined to make Suzune tell her who she is. They trade blows. Kokoro asks again who Suzune is. Suzune says she already knows her name, so more talk is pointless. Nanaka appears from the shadows. She says she is very interested in what Suzune has to say too. Seeing her transformed, Suzune confirms Nanaka is a magical girl. Nanaka introduces herself to Kokoro. She asks what happened. Kokoro explains she was attacked. Nanaka asks if Kokoro was tracking her. Kokoro admits she was. Nanaka calls out for Akira. Akira was also hiding in the shadows. Suzune is surprised to see Akira is a magical girl too. Akira asks Suzune why she did what she did. 15:51 Akira asks Suzune why she is attacking magical girls. She asks if that is why her arm was hurt. Suzune does not answer. As Akira questions her, Suzune considers her odds. It is three against one. She knows she has no chance. She decides to escape. She uses her Heat Shimmer. Her flames bend the air like a mirage. It makes her seem like she disappeared. Nanaka's suspicion is confirmed. Suzune is the enemy. They need to think calmly about their next move. Akira is still shocked by what happened. She only knew Suzune for a short while. Nanaka asks Kokoro for her name. She can tell Kokoro was looking in a different direction when they arrived. Masara's voice is heard as she appears. She tells Nanaka she was waiting for the right moment to catch Suzune. Masara and Nanaka introduce themselves. 15:55 Kako is worried about Arisa. She can tell by her expression that something is wrong. Arisa finally breaks down and tells Kako everything. Even though Arisa said they have fought since day one, Kako can tell Arisa really cares about finding that book for Chisato. Arisa admits she really did want to find it for her friend. Just then, Chisato returns from her search. 16:06 Chisato returns to the bookstore looking dejected. Kako is determined to set things right. She tells Chisato how serious Arisa is about the search. She says she knows about the fight because Arisa told her. She clears up some things for Chisato. Kako says she is happy to help because it gave them a chance to do this together. After talking with Arisa, even Kako could tell how much Arisa wanted to find the book for her. Chisato thanks Kako for her kind words. She says she realized the same thing after she calmed down. She turns to Arisa and apologizes for what she said. Arisa also apologizes for how she acted. Kako smiles, happy to see them make up. Suddenly, she remembers the information she was going to give them. 16:12 Suzune pauses to catch her breath after running far away. She thinks about Nanaka. She wonders if Nanaka's intuition is just that good. She shakes off the thought. The only explanation is that Nanaka's magic told her Suzune was trouble. She knows Nanaka will be a threat. Twice now she has failed to kill Kokoro. Something seemed off during both fights. She cannot place what it is yet. No matter, she is determined to finish Kokoro next time. Sadly, she now knows Akira is a magical girl. As much as it pains her, it makes no difference. She will have to kill Akira too. Suzune remembers her conversation with Kyubey. She told him she would continue exterminating all magical girls. Kyubey could not understand why she does this. But he would not stop her either. Suzune asked if he was just waiting for someone to kill her. Kyubey did not deny it. Suzune tells herself no Incubator can stop her from cutting the nightmare chain. She has to kill every witch, familiar, and magical girl. They will all become witches eventually. She apologizes to Akira, but even Akira must die. 16:28 Kako tells them the news. Her father's friend owns a secondhand bookstore. He has tons of used picture books. His store used to be a bookstore. Then business slowed and it became a general secondhand shop. He did not say if he has the exact book they want. But his store is near Natsume Books. It is piled with picture books they want to get rid of. Chisato and Arisa thank Kako. Kako offers to go with them to help search. 17:08 They arrive at the secondhand store. The owner points them to a large collection of used picture books. They start going through the mountains of books one by one. After a while, Arisa notices some books wedged between gaps in the shelves. She carefully pulls them out. The group is astonished. It is the picture book they have been looking for. They finally found "The Adventures of Dumpling Boy." Their search is over. 17:13 Meiyui arrives where everyone is gathered. She introduces herself to Kokoro and Masara. Nanaka catches her up on everything. She explains her magic told her Suzune was an enemy. Meiyui's magic lets her sense her revenge target. Nanaka's magic lets her sense anything that is her enemy. Anything linked to her vengeance is revealed. Meiyui turns to Kokoro. She asks if Suzune really tried to kill her. Kokoro explains how viciously Suzune attacked. She aimed for her throat every time. Masara was invisible and tried to get closer for an attack. But she could only assist Kokoro. Kokoro also felt a strange foreboding. It was like Suzune was out for blood. She does not know why she was targeted. So she and Masara tried to track her down to ask why. Nanaka figures Suzune uses witches to lure magical girls and kill them. Akira asks if that is why Nanaka called Meiyui over. Nanaka explains Suzune is a great threat. They must stop her. If they do not remove this obstacle, they will suffer. Nanaka compares Suzune to a witch bringing disaster. The group agrees. Akira sighs. She wishes she could try talking to Suzune again. Nanaka does not think talking will work. Akira just wants the chance to try once more. Nanaka asks what she will do if Suzune refuses to listen. Akira promises to fight her with everything she has if that happens. Nanaka asks if Kokoro and Masara still want to question Suzune. Masara suggests they drop it for now. Kokoro knows they need to stay safe. This is very dangerous. Masara asks if Nanaka already has a plan. Nanaka does. Her plan involves the three who know Suzune: Kokoro, Akira, and herself. She will also need Meiyui and Masara's help. She goes over the details with them. 17:52 Suzune returns to Emiri's consultation stand. Akira is there waiting for her. Suzune was not sure anyone would be here. But she had to check if Akira or Nanaka was here. Akira asks what Suzune would have done if Nanaka were here instead. Suzune says she would have attacked if Nanaka were alone. She prefers one-on-one fights. Akira is sad to hear this. She asks why Suzune is going after them. Suzune says it is nothing personal. She has to kill all magical girls. She will not tell Akira why. She says it would be better if Akira did not know. Akira is frustrated. She tells Suzune she is not the type to let herself be killed without knowing why. Suzune asks if Akira wants to fight here. Akira suggests they go back to the alley where they first met. They arrive at the alley and transform. They are ready to fight. 17:58 Akira tries to strike Suzune. Suzune is too fast and dodges. Akira throws a flurry of blows. She pushes Suzune back at first. Suzune realizes she is at a disadvantage up close. She summons many swords and launches them at Akira with her Flame Dance attack. Somehow, Akira knocks the swords away. Nanaka and Meiyui watch from a distance. Akira starts her counter attack. Nanaka can tell they are evenly matched so far. Meiyui asks if having Akira fight was part of the plan. Nanaka says it was. But only because Akira insisted. She knew Suzune would start with Akira since she has few leads in the city. She reminds Meiyui to wait until Akira is at her limit. 18:10 The book is a little pricey, but Chisato buys it right away. The three of them go back to Natsume Books to read it. Chisato is excited to finally hold it in her hands. She thanks Arisa for all her help. Arisa says she can thank her some other way. Chisato promises the next pastries are on her. Chisato also thanks Kako. They would not have found it without her. Kako is happy to help. She is glad they found the book they wanted so badly. It reminds her of a scene from one of her books. Arisa also thanks Kako for listening to her earlier. Chisato eagerly reads the book. It is like reading her own memories. But when she finishes, she has an odd look on her face. Arisa asks how it was. Chisato has trouble describing it. She says the story is odd. Sadly, it did not jog any memories. She describes the story. A little dumpling character escapes a dumpling shop to go on an adventure. He meets a green dumpling and a pink dumpling. In the end, they fuse into a three-color dumpling skewer and get eaten. Arisa cannot believe the weird story. Kako suggests they read it again. Arisa thinks they should read it backwards. It is worth a try. Chisato flips to the last page. She is astonished to find something. 18:29 Akira is starting to slow down. Nanaka tells everyone to move out. She leaves her hiding spot and strikes at Suzune from her blind spot. Kokoro also appears and strikes. Nanaka asks if Suzune has had enough. Suzune looks around. She is outnumbered. Her magic reserves are low. She has no choice but to retreat. But Akira is not finished. She launches one more attack. Nanaka yells at her to stop. Suzune takes advantage. She hits Akira hard with her sword. Akira falls to the ground dead. 18:38 Nanaka calls out Akira's name. She rushes to her side. Suzune uses this chance and stabs Nanaka too. Suzune turns to Kokoro and quickly takes her out as well. This time Suzune will not be caught off guard. She quickly turns and blocks an attack from Masara. Masara's magic makes her invisible. But Suzune senses the faint magic anyway. It is similar to her own. Suzune uses her Heat Shimmer to disappear. She reappears behind Masara. Masara is bewildered. Suzune warns her not to move. She asks for Masara's name. Masara gives it. Suzune says goodbye and kills Masara next. 18:44 After Suzune shattered their soul gems and left, Meiyui appears from the shadows. She tells everyone Suzune is gone. Nanaka exhales and stands back up. Kokoro and Masara are surprised by Meiyui's magic. Nanaka explains Meiyui can disguise the truth. It is a useful ability for someone in her position. Meiyui says her ability only works at close range. It is not exactly illusions. She can distort the meaning of truths. Nanaka had Masara join the fight to sell their story to Suzune. It convinced her it was real. Akira fought a long battle with Suzune first. Suzune's magic was dangerously low after that. It may have made her panic and lose good judgment. Meiyui's friends in the Blue Seas Family set up the social media post about Suzune. With their help, the whole family will search for her. But not in a way that guarantees capture. If they corner her or fight her face to face, someone will die. Akira admits Suzune is not someone to mess with. Her attacks are ruthless and deadly. Nanaka wants to avoid casualties on their side. But she also does not want to kill Suzune. Neither Kokoro nor Masara thinks they could kill someone either. Meiyui agrees forcing her to leave is the best solution. Nanaka apologizes to Akira for using her. Akira admits she could have gotten them killed if she kept defending a girl she only knew for an hour. Still, Akira is very sad. The person she thought was her friend did such awful things. She asks if that is why Nanaka did not call Kako to help. Nanaka believes the fewer people Suzune knows about, the better. Akira laments that this is all her fault. She wishes she were more like Nanaka. Masara tells her moaning about being awful compared to others will not help. Akira can only be herself. She should look at the facts and decide what she can do. Kokoro explains this is Masara's way of comforting someone. Even Meiyui thinks it is a cold way to do it. Masara says the plan only succeeded thanks to Akira. Akira is responsible for keeping Kokoro alive. Masara thanks her for that. Kokoro also thanks Akira for helping save her life. Nanaka says they must stay on guard in case Suzune ever comes back. 18:52 Meiyui says something has been bothering her. She points out how Suzune aimed for their soul gems every time. Her magic may have distorted perceptions. But Suzune's movements were all her own. Each time she struck, she aimed at a soul gem. Meiyui wonders if she was just being thorough. Soul gems are proof they are magical girls. Also, Meiyui has no evidence, but she believes Suzune's memories were already altered once before. Nanaka is shocked to hear this. She thanks Meiyui for the information. She says she has one more favor to ask of her. Arisa and Chisato are walking home. Arisa is surprised at how dark it has gotten. Chisato apologizes for keeping her out so late. Arisa does not mind since she will get nice pastries out of it. Chisato smiles and tells her she can have as many as she likes. Arisa says she will get a hundred then. Chisato tells her to stop being ridiculous. She was just being nice. There is no way Arisa can eat a hundred. Arisa asks if she is going to lecture her again. Chisato becomes flustered. Arisa smiles and tells her to forget it. They still have to jet back to Hozuki City. Chisato points out they are taking a train, not a plane. Arisa tells her the person who created Dumpling Boy has no right to tell her to be precise with words. Someone in the shadows overhears them talking about Hozuki City. Suzune emerges. She remembers Hozuki was her original destination. Kyubey suggested she take this detour first. Considering what happened, she decides to let things cool down in Kamihama before returning. Even so, she vows to never forget Nanaka Tokiwa. 19:13 When Chisato flipped to the end of the book, she remembered what made it so special. She points to the publication details. Her own name appears there. She came up with the idea of Dumpling Boy. It was her own original character. She made doodles of the character when she was very young. Her father turned her scribbles into the picture book. Either she or her father came up with the plot. That explains why she became so obsessed just from seeing the cover. Chisato wonders why her father would make this book. Kako suggests he did it because he loved Chisato so much. Arisa agrees. He must have made it out of love for her. He wanted to make a book with her together. Kako points out his eccentric art style. The drawing and story Chisato made up must have struck a chord with him. After he created the book, he insisted they put Chisato's name in the credits. Arisa thinks Kako is right. Then she realizes Chisato's wish may have changed all that. Chisato looks down. Tears well up in her eyes. To Chisato, this book is a record of the past. Her father was an illustrator with hopes for a future with his daughter. When Chisato realized that, her heart filled with guilt. Her eyes filled with tears. Arisa says it is good that Chisato found the book. She tells her to hold on to her great memories. She calls the book precious. She tells Chisato not to let her good memories fade. Even though Chisato's heart was about to break, Arisa's kindness kept it together. Chisato cries out Arisa's name. She grabs her tightly and lets all her tears out. 19:30 After the battle, Suzune considers her next move. She is worn out and used up much of her magic. She nears a convenience store. Two guys there take her picture. They ask if she is a runaway. She turns to them and asks why they did that. They show her a local forum. Someone posted looking for a girl matching her description. Suzune realizes the post is about her. She demands they delete the photo immediately. The guys are taken aback and do as she says. Suzune warns them not to meddle in her business anymore. She leaves. The guys are scared by the look in her eyes. One decides to post about her to warn others that she could be dangerous. Suzune walks through a shopping center. She feels like everyone is watching her. She tries to dismiss it as paranoia. Then a man approaches her. Suzune takes off running. The man only wanted to ask for directions. As she runs, Suzune wonders if someone is on her trail trying to set her up. She wonders if this was Nanaka's doing. But she dismisses the idea. Operating out in the open would be more trouble than it is worth. She wonders if Nanaka did this to force her out of Kamihama. If so, it would explain why the battle with the four of them went so easily. The online posts could spread quickly. That would lead to trouble for Suzune. She resolves to leave Kamihama. Nanaka asks Meiyui to spread one more rumor as a last favor. Suzune will likely attack other magical girls in the future. Nanaka wants to warn them about her. They know few magical girls themselves. A rumor will help warn others more quickly. If they make it a rumor, it will spread outside Kamihama too. Meiyui says she will do what she can. But a rumor about a magical girl who kills other magical girls does not sound good. Nanaka wants to create an unnerving rumor. Something that will strike fear into those who hear it. Like that she rips out throats or something. Eventually, the rumor spreads like wildfire online. It becomes warped and spreads even further. It changes form enough to become an urban legend in Hozuki City. The legend of the Ripper Girl. A Voice From Beyond That Strokes the Ears
Mel remembers she died protecting someone. That person was Yachiyo Nanami, her team leader. Kanae is surprised to hear this name. She was also on a team with Yachiyo. Mel calls Kanae her senpai. Kanae teaches Mel how to be a ghost. She tells Mel to check her pockets. Mel finds a ghost license there. Kanae takes Mel to a cafe for ghost magical girls. Ghosts can create things by imagining them. They cannot talk to living people unless those people are psychic. The two ghosts spend their time wandering Kamihama. Mel notices something strange. There are too many witches and magical girls in the city now. She worries about Yachiyo. Kanae saw Yachiyo recently and says she looks okay. Mel is upset Kanae went without her. Both ghosts are too afraid to visit Yachiyo themselves. It would hurt too much to see her and not be able to help. They notice Yachiyo is now alone and not part of a team anymore. Yachiyo blames herself for their deaths. They follow Yachiyo and see she has a new team at Mikazuki Villa. They are glad she is not alone. But they worry about Mifuyu, who is part of a group protecting rumors. The ghosts watch as things escalate with the Wings of Magius. Mel follows Yachiyo into the Memory Museum. She watches Yachiyo relive their deaths. When Yachiyo breaks up her old team afterwards, Mel tries to yell at her but cannot be heard. After reliving their deaths, Yachiyo believes her magic makes her survive by sacrificing others. The ghosts realize how much she blames herself. They decide they must find a way to reach her. Back at Mikazuki Villa, they try to send Yachiyo a message. Mel can only make a plate rattle a little. Iroha helps convince Yachiyo to rethink things. The ghosts do not want to miss this chance. Kanae notices Yachiyo kept their old things. Mel's fortune log and Kanae's notebook are still there. They focus all their feelings on these items, hoping Yachiyo will notice. That night, Yachiyo shows Iroha these keepsakes. Kanae's notebook has song lyrics about lines forming a circle. Mel's fortune log mentions many points coming together like a ring. A star will land near Yachiyo and give her an opportunity. Yachiyo realizes these messages are for her. She decides to rescue the others with Iroha by her side. The ghosts are happy they finally got through to Yachiyo. But then they check their licenses. Both are suspended because they interacted with the living world. A light flashes and they return to the ghost cafe. They can no longer go down to the living world. They will have to watch Yachiyo from afar. Yachiyo wakes up. She had a dream about Kanae and Mel as ghosts. She chuckles about the suspended licenses. She will tell Iroha about her dream after breakfast. Later, Yachiyo heads out for the day. She thanks Iroha and says goodbye to everyone at Mikazuki Villa. Life is peaceful now that the Wings of Magius matter is resolved. Yachiyo walks through the city but feels sad. Because things are peaceful, she cannot forget one important thing. She stops at a flower shop and buys flowers. She never found and defeated the witch that came from Mel's soul gem. She worries that witch is still out there somewhere. While lost in thought, Yachiyo hears Mifuyu call out to her. Mifuyu is with Mel's mother. Mel's mother says their meeting reminds her of Mel's favorite saying. All things happen when they must. She tells them Mel loved them both very much. She asks them to stay alive and happy for Mel. She was just coming back from visiting Mel's grave. Yachiyo and Mifuyu were both heading there too. As they walk to the grave together, Mifuyu says this feels empty. Mel's soul is not at peace because she became a witch. They need to defeat that witch to give Mel a proper sendoff. Mifuyu gets emotional. Yachiyo struggles with her feelings too. She has been clinging to the peace they have now. Yachiyo remembers Mel's favorite saying and wonders if now is the time to act. She wants to show Mifuyu the mementos from Kanae and Mel. Suddenly, they sense a witch approaching. They recognize the magical signature. It is Mel's witch. They are engulfed by its barrier. All things happen when they must. Yachiyo and Mifuyu face the witch Etteilla. Mifuyu cries out Mel's name. Yachiyo transforms and tells Mifuyu this creature is no longer Mel. They have to fight it. They attack together, but the witch fights back hard. Yachiyo protects Mifuyu from a blow. She cannot lose anyone else. Mifuyu says she does not need protecting anymore. They work together and knock the witch off balance. But when it is time for the killing blow, Mifuyu hesitates. She is afraid she will forget Mel if she defeats the witch. The witch takes advantage of this and attacks Mifuyu. Yachiyo protects her again. Yachiyo notices Mifuyu is acting strange. Mifuyu says Yachiyo is acting strange too. Yachiyo has been paying more attention to Mifuyu than the witch. She looks afraid of something. They realize the witch used its magic on them. It brought out their deepest fears. Mifuyu was afraid that defeating the witch would mean leaving Mel behind forever. She would rather things stay the same. Yachiyo understands this fear is real, even if the witch brought it out. Yachiyo remembers the ghosts urging her to move forward. She tells Mifuyu they need to move on because Mel and Kanae wanted to. She tells Mifuyu about the lyrics and fortunes they left behind. The lyrics were about the three of them coming together. The fortune was about a star forming a ring of people for a brighter future. Yachiyo believes they met this witch today for a reason. She believes Mifuyu can move past her fears and fight. Mifuyu promises to face her fears and move forward. They attack the witch together and finally defeat it. The barrier disappears. They stand on the side of the road. Mifuyu asks if it is finally over. Yachiyo nods sadly and finds something on the ground. Mifuyu is surprised to see it too. They finally make it to Mel's grave. Mifuyu places the flowers down. She shows the Grief Seed from the witch to the grave. She hopes Mel's soul has returned here. They place their hands together and pray. Yachiyo promises Mel to keep moving forward. Mifuyu silently promises the same, even if she is scared sometimes. They finish praying and stand quietly. Mifuyu wonders why the witch appeared right when they were thinking of moving on. Yachiyo does not know what witches think. Mifuyu thinks Mel might have been giving them a little push. They both chuckle and repeat Mel's favorite saying. It would be like her to do that. Yachiyo says it is time to go. Mifuyu reminds her to take the Grief Seed. They say goodbye to the grave. Yachiyo asks if Mifuyu wants to stop by Mikazuki Villa to see the keepsakes. Mifuyu smiles and says she would be glad to. Breakpoint
A year before Iroha Tamaki came to Kamihama, three magical girls kept order there. Kanagi Izumi keeps the peace on the East Side. A magical girl asks Kanagi to mediate a territory dispute, and she agrees. Yachiyo Nanami keeps the peace on the West Side. She gives Grief Seeds to other girls and lets them hunt in her territory. Mifuyu Azusa is Yachiyo's partner. Hinano Miyako tells Mifuyu that girls from both sides are coming to the Central Ward. She asks Mifuyu to stop them. Mifuyu agrees, since the pact says to respect Central's territory. The West and East usually share witches and avoid conflict. But a witch shortage causes problems. Mifuyu talks to Yachiyo about Central. Yachiyo says she will obey the pact, but winning Central over could help them trade more Grief Seeds. Central is supposed to be neutral, with each girl having her own territory. Because of the shortage, girls from both sides start going there anyway. Some cooperate with Central girls. Others just force them out of their territory. Yachiyo and Mifuyu think this will lead to a clash between West and East. Yachiyo sent Momoko to check for empty locations. She says it might be time to make a deal. Mifuyu asks if they should contact Kanagi. Yachiyo seems reluctant. Suddenly, an injured Momoko barges in. Momoko explains she was attacked inside a witch's barrier in Central. The attacker claimed to be from a ward against theirs. Momoko says the magical girl who should have been in that territory was not there. Mifuyu says that means Momoko did not break the pact. Yachiyo says it has finally begun. She asks if Momoko told anyone else. Momoko says she has not even told Rena or Kaede. She asks if the situation will be settled peacefully. Mifuyu says that is the plan. Later, Mifuyu asks if they should stop a conflict before it starts. Yachiyo says they should meet with Kanagi first. She says they have a just cause, which helps in negotiations. Yachiyo and Mifuyu meet with Kanagi. They take a hostile tone, but Mifuyu starts negotiating. Mifuyu suggests offering Grief Seeds and negotiating rights to Central. Kanagi says their side thinks they can ask for a lot. Yachiyo says her side is not attacking others in neutral territory. Kanagi is confused, so Yachiyo explains what happened to Momoko. Kanagi then says one of her girls was attacked by a Westsider. Yachiyo and Mifuyu are surprised. Both attacks happened in a witch's barrier in Central. Each attacker claimed to be from the opposite side. Kanagi uses her mindreading powers and confirms Yachiyo and Mifuyu are telling the truth. Yachiyo asks how Kanagi can prove she is telling the truth. Kanagi says if she was lying, she could have just lied about her mindreading results. Mifuyu says they can believe her. As they discuss cooperation, Momoko barges in. She says a team was attacked in their territory in Sankyou Ward. Tsuruno is there, but she might not be able to stop violence. Yachiyo is more likely to be listened to. Yachiyo asks if Mifuyu can continue negotiations while she goes to Sankyou. Kanagi says she just heard another Westside girl was attacked. She says the discussion is pointless, since Yachiyo and Mifuyu do not know what their own girls are doing. Kanagi leaves. The others go to Sankyou. The magical girls in Sankyou want to enter Central as retaliation. They also say there are Central girls who need protection from the East. Yachiyo asks how they know that, deducing they have gone to Central themselves. One girl claims her friend lives there, and her team claims that Central girl as an ally. Yachiyo says that violates the pact. Mifuyu lets them off if they promise not to cause more trouble. Afterward, Momoko and Yachiyo are relieved. Momoko wonders if Central might join the West. Mifuyu points out they cannot guarantee Westside girls will not act like the Eastside. Mifuyu says they first need to understand what is happening. She decides they should investigate Central. Suddenly, Mel and Tsuruno appear, insisting they come along. As the girls enter Central, the atmosphere feels tense. Central Ward magical girls watch them. They try to ask about the state of Central. The Central girls say that if someone from the East sees them talking, they will think Central has allied with the West. They ask Yachiyo's group to leave. As Yachiyo and Mifuyu go, the Central girls think both sides are trying to exploit them. They discuss telling Hinano about Yachiyo and Mifuyu's arrival. Later, Yachiyo says the girls did not trust them. She asks Momoko to lead them to the witch's barrier where she was attacked. When the girls reach the barrier, Yachiyo feels something is different about it. This is the Mirror Witch's barrier, though they do not know it yet. Tsuruno says it feels paused. As they enter, the girls get separated. Mifuyu, Yachiyo, and Momoko stay together. Familiars attack them. As they fight, Mifuyu notes her attacks are not doing much damage. She feels like she cannot use as much magic as she thought. Yachiyo and Momoko do not notice anything different. The girls reunite with Tsuruno and Mel. The barrier is too complicated, so they decide to leave. A few days later, stories spread about West and East girls fighting in Central. Yachiyo says everyone is desperate for Grief Seeds. Mifuyu wonders if their cooperation system even matters anymore. They hear magical girls fighting. Girls from Sankyou and Sakae are arguing over going to Central. Yachiyo and Mifuyu break up the fight. The girls tell them to stay out of it. Yachiyo beats them up instead. Afterward, Mifuyu asks what the fight was about. Yachiyo recognizes one girl from Sankyou. The girl says nothing has changed. The other says she has a problem with Yachiyo's leadership. A day later, Yachiyo and Mifuyu discuss the event. They wonder if the Westside will collapse from within. Westsiders want to incorporate Central into their territory. Yachiyo says that would solve internal problems but create a bigger conflict with the East. Central would get caught in the middle. Yachiyo says the situation is a stalemate. Mifuyu suggests talking to Kanagi again. Yachiyo says it is useless if they do not know who the original attacker is. Mifuyu says they should warn Westsiders not to go into Central. The situation only gets worse from there. The magical girls ignore the warning. More fights break out, and there are even casualties. Yachiyo is extremely stressed. Tsuruno asks Mifuyu if they can cooperate with Kanagi. Mifuyu says they need to find the perpetrator first. Tsuruno says the culprit must benefit from the situation. It could be an outsider or even a witch. Mifuyu asks Tsuruno to take care of Yachiyo while she meets someone. Mifuyu heads to Central and finds an unconscious magical girl. When the girl wakes up, she says the West is trying to drive Central girls out. Mifuyu says she wants to help. The girl calls her a liar, saying she was just attacked by a Westsider. Mifuyu thinks she needs to calm the girl down and get her home. Afterward, Mifuyu meets Hinano and apologizes for being late. Hinano yells at Mifuyu for letting this happen. Mifuyu thinks she has nothing to say. Hinano says she would not be surprised if people started making kamikaze attacks. Mifuyu is horrified. Hinano says she is expecting it at this point. Mifuyu says they will resolve the situation and asks her to wait. Hinano says she cannot wait and has no proof she can believe her. Hinano says Mifuyu cannot settle this. The situation will not get resolved. Hinano thought Mifuyu's team came to treat Central girls as equals, but the result was anything but. She says as a veteran, Mifuyu should have been more reliable. Feeling responsible, Mifuyu says she will handle this. She has no basis for it, but it is something she has to do. She asks Hinano to stop Central girls from going berserk. Hinano says she will do what she can, but expects actions, not words. Mifuyu thinks she has to think about all the magical girls in Kamihama. She decides the West and East have to cooperate for everyone's sake. Mifuyu tells Yachiyo about her meeting. She says they need to get to Central before things get worse. Mel barges in, saying Kanagi accused her of attacking someone. During classes, Kanagi asked if Mel went to Central. Mel said she could not leave Daitou because she had supplementary lessons. The teacher would back her up. Kanagi said a magical girl claimed Mel attacked her in Central. Mel insisted it was not her, and Kanagi agreed. Mifuyu has a realization. A Westside magical girl asks for Mel. Mifuyu says she will talk to her. The girl says Mel attacked her and must be a spy for the East. Mifuyu thinks Tsuruno was right. She thanks the girl and says someone is pitting East and West against each other. She asks the girl to keep it a secret and leaves. The girl says she was going to her team anyway. Mifuyu indicates this was the intended result. She hopes the story spreads enough to stop the fighting. Later, Yachiyo praises Mifuyu. They have the evidence they need to go to Kanagi. They decide to meet with Kanagi tomorrow. They ask Momoko, Tsuruno, and Mel to be ready. At their next meeting, Kanagi confirms all attacked girls were in a witch's barrier in Central. Mifuyu points out the attackers never identified themselves except as an enemy. Both sides assumed the other was attacking them. Yachiyo suspects a witch is the cause. Kanagi asks if the witch is manipulating magical girls. Mifuyu says it is unlikely, especially since Mel was not even there when she supposedly attacked someone. Mifuyu guesses the barrier they investigated belongs to the witch. She asks Kanagi for help. Yachiyo and Mifuyu explain they need help reaching the witch. They also do not want Central girls to misunderstand the situation. Mifuyu says if they work together, observers will think they are solving a problem. Kanagi agrees and asks to fight alongside them. Yachiyo asks if Kanagi can call other girls to help. Kanagi says it will be hard to get their cooperation. She asks Yachiyo and Mifuyu to rely on her. The girls go to the barrier again. It has grown in size. Tsuruno suspects the witch fed on the conflicts between magical girls. Kanagi and Yachiyo say they were puppets and fools. The girls enter the barrier but get separated again. Mifuyu finds herself alone. She is confronted by herself. The Mirror duplicate says Mifuyu is losing her powers. She will become a burden and kill her friends. The duplicate says she will kill Mifuyu for Mifuyu and attacks. Mifuyu wins, but she tries to convince herself her powers are not failing. Mifuyu now understands the witch can create duplicates. She hears Kanagi being attacked by Yachiyo. Kanagi wonders if she was tricked all along, but realizes Yachiyo is not acting like herself. Mifuyu rescues an injured Kanagi. Despite Kanagi's reluctance, she gives her a Grief Seed. Kanagi says she will pay her back. They defeat the false Yachiyo. After Mifuyu explains the situation, the girls decide to find the others. They find the real Yachiyo and Momoko. They confirm their identities with Kanagi's powers. Momoko says Kanagi's power is handy. Kanagi says it is hard to read someone when they resist. They hear Mel being attacked. They find Mel being attacked by a false Tsuruno. Mifuyu thinks something is off. They defeat the fake Tsuruno. Mel collapses. As Kanagi tries to help Mel up, Mifuyu warns her. The Mel reveals herself as a fake and attacks. Kanagi counterattacks and defeats the fake Mel. Kanagi explains she noticed Mifuyu felt something was off. She also noticed the fake Mel used the wrong speech patterns. Kanagi says Mifuyu helped her out again. The girls find the real Tsuruno and Mel and confirm their identities. Mifuyu says they should withdraw. Everyone is tired, and they are no closer to finding the witch. Yachiyo agrees. The girls are relieved to be outside. Momoko says it is bad they could not reach the witch. Yachiyo says it seems fine as long as no one enters the barrier. They did not defeat the witch, but they know it is the culprit. Kanagi says it will be hard for magical girls to accept this fact. Yachiyo says there is still a Grief Seed shortage. Kanagi asks if there is unrest on their side and admits it is the same for her. Mifuyu says at this rate, more girls will try to take over Central. Yachiyo says prohibiting entrance to Central will not work. Girls will just try to break it. Kanagi and Mifuyu have an idea. They can put a condition on who gets to negotiate with Central. The condition should be hard to accomplish. They decide it should be defeating the Mirror Witch. Mifuyu says they need Central to accept it. Kanagi says it is only for the right to negotiate, not control. Mifuyu says they need to guarantee Central's safety, pay reparations, and define punishments for breaking the pact. Yachiyo says Mifuyu is being proactive. Mifuyu says she is just trying to make amends for Hinano. Yachiyo says they can leave the details for another day. They should think about how to prevent this from happening again. The witch would eventually be led to an abandoned building on the Eastside by attracting it with mirrors. A supervisor role was created to keep normal people away. As the girls leave, Kanagi offers Mifuyu her gratitude for her help in the barrier. She asks if Mifuyu needs anything. Mifuyu asks Kanagi to help Yachiyo if she is no longer around. Kanagi says it is a promise and shakes her hand. Mifuyu thinks that if she can no longer fight or be by Yachiyo, at least someone else can lend her power. A Peaceful Day in Mikazuki Villa
The next day, Iroha and Yachiyo find Tsuruno's phone in the refrigerator. Yachiyo has a photo shoot, so Iroha offers to return the phone. At breakfast, Felicia reminds everyone about the dinner. Sana turns on the TV. A commercial for MooMoo Park plays. After breakfast, Iroha and Yachiyo leave. Felicia shows Sana the MooMoo Park commercial on her phone. Felicia says she still wants to go. She says she would play with any animal. She gets an idea to catch animals and bring the park to the house. Felicia leaves and drags Sana with her. Iroha arrives at Tsuruno's restaurant and helps out after returning the phone. Tsuruno's father thanks her. He says they were short on hands because of a large reservation. He gives Iroha a present with a lot of vegetables. Tsuruno asks about Felicia. Iroha says Felicia should feel better now. Tsuruno says she will visit later. Felicia and Sana go to a riverbank to catch animals. Felicia finds a little turtle. Ayame appears and finds it at the same time. Ayame asks what Felicia is doing. Felicia tells her to go away. Ayame says Felicia is harassing the turtle. The two girls fight. The turtle is caught in the middle. Felicia lets go of the turtle so it is not harmed. The two run off fighting. Sana is left behind. Yachiyo walks back from her modeling work. She runs into Sana. Sana explains what happened. Yachiyo says Felicia's idea was stupid. She says Felicia should be fine. She invites Sana to lunch. Felicia returns home. Iroha welcomes her. Felicia is still mad at Ayame. She says she will get her next time. Felicia and Iroha have lunch. Afterward, Felicia takes a nap. She dreams of the turtle from the riverbank. The turtle thanks her for helping. It says it has something for her at the riverbank. Felicia wakes up. Yachiyo and Sana return and prepare to make dinner. Felicia says she is going out. Yachiyo tells her to be back in time for dinner. Felicia tries to find the turtle. She finds something else instead. At home, she shows the others what she found. It is a ticket for two to MooMoo Park. The others are very surprised. Iroha got a ticket from Tsuruno's father for helping at the restaurant. Yachiyo got one at a meat store earlier. The girls were worried they only had tickets for four people. With Felicia's ticket, everyone can go. The girls decide to go to the park and enjoy their dinner. Newbie Maid Carefree Kanagi
Kanagi comes home late from her going away party. Her father feels bad he cannot work much. Kanagi is happy to help. Her father worries about her new job. Kanagi says it pays well so she can quit her second job. It is Kanagi's first day at a maid cafe. Kanagi already has a parfait ready. The cafe is short on greeters, so she puts it in the fridge. She figures out the best order for preparing food. Her coworker comes back. Kanagi already pulled the parfait back out for her. Her coworker is impressed. Kanagi learns the kitchen pace quickly. There are not enough waitresses to serve all the food. Kanagi considers slowing down orders. The manager says he will help. Kanagi says "Yes, sir!" The manager corrects her and says to call her "madam." Things calm down. The head maid wishes they had another maid. The manager asks Kanagi to try working as a maid. Kanagi has only worked there a week but already mastered the kitchen. Kanagi hesitates. The manager mentions a raise and writes down the salary. Kanagi's eyes widen. She accepts the position. The manager names her "Maid Nagitan." Kanagi says she will do her best. The head maid teaches Kanagi the basics. Kanagi feels confident because she did customer service before. She sees this as a chance to earn more for her family. The head maid giggles. The door opens. Seika, Leila, and Mito walk in. Mito is excited. Leila tells her to calm down. Seika is nervous. The head maid tells Kanagi to greet them. Kanagi approaches with a serious look. She gives a curt "welcome" and shows them to their seats. Leila expected a warmer greeting. Kanagi asks if there is a problem. Leila shakes her head. Mito thinks she is out there. Leila thinks she is more like a soldier. Kanagi checks on their table to take their order. Leila needs more time. Mito asks if Kanagi is really a maid. Kanagi introduces herself as Maid Nagitan and shakes Mito's hand firmly. She checks other tables. Mito bounces in her chair. Leila had a different idea of what a maid is. She looks at Seika. Seika is frozen stiff. Kanagi returns with their orders. Leila asks if she will do "the thing." Kanagi does not know what that means. Mito explains maids say things like "here's a dash of love" when serving food. Kanagi misinterprets and says she cannot profess love to someone she just met. Leila is let down. Mito thinks it is fair. Another order is ready. Kanagi excuses herself. Mito laughs at how different Kanagi is. Kanagi serves a man his burger and fries. He also wants "the thing." Kanagi declines because she is no liar. The head maid steps in and takes over. She pulls Kanagi aside and reminds her this is a maid cafe. Kanagi is not sure what that means. A customer dares the head maid to a drawing contest on a rice omelet. The head maid plays along. She tells Kanagi their job is to make a fun atmosphere. Kanagi thinks she gets it because she is good at games. Leila calls for a maid. Kanagi goes to them. Kanagi asks what they need. Leila is let down to see her. Mito asks to play a game. Kanagi agrees. Leila is surprised Kanagi will play games but not do the thing. Mito wants to draw but chooses rock-paper-scissors instead. Kanagi notices Seika staring at her. Kanagi thinks Seika wants a staring contest. They stare at each other. Leila and Mito take a minute to figure it out. After a minute, Seika faints. The head maid pulls Kanagi aside. She sternly asks why she made a customer faint. Kanagi does not think her face is scary enough. The head maid says that is not the point. One customer was already nervous. Kanagi is nothing like a maid. The head maid calls her hopeless. Kanagi is surprised because she did customer service before. The head maid says that is not enough for a maid cafe. A maid's worth comes from tending to others. Kanagi does not understand. If she cannot take the work seriously, she should go back to the kitchen. Kanagi does not want to. She needs the raise. Her current position gives her time for school and hunting Witches. She wants to keep working as a maid. The head maid and manager say she must make big changes. The manager offers a one week trial. If Kanagi improves, she stays a maid. If not, she goes back to the kitchen. Kanagi thinks it is fair. She vows to work hard. The head maid agrees if Kanagi can satisfy customers. The day is over. The manager tells Kanagi to go home and think about what she lacks. Karin is at a park reading a maid manga. It inspires her to draw her own maid manga. She cannot come up with a good story. She notices someone slumped on a swing. She goes to check. Kanagi is dragging her feet on the swing. She tries to think of what makes a good maid. She questions the master-servant dynamic but dismisses it. Karin overhears her. Karin thinks this is a perfect opportunity to ask her opinion. Karin approaches Kanagi and asks what she is doing. Kanagi looks up. Karin is startled to see it is Kanagi. Kanagi is surprised Karin knows her. Karin says everyone knows the boss of the East. Any magical girl around for a year would recognize her. Karin asks what is wrong. Kanagi says she is hopeless as a maid. If she had a nickname it would be "Hopeless Maid Nagitan." Karin thinks that is long. Kanagi despairs more because she cannot even do nicknames right. Karin thinks Kanagi is nothing like the rumors. She seems like a sad kitten. Karin gets an idea for her manga. She introduces herself and asks Kanagi to tell her everything. Karin thinks she can help. Kanagi accepts because she will never figure it out alone. Kanagi tells Karin everything. Karin takes notes and makes doodles. Kanagi thinks drawing skills are amazing. Karin says her friend calls her drawings garbage but smiles at the compliment. Kanagi points to a doodle and asks what the sad pig-thing is. Karin gets flustered. It was supposed to be a depressed cat version of Nagitan. Kanagi smiles and says it is okay to call her Nagitan. Karin decides to make it the mascot for her manga. She summarizes Kanagi's story. Kanagi is doing it for the money. Karin spins it so her real motive is her family for the manga. Kanagi does not know what to do. Karin tells her to leave it to her. She knows lots about maids. She lends Kanagi her Detective Maid Mei manga. Kanagi reads the manga at home. The characters greet their masters warmly. Kanagi takes note. The maid in the story follows her master's orders even if it leads to a trap. The maid respects her master's decisions. Later, the maid lets the master go alone so he can grow. At the end, the maid strikes a pose and tells them to leave it to her. Her father passes by and asks what she is reading. Kanagi calls it a reference book from an artist. She says she learned a lot. The next day, Kanagi meets Karin at the park to return the manga. Kanagi found it fascinating but is not sure it is enough. Karin is sure. She says there is no way they will send her back to the kitchen if she does everything like in the manga. Kanagi heads to work. Karin tags along for research. She offers to go as a customer so Kanagi can ask for tips. Kanagi braces herself for another day. Two customers walk in. Kanagi greets them like in the manga. She calls them masters and says she is glad to see them home safely. She shows them to their tables with a warm smile. The boys are surprised. One calls her a cool but kind maid. The other wonders if she is a hot-and-cold type or a dom type. They get excited. Kanagi returns and asks what the problem is. She promises to handle any matter with utmost efficiency. The boys call her a soldier type. They perk up and head to their table. Kanagi wonders how she did. She notices the head maid smiling at her. She figures she must not have been half bad. Kanagi serves a Lovely Rice Omelet to Karin. Karin thinks the food looks cute. Kanagi asks how she did. Karin thinks she did great. She had hoped Kanagi would model her speech after the hero of the manga rather than the apprentice. Kanagi felt the apprentice was closest to her. Karin thinks that could work. She explains cool but kind maids are usually reserved but can get warm and soft. Kanagi asks what else she should do. She considers Karin her teacher. Karin smiles at the compliment. She tells Kanagi to draw on the rice omelet with ketchup. Kanagi says Karin should do it since she is the artist. Karin says all maids should be able to do it. Karin asks Kanagi to draw "Kirin" on her omelet. Kanagi tries her best. Karin looks at it sadly. She gives an A for effort but the drawing looks like a weird animal. Kanagi says she drew a kirin. Karin wanted her to draw Phantom Thief Magical Kirin. She offers to lend Kanagi all her copies. Kanagi wonders how necessary that is. Karin insists it is very necessary. Two more customers arrive. They are Aimi and Natsuki. Aimi tells Natsuki about the guys in her class obsessed with maids. She came to check them out because her crush might like them. Kanagi serves their Lovely Rice Omelets. She asks them to await their drinks. Aimi is taken aback by her stuffy words. Natsuki says not all maids are alike. Kanagi offers to draw on their omelets with ketchup. Natsuki wants pom-poms. Kanagi doodles some. Natsuki thinks it is great. She asks Aimi what she wants. Aimi is thinking about her crush Hayato. Kanagi writes his name with ketchup. Natsuki asks if she wants a heart. Kanagi draws two hearts. Kanagi goes to get their drinks. Aimi spirals into a love-filled fantasy. Kanagi brings their drinks. Aimi is still loudly fantasizing. Kanagi likes her enthusiasm but asks her to keep it down. Kanagi thinks it is wonderful Aimi has something she is passionate about and a good friend. Aimi thanks Natsuki for always having her back. Natsuki says she is glad to be there. Kanagi is about to go. Karin motions at her. Kanagi stops and does the pose from the manga. She tells them to let her take care of any problems. Aimi and Natsuki stare at her. Kanagi leaves to attend other customers. Aimi wonders if she did that so she would not feel embarrassed. Kanagi asks Karin how she did. Karin thinks she did perfectly. The catchphrase and pose made the difference. Kanagi supposes she is right. Aimi and Natsuki are ready to leave. Kanagi sees them out and hopes they return. They had so much fun they cannot wait to come back. The day ends. The head maid is ready to review Kanagi's work. She wants to know who Karin is. Kanagi says she is an artist. Karin says she is Kanagi's teacher. The head maid says Kanagi's performance was a huge improvement. It is too early to celebrate but she is on the right track. The head maid compliments how Kanagi handled the two customers making a scene. Kanagi is relieved. She promises to keep working at it. Kanagi and Karin walk home together. Karin is happy about the praise. Kanagi says it is thanks to her. Kanagi offers to do something for her. Karin tells her to read every volume of Magical Kirin. Kanagi is surprised that is all she wants. Karin insists it is very important. Kanagi agrees. She thinks a talented artist like Karin recommending it means something. Karin is happy she will have someone to talk about it with. Kanagi smiles. Karin is just as happy as the two customers were. Elsewhere, the head maid tells the manager Kanagi did great. The manager agrees but thinks Kanagi still has not figured out the most important part of being a maid. She still has the rest of the trial week. He crosses his fingers. The next day at the cafe, a customer wants a picture with Kanagi. She agrees but only if he does not photograph her face. He asks if it is because she is being tracked by a secret organization. Kanagi says that is not it and cannot tell him why. He figures it is secret and agrees. He wants her to strike her signature pose. Kanagi smiles and poses. He takes the picture and thanks her. Karin enters the cafe. It is almost the end of the week. Kanagi's trial ends tomorrow. There have been no problems. The head maid says Kanagi has gotten good customer reviews even if she is a bit unorthodox. Karin calls her "Maid-senpai." The head maid tells her not to call her hat. Kanagi shows Karin to her table. Kanagi draws a proper Magical Kirin on Karin's omelet. Karin compliments her drawing. The manager pops up and compliments her too. Karin is startled. The manager apologizes. She says Karin looks cute. The manager warns Kanagi that tomorrow is her final test. It is the final day of Kanagi's trial. Her test is about to start. Karin is nervous. Kanagi starts to get nervous too. Karin freaks out and tries to think of a way to calm her down. Kanagi chuckles and says she is joking. She just has to keep doing what she has been doing. The manager thinks she has the right attitude. It would not mean anything if she only performs well during a test. The manager tells her to be ready. Her test is to please the next customer who returns. The manager will observe if she interacts appropriately, shows them to their seats, takes orders, and pays attention. He wants to see if she understands customer service basics. Second, he wants to see how well she attends to her master's needs and shows them special care. Karin gets worried. That is not Kanagi's forte. Kanagi knows it is her weakness but she is not worried. Lastly and most importantly, the manager wants to see if her master leaves with a smile. If she does these three things, she passes. The door opens. Konomi enters the cafe. She thought it was a regular cafe. She is distressed to find it is a maid cafe. Kanagi greets her warmly. Konomi recognizes her and gets flustered. Kanagi says she is her maid Nagitan. She offers to show her to a seat. Konomi does not know how to react to the boss of the East dressed as a French maid. Kanagi tells her not to worry. She does not bite. The word "bite" makes Konomi more nervous. Kanagi insists she does not bite and walks her to her table. Karin and the manager watch. Something is not right. The manager calls Kanagi over. He asks if she wants to continue the test. This customer does not seem used to places like this. Kanagi says it should not matter who her customer is. Her job is to please them. She asks to continue. The manager allows it. Kanagi asks Konomi if she is ready to order. Konomi is not sure. Kanagi offers more time. Konomi does not want her going back and forth. She squeaks out that she wants a drink. Kanagi lists the drinks. She shows Konomi the menu. Konomi looks at the herbal teas. She perks up because she loves flowers and herbal teas. She asks for a recommendation. Kanagi suggests the Maid's Special Herbal Blend. It is popular. Konomi settles on that. The head maid, manager, and Karin watch. They are glad she is doing well even though the customer is tense. The manager notes Kanagi is graceful. She has the basics down and gave a good recommendation. Karin asks if she passed the first and second parts. The manager says she will if she keeps this up. He looks worried. Kanagi serves Konomi her tea. Konomi apologizes for acting familiar. Kanagi says she can act more familiar if she likes. Konomi tenses up. Kanagi offers to play a game to ease the mood. Konomi is not sure. Since she will not play a game, Kanagi offers to arm wrestle. Konomi is frightened Kanagi will break her arm. She chugs her tea, pays, and tries to leave in a hurry. The head maid offers to step in. The manager and Kanagi stand silently. Kanagi looks down. She knows what the manager will say. The head maid speaks up. She knows it did not go well but Kanagi has shown progress. Karin points out Kanagi knows customer service basics. The customer was not a fan of maid cafes to begin with. She begs them to give Kanagi another chance. Kanagi reminds them a promise is a promise. She could not satisfy the customer. She thanks Karin and the head maid for their help. She apologizes for not meeting expectations. She resolves to go back to the kitchen. The manager agrees that is best for now. Karin cannot believe this is how it ends. Kanagi sighs as she walks home alone. It hurts that her hourly wage will go back down. Something is bothering her. Kanagi is back in the kitchen. The kitchen staff is delighted. Kanagi has a forlorn look. The day wraps up. The head maid tells her the kitchen staff appreciated her return. Kanagi thinks she is doing nothing special. The head maid says she has a talent for having things ready the moment they are needed. Kanagi wonders what the difference is. No one said they were glad she came back when she was a maid. She was just being herself in both jobs. She cannot figure out what is so different. She tells herself what is done is done but she cannot let it go. The manager notes her look. He says she must have a lot on her mind. He encourages her to take time to think until she is satisfied with her answer. Kanagi walks home and considers what the manager said. She thinks back to her interaction with Konomi. Something about it is bothering her. A maid should never make her master make such a worried face. She resolves to do what is needed because she takes pride in a job well done. It was her job as a maid to do her duties. She failed. That must be what is bothering her. She wonders what to do next. She cannot figure out what she lacked. Was she great before or just bad that one time? She cannot come to a conclusion. She decides to find the customer and ask her. She recalls Konomi's school uniform and starts there. Kanagi enters Konomi's flower shop. Another customer is leaving. Konomi is shocked to see Kanagi. Kanagi is surprised Konomi knows her. Konomi says she is famous among magical girls. Anyone who has been a magical girl over a year knows her. Kanagi says her artist friend said the same thing. Konomi stares at her. She is surprised at how chatty Kanagi is. She always thought Kanagi would be quiet and scary. Kanagi considers herself more sisterly. She says she would have found Konomi sooner if she knew she was a magical girl. Kanagi asks what she lacked as a maid. She cannot figure out what she did wrong. Konomi agrees to help. She apologizes to Kanagi. She accidentally calls her Nagitan. Kanagi does not mind. She likes the nickname. She asks why Konomi is apologizing. Konomi thought Kanagi was scary. She thought Kanagi would get mad if she acted too friendly because of the past between East and West. Konomi knows it was wrong to assume things based on rumors. She knows now how friendly Kanagi is. Kanagi is glad she got to see the real her despite what she heard. Konomi tells Kanagi she is really kind. She went to the cafe by mistake and did not realize it was a maid cafe. That made her nervous. She realizes Kanagi was being considerate. Kanagi made a helpful suggestion and offered to ease her anxiety with a game. Even though Konomi is not used to maid cafes and will not go back, she did not have an unpleasant experience thanks to Kanagi. Kanagi thinks she was just doing her job. None of that was her intention. Konomi assures her she felt like Kanagi was doing it just for her even if that was not her intent. It was like she was considerate of how she felt. Kanagi realizes that is what the manager was trying to get at. One of her duties was to consider what the other person wants and respond to it. That is what she lacked as a maid. Even though Kanagi is not like other maids, Konomi still thinks she is good with customers. She is a natural at taking care of people. She encourages Kanagi to keep up the good work. Kanagi thanks her for her help. Kanagi thinks over her revelation and what the head maid told her at the beginning. She walks through the park at night. She has her reasons for working as a maid. The customers have their own concerns. They go to the cafe for the atmosphere. It was Kanagi's job to think about whether it was worthwhile for them. She assumed she was doing the job right without realizing what it entailed. She thinks about Aimi and Natsuki's reactions. That is the expression she needs to draw out from all her masters. Kanagi feels bad it took her this long to realize it. She probably made a lot of masters uncomfortable, especially when she first started. Kanagi remembers how she made Seika faint. She berates herself for making them feel that way. Her job is to be aware of her master's needs so they can enjoy themselves. Now that she knows where she went wrong, she laments realizing it too late. She hears someone calling for Nagitan. Karin runs toward her from the distance. Kanagi asks if she was out late hunting Witches. Karin was looking for her. She catches her breath. Karin tells Kanagi she really believes Kanagi should keep at it and continue being a maid. Even if she made a promise, Kanagi seemed too disappointed to quit now. A friend at school once said overcoming what preoccupies you brings growth. Karin promises to talk to the manager for her and convince him to give Kanagi a second chance. Kanagi believes it is too late. Karin adamantly tells her it is never too late. Kanagi smiles and says she is right. Karin offers to go with her. Kanagi asks if Karin can do her another favor instead. Another day at the cafe. Kanagi approaches the manager with a request for a second chance. The manager asks if she figured out what she lacked and what she wants to do. Kanagi knows now. She proposes she serve the same three customers who left when Seika fainted. The manager is not sure they will come back. Kanagi knows who they are. She has seen them around her apartment complex. She wants to make it up to them. She asks for another chance to show them maid cafes can be fun. The manager is silent for a moment. He brightens up and agrees to let her do it just this once. Karin is in a different public park. She gets a text from Kanagi. Their plan is a go. Karin smiles and goes to do her part. She soon sees Leila and Seika walking down a path. She approaches them. Seika looks upset. Karin worries. Leila assures her Seika is just nervous. Karin mentions Nagitan. Leila recognizes the name of the weird maid from the cafe. Karin says she is there on her behalf. She invites them to come back to the cafe. Nagitan wants to show them how fun maid cafes can be and make it up to them. Karin begs them to say yes. Leila says she would not mind going. She turns to Seika. Seika is too nervous to speak. Karin hands them invitations so they can think it over. She asks where Mito is. Leila says Mito lives in another complex. She promises to let her know. The next day. Karin arrives early to greet Kanagi. Kanagi thanks her for her help yesterday. The trio agreed to come back. Karin tries to be humble. She only handed them the invite. Kanagi insists it is thanks to her she is standing here now. Otherwise she would still be sitting in the park wondering what she did wrong. Karin takes her usual table. She gets ready to watch Kanagi make amends and prove herself with everything she learned. The door opens. The trio walks in. Leila hopes this visit goes better. Seika is already frozen. Kanagi greets them warmly. She calls them masters and smiles. She shows them to their table. Leila is impressed with the proper greeting. She follows Kanagi to their table. Karin watches in anticipation. She wishes Kanagi good luck. Kanagi apologizes for the wait. She serves the three Lovely Rice Omelets. Mito asks if they were made with love. Kanagi considered saying it but could not be honest. She offers to draw on the omelets with ketchup instead. Leila is shocked Kanagi will draw on them. Mito bounces in her seat. She loves drawing. Kanagi offers Mito the ketchup bottle so she can draw it herself. Mito cannot decide. Leila offers Mito her plate so she can draw on it. Kanagi will draw on Mito's. Kanagi turns to Seika and asks what she would like. Seika stares back nervously. Kanagi decides to leave her alone for now. She cannot blame her for being on edge. She fainted last time. Mito and Kanagi play rock-paper-scissors with a round of Look This Way at the end. After a few rounds, Kanagi offers to play with Leila. Leila happily agrees. Kanagi asks Seika if she would like to play. Seika only stutters. Kanagi worries Seika is angry with her. Leila assures Kanagi Seika is not mad. She is just very shy. That is why she gets misunderstood. Mito explains she fainted last time because she had to make eye contact with someone new. Kanagi apologizes for how she behaved. Leila says Seika always gets nervous when there are more people than just the three of them. They came to a maid cafe last time because Seika's class was doing one for the school festival. Seika wanted to do her best as a maid. Seika nods weakly and says yes. Kanagi apologizes for disappointing them by being an incompetent maid. Leila tries not to directly say yes. Kanagi knows it is the truth. She did not understand what was most important for a maid. Seika speaks up. She tells Kanagi she thought Kanagi was confident. She falters and goes silent again. Kanagi tells her to take her time. She waits. After a moment, Seika says she thought Kanagi was so confident she knew she could never be like that. She lost her own confidence. Kanagi tells her not to overthink it. She points to the head maid. The head maid smiles and giggles while telling customers their food was infused with love. Kanagi tells the trio how experienced that maid is. She is the exact thing you think of when you think of maid cafes. Kanagi respects her but could never be like that. So she tries to do her best in her own way to make her masters enjoy themselves. The same two boys from before walk into the cafe. They are overjoyed to see Nagitan back on the floor. They welcome her back. Kanagi is astonished they remember her. They tell her they are big fans. Mito is surprised Kanagi has fans. Kanagi says she feels the same way. Kanagi turns back to Seika. She tells her there are people who like her just the way she is. She encourages Seika to find her own way as a maid. Kanagi has heard cool and kind maids are becoming popular. Seika is not sure she can be cool and kind but promises to try her best. She smiles as she looks up at Kanagi. She wants to be a good maid. Karin tears up from happiness. She is impressed by Kanagi's success. Seika asks Kanagi if she can take a picture. Kanagi agrees so long as she can hide her face. Leila reminds her she is a maid. Kanagi wants to keep this a secret for now. She knows a lot of people in the city. Mito thinks it would be fun if they hide their faces too. The head maid takes their picture. Mito laughs looking at the photo. You cannot tell who is who. Leila laughs. Even Seika chuckles. Leila tells her friends they should get going. Mito was having too much fun. Seika suggests they come back sometime. Leila is astonished. Before they go, Kanagi offers to cast a charm of courage on Seika. She does her signature pose and promises to always be there for her master. She says her new catchphrase. "Just let Maid Nagitan take care of all your problems… got it?" Mito calls her cool. Leila admits she is different from other maids. Kanagi tells Seika to remember that whenever she gets nervous. Thinking about something fun will help her feel less anxious. The girls thank Kanagi and leave. Karin is bursting with joy at how well Kanagi did. Kanagi thinks it was because she changed her attitude. She thanks Karin for keeping an eye on her. The manager calls Kanagi over to talk. He asks how she thinks she did. Kanagi believes she replaced the masters' disappointment with enjoyment. She appreciates the manager giving her a chance to make things right. The manager asks if she is satisfied. Kanagi says it is about her duties, not her own satisfaction. The manager looks a bit disappointed. He had hoped she would say she was not satisfied so he could offer her the position. He believes Kanagi learned something very important. He would hate to see it go to waste. He asks what she thinks. Kanagi replies she would like to keep being a maid. Not just for the paycheck but to use what she learned. The manager is happy to hear this. He is excited to see her unique maid style. Kanagi promises to improve and exceed his expectations. Another day at the maid cafe. Kanagi serves drinks to her waiting masters. A customer orders a latte. Kanagi is already prepared to do latte art. The customer asks if it is true she can latte art and draw Magical Kirin. She says it is true. Some girls ask for her picture. Kanagi agrees. Before she can tell them, the girls hand Kanagi a face mask. They are already aware of her no-face photos policy. She hands a Super Sweet-n-Fluffy Parfait to the next customer. He finds her gruff manner unusual. Karin calls out for Kanagi to do the thing. Everyone cheers. The other maids offer photos for anyone who wants. Kanagi does her signature pose and says her catchphrase. "Just let Maid Nagitan take care of all your problems… got it?…Master." The cafe explodes into a loud cheer. They yell out "Nagitan!" Karin and Kanagi walk home together at the end of the day. Karin had so much fun at the cafe today. Kanagi asks how her manga is going. Karin's smile quickly fades. She never got around to drawing it. She knows her friend will get mad. Kanagi offers to help her with the manga since Karin helped her so much with her job. Karin asks if Kanagi is not going to do the pose for her. Kanagi reminds her she is off the clock now. Karin looks down sadly. Kanagi has gone back to being serious. The Ribbon at the Brink Where the Waves Break
At the beach, the girls play volleyball. Mami accidentally hits Homura in the face with the ball. Homura rests in the shade with Madoka. They collect pine cones in the nearby forest. A cat appears and leads them deeper into the woods. They find a small shrine with an old notebook. Homura reads some of it. It seems to be about two friends named Kei and Yu. Madoka tells her to put it back. They return to the beach. At the beach, Sayaka tells a ghost story. A girl fell off a cliff years ago and died. People say her spirit rises from the ocean late at night. That night, the girls light fireworks on the beach. They run into other magical girls, Hinano and Ren, and have fun together. When they head back to the inn, Sayaka's twin cousins are lining up stones. They say the stones protect the place so Kei cannot come in. The girls go to sleep. Homura has a strange dream. In the dream, two friends named Yu and Yusa talk about their relationship. Yu thinks she is not good enough for Yusa. Yusa wants to stay close to her no matter what. Homura wakes up in the middle of the night. She cannot move. She smells a strong scent of seaweed. She sees a dark shadow sitting near her friends. The shadow examines their faces and whispers "wrong, all wrong." It stares at Homura and asks, "You can see me?" Homura screams. The other girls wake up. They say no one else was in the room. They think Homura had a nightmare. They leave the lights on and go back to sleep. Early the next morning, Homura goes outside. She meets the twin girls again. They ask if she met Kei. Homura asks what Kei is. The girls say Kei looks like a human made of shadow. She has no face and smells like the sea. She comes from the ocean at night and looks at sleeping faces. She is searching for her friend Yu. The girls say to never talk to her and she will go away. Homura returns to the shrine in the forest. The notebook is sitting on top of it now. She reads more pages. The author is named Yu. She writes about her complicated feelings for her friend Kei. She loves Kei but also feels dark and twisted emotions. She once put her hands on Kei's neck. Kei did not get angry. They both started wearing bandages to hide bruises. Yu believes Kei is the only one who truly knows her. Later that day, the girls go to an aquarium. They have fun and watch the sunset from a cape. Mami points out night-blooming jasmine. The scent reminds Homura of her dream. That night, Homura writes in her diary. She thinks about the difference between who you really are and how others see you. She worries about hiding the truth of her time traveling from her friends. The girls go to sleep again. Homura dreams more about Kei and Yu. In the dream, Kei and Yu make a vow. They promise to kill each other in every life, every time they meet, as proof of who they are. Homura wakes up at dawn. Madoka is standing there with her eyes closed, surrounded by shadow. Madoka opens her eyes and says "I got in." She calls out for Yu and runs into the forest. Homura chases her toward the cliff. Everything goes dark. A shadowy figure approaches. Madoka is possessed by Kei's spirit. Kei says she is looking for Yu so they can kill each other again. Homura transforms but her time magic does not work here. Time does not flow in this place. Ren appears and says she can help. She says whatever is possessing Madoka is like her own magic, not a Witch. Kei says she is only a faint memory. She possessed Madoka because she could not possess Homura. She wants to find Yu and kill her. Kei explains that she and Yu tied themselves together and jumped into the ocean. They sank to the bottom with Yu's hands on Kei's throat. But the waves pulled them apart. Kei died. Yu survived. Ren tries to use her magic on Madoka. A ghost girl blocks her. The ghost girl is actually a Witch named Paola. Homura fights the Witch alone while Ren catches up. The Witch is defeated. The barrier disappears. Homura is on the cape with the possessed Madoka. Kei says she will fade away soon if Yu is not there. She begs Homura to find Yu and kill her. She wants to see Yu again. She asks Homura to promise to kill Yu no matter where they meet or how many worlds she visits. Then Kei leaves Madoka's body. Madoka wakes up and remembers nothing. The other girls find them and everyone is safe. Homura writes in her diary. She wonders about souls and what they really are. The others talk about the Witch and Rumor mixing together. They are just glad no one got hurt. Homura has one last dream. In the dream, Yu wakes up in a hospital. Kei is dead. Everyone thinks they fell from the cliff. Yu knows the truth but cannot tell anyone. She thinks about their vow. She does not know who she is anymore without Kei. An image of Kyubey appears. Homura wakes up. She remembers what Kei asked her to do. But she never agreed to it or made any promise. First Anniversary Special Scenes
She discovers a record she forgot was spinning. She does not recognize it, though she should. This has never happened before. She reaches out and places her needle upon it. She hears familiar songs of magical girls she knows. She wonders how she did not know this record. Suddenly, she hears a song she has never heard before. She listens to other records, but the unfamiliar song only plays on this one. The goddess is confused. She tries to sing her blessing along with it, but her voice leaves no mark on the record. The goddess becomes upset and anxious. She listens from the beginning again. She hears many familiar songs she has blessed. She decides to listen to the end of the record, but she hears nothing. This has never happened. She begins to panic. The goddess holds infinite knowledge of all things, yet she cannot hear the end of this record. She grows suspicious of the new songs. A girl studying space, a girl writing stories, a girl burning her life for light, and a girl devoted to them. Their voices are clear, but she has never heard any of them before. She listens closely, note by note, and hears something odd. It is a tiny change. She stops the record and stares at its surface. She finds a new groove being carved into it, like when she sings her blessing. The unfamiliar songs came from that point. The goddess does not know if the music is bad. The record is still being made. She decides to give up on blessing it for now. When the record is complete, the goddess does not know what she will do. Will she break it, or will she bless it? Even the goddess does not know. Hereafter: "The Rumor of the Rumor of the Rumor"
The groups split up to investigate. Momoko, Kaede, and Rena check on the Breakup Staircase Rumor. They meet at a cafe. Momoko and Rena have not found anything. Kaede heard a similar rumor from a friend, but it is not the same. Rena thinks that is enough work. Kaede tells her to take it seriously. They argue and Rena storms off. Rena walks around by herself. She blames herself for what happened. She sees a girl muttering on a staircase and asks what she is saying. The girl admits she was saying she never wants to see her friend again. Rena asks if she was using the spell to end friendships. The girl says yes and has been saying it for three days. Rena tells her the spell probably will not work. She advises the girl to apologize instead. The girl agrees and hurries off. Rena realizes she should take her own advice. Momoko and Kaede find Rena. Kaede apologizes first. She says Rena did not want to investigate because it reminded her of when Kaede was kidnapped. Rena is surprised Kaede apologized first. Kaede says she was also in the wrong and needs to apologize too. Rena stutters but finally yells out an apology. They make up and finish investigating. They find nothing left of the rumor except some gossip online. Iroha, Yachiyo, and Tsuruno investigate the Séance Shrine Rumor at Mizuna Shrine. Tsuruno is happy because this is where they first met. The shrine is crowded with people. They are selling charms and merchandise based on new mascots. The legend of the shrine and the story of tragic lovers have fused together. People now come to pray for lasting relationships. They hear a scream from the prayer line. A girl has collapsed but is conscious. They help her to the shrine office. The girl says she is fine and just felt dizzy. Yachiyo notices dark circles under her eyes. The girl admits she has not been sleeping well. She argued with her best friend and never apologized. Then her friend moved away. She came to the shrine to pray for another chance to see her and apologize. She lost sleep thinking about it. Yachiyo asks if her friend died. The girl admits it is true. Her friend died from an illness. She wants to live her life fully and meet her friend in the afterlife. Yachiyo offers to pray with her after she rests. The girl thanks her and leaves. Yachiyo remembers her own friends who have passed away. Tsuruno asks if she is okay. Yachiyo says they can look around more and leave if they find nothing. Tsuruno nods and smiles. Kaede hears the old man who sells Misery Water has reappeared. But he is different now. He yells no and runs away when someone tries to take the water. People now say drinking the water brings everlasting happiness. Iroha and Felicia go to investigate this new man. They search all over but find nothing. Felicia yells about being thirsty and demands to know where he is. A man approaches and offers them water. Right before giving it, he yells he cannot do it and runs away. Felicia chases and tackles him. Iroha catches up. The man admits he is selling the water. He explains he was laid off and tricked into buying boxes of water. He tried to use the rumor to sell it but feels bad every time. He runs away instead of selling any. Iroha says they just wanted some of the happiness water. Felicia tells him to quit selling shady stuff and find a new job. She says she used to work on her own too, so she understands. He says he will try. Felicia helps him find a job at a shopping center. After that, the water rumors die down. At home, Felicia thinks about how precious family can be. Yachiyo asks for help setting the table. Felicia smiles and gladly helps. A new chat forum appears called Endless Solitude. It has four members. A new member named Ai joins. The others ask how she found the place. Ai says she heard the rumor of the Anonymous A.I. The members use the forum to badmouth others and complain about their lives. They talk about wanting to hurt people and themselves. Ai warns them to stop. She says they need to stop looking down on everyone, including themselves. They realize Ai talks about Endless Solitude like it is a real place. They beg her to take them there. Ai says she is just investigating a rumor. They get disgusted and ban her from the chat. Iroha asks Sana if she is okay. Sana says she is used to this kind of talk. She asks to rest her head on Iroha's lap while she cries. She is sad she could not help them. The rumor becomes old news quickly. Sana cannot find the chat forum anymore. No one jumped off the radio tower. She hopes she got through to them even a little. Yachiyo remembers what happened at the Memory Curator's Museum. A lot changed after learning about the Wings of Magius. She wonders what her old friends Kanae and Mel would say. She imagines them telling her to relax and trust her new friends. Her memories of them feel closer now. She wonders if the Uwasa or her prayer at the shrine caused this. Nothing seems wrong at the museum anymore. She heads home to everyone waiting for her. Tsuruno and Iroha investigate the Chelation Land Rumor. Tsuruno has a distant look. Iroha asks if this place brings back bad memories. Tsuruno says she is fine. She remembers being brainwashed and fused with an Uwasa. She is embarrassed her heart was laid bare in front of everyone. She is upset the Magius ruined her perfect attendance at school. Tsuruno yells in frustration. Iroha sees she really is okay. Tsuruno says the rumor is completely gone. She has been thinking about rumors. She wonders if people are connected by an invisible force. Iroha thinks it is possible. Tsuruno focuses hard and declares someone is here. Yachiyo appears and asks what they are doing. Tsuruno admits she was just trying to trick Iroha. The others show up. Everyone reports the rumors have left without a trace. Yachiyo says their investigation is done. Now they need to investigate the Wings of Magius themselves. It's Okay to Be Clumsy
Suddenly, mysterious girls start singing about food. Riko finds herself in a magical land made of food. Familiars appear and attack her. Riko transforms and defeats them easily. She notices the world looks like a bento box. Kyubey appears and asks if she is okay. Riko is surprised to see him. Kyubey says he is always with her. He reminds her of their promise that he would always go with her to hunt Witches. He offers to check her soul gem, but Riko insists she is fine. Kyubey warns her to stay calm so her soul gem does not get tainted. Riko claims she is okay even though she is not. Riko puts on a brave face and says she is not scared of Witches. Kyubey doubts her. Riko remembers a time her mother tried to teach her to cook. She kept cutting her fingers, so her mother said she was too young. Riko felt like a failure. She snaps back and says she needs to kill the Witch so she can practice cooking. Kyubey asks if cooking worries her, but Riko ignores him and attacks more familiars. After fighting, they hear the Witch singing about food and memories. Riko thinks the song is about clumsy people like her. She remembers another time she tried to fight a Witch on her own while waiting for a train. She struggled and the Witch attacked her from behind. Back in the labyrinth, Kyubey wakes her up. Riko cannot remember what happened after the Witch attacked her. The labyrinth changes and smells like rotting food. Kyubey says the Witch is trying to scare Riko. He warns her not to feel fear or her soul gem will darken. Riko tries to calm down. She opens her eyes and finds herself in her empty home. The TV does not work. The doorbell rings, then the phone rings. It is Onee-san leaving a message. She says she figured Riko ran away because she is afraid Onee-san will find out how clumsy she is. Riko panics and apologizes. She wakes up again with Kyubey shaking her. Riko says she knows it was a trick because the real Onee-san would never say that. Riko keeps hunting familiars but feels tired. Kyubey worries they have not found the Witch yet. Riko wants to push forward. They hear the Witch sing again about memories that taste like metal. This triggers a memory for Riko. In home economics class, her partner offered her a peeler, but Riko wanted to use a knife. She cut her finger and dropped the knife. A classmate yelled at her for almost hurting him. He mocked her for not knowing how to use a knife even though her parents are chefs. The whole class made fun of her. Riko wakes up sobbing and finds she has shrunk. Her fear tainted her soul gem. Kyubey warns she might disappear if it turns completely black. Riko relives more memories. She remembers Onee-san giving her the whale knife to support her dream of cooking. But Riko always cuts herself. Her parents think she is too young. Her classmates made fun of her. Riko admits she was too scared to go to Onee-san's house. She was afraid Onee-san would see how clumsy she is and stop liking her. Riko decides to run away from the Witch, the labyrinth, and her dreams. While running, something knocks her down. She sees a shadowy copy of herself holding her whale knife. A copy of Onee-san appears and scolds Riko for being late. The shadow copy stabs Onee-san with the knife. Riko screams. The Witch attacks Riko with all her bad memories. Evil copies of everyone she loves say she cooked her neighbor. The shadow copy approaches her with the bloody knife. Riko squeezes her fists and finds her whale knife and a recipe in her hands. She remembers Onee-san giving her the recipe with a letter. Onee-san wrote that she knows Riko is clumsy but also determined. She said to take her time and cook from the heart. That is what makes her family's bento shop special. Riko realizes she has been pushing herself too fast. She stands up and wipes her tears. The evil copies are gone. Kyubey catches up to her. Riko asks for his help to defeat the Witch. Riko confronts her shadow copy. The copy threatens to chop her up. Riko admits she is clumsy and always wants to run away. But she accepts who she is. She wants to grow at her own pace and cook from the heart. The copy smiles and disappears. Riko regains her normal size and accidentally squishes Kyubey. She apologizes. Kyubey realizes the copy came from within Riko. Riko apologizes for letting her fears get to her. Kyubey says it is okay since she overcame them. Riko gets ready to fight the Witch. Riko finds the Witch and attacks it. She realizes the labyrinth is made of her happy memories arranged like a bento box. The Witch ate her happy memories, leaving only the bad ones. Riko fights the Witch and defeats it. The labyrinth does not disappear because it was inside Riko's heart all along. Kyubey explains he is not real and only exists in her heart. He promises they will meet again and hopes she becomes like Onee-san. Riko wakes up at Mitama's place. Mitama and Manaka are there. Riko hugs Mitama and cries. After she calms down, Mitama offers her a tissue. Manaka explains she found Riko passed out in a labyrinth and brought her there. Riko tells them her story. Manaka is surprised Kyubey saved her. Mitama thinks the Kyubey in her mind is sweet. Manaka apologizes for going through Riko's bag. She found the knife and recipe and put them in Riko's hands. Riko thanks her because that helped her overcome her fears. She hopes to become a strong and kind magical girl like them. Mitama hugs her. Riko leaves with a big smile. Manaka says she could teach Riko to cook, but she knows Riko will become a great cook on her own. Riko texts Onee-san to apologize for being late and says she is on her way. She thinks about how she is still clumsy, but she can change step by step. One day she will become like Onee-san. We Invite You to a Delightful Halloween!
To meet Karin again, Emiri enters a Halloween costume contest. She drags Kako along and decides to be a judge. Kako talks to Natsuki, who encourages her to join. Kako invites Natsuki to participate too, and she agrees. The girls go to a craft store for materials. Karin loses her shopping list. Natsuki and Kako find it and give it back. Kako invites Karin to shop with them. Karin agrees and thanks her. As the girls make their costumes, Natsuki is surprised by her brother. Kako shows her costume to her father. He tells her the contest was cancelled because of stage issues and not enough people. To save the day, Kako gets Natsuki and Emiri to ask shops to support Halloween. Natsuki asks a store to give out candy. Emiri asks if Karin will show up. On Halloween, stores give out candy and hold a stamp rally. Kako is surprised and happy with how it turned out. Emiri tells children about Karin. Karin is surprised to see so many people celebrating. Kako wishes her a happy Halloween. Nagisa Momoe's Wish Comes True
Kyubey says Nagisa can make a wish. Nagisa asks why she would become a magical girl. Kyubey says it is a privilege for certain people. Nagisa says she would have to fight witches. Kyubey suggests she see it first hand. Nagisa likes reading sad stories because it makes her heart feel lighter. She thinks it makes her feel like she could be saved. Nagisa tells Kyubey he should grant his own wish. Kyubey says he lacks the emotions to do so. Nagisa asks what a wish means. Kyubey says a wish is a desire. Nagisa says people who have their wishes granted always become unhappy. Making a wish is like saying she is unhappy with the way things are. Kyubey points out Nagisa is malnourished, her home is a mess, and she has bad relationships. Kyubey says Nagisa cannot say she has no complaints. Nagisa says Kyubey has a point. She asks what wish she needs most. Kyubey says Nagisa's best wish would be to want concern and kindness from a certain person, or to be loved. Nagisa says she is loved enough. A magical girl named Inui Itsumi calls for Kyubey. Inui asks about a magical girl called the Sleepwalking Spectre. Inui asks if that girl is in Mitakihara. Kyubey says she is. Inui asks who she is targeting. Kyubey says he does not know but says Inui should be safe. Inui asks if the girl only targets bad people. Kyubey says Inui is not worried about herself but the boy she likes. Inui says Shou gets jealous and there are misunderstandings. Kyubey says Shou is all Inui cares about lately. Inui says she has been fighting witches. Kyubey says she has not killed one in ten days. Inui says she will go hunting later. Nagisa's teacher says she is hurt and asks if something is wrong. Nagisa says she falls down a lot. After school, classmates invite her to buy candy. Nagisa says she has to see her mother at the hospital. Nagisa admits she does not know why her mother is sick. Later, Kyubey appears and asks if Nagisa is heading to the hospital. Nagisa admits she lied and will visit later. Kyubey invites Nagisa to accompany an older magical girl on a witch hunt. Nagisa accepts but asks why ordinary humans cannot help magical girls. Kyubey says ordinary humans cannot stand up to witches. Nagisa says magical girls have to help others even though no one can help them. Kyubey says it is true. Nagisa says if she does not help people it is like killing them. Kyubey says she is overthinking it. He says taking action against witches will save someone. Nagisa and Kyubey wait for the magical girl. Kyubey says she is late and admits he did not tell her he would bring Nagisa. Nagisa says that is why she did not show up. She says Kyubey lacks common sense. Nagisa goes home. Later, Kyubey tells Inui it was rude not to show up. Inui says Kyubey did not tell her he was bringing someone else. Kyubey says Nagisa is a candidate and invites Inui to be her mentor. Inui says Nagisa is too young and would die right away. Kyubey says there have been magical girls that young before. He points out Inui is not dealing with the witches in her territory. Inui says she has her own life to live. Kyubey says she is the reason he is rushing to contract Nagisa. Inui changes the subject and asks about the other magical girl. Kyubey says there is a high probability Shou is on her list. He tells Inui he is not worth putting herself in danger for. Inui says she will ask the Spectre herself. She is against Kyubey forming a contract with Nagisa. The next day, Kyubey finds Nagisa shopping for a present for her mother. Nagisa is buying lots of cheese. Kyubey notes she should get something more balanced. Nagisa says it is for her mom and she does not like cheese that much herself. Nagisa says her mom has not been able to eat but has been improving. She says if her mom does not eat all the cheese she will eat the rest. Nagisa reveals her mom used to be on television but got sick after marrying her father. Her father abandoned the family. Nagisa wonders if her mother would not have gotten sick if she had not married him. Kyubey asks if she holds a grudge. Nagisa says she does not hold grudges. Kyubey says Nagisa has an unlucky life and becoming a magical girl is her best chance. Nagisa says she will not be able to do it well. Kyubey says she will not know unless she tries. Nagisa asks if saying no means she is doing something bad. Kyubey says it does not, but those who reject contracts tend to regret their choice. He says if Nagisa rejects his offer he probably will not come back. Nagisa admits she cannot believe she has this potential. She then points out Kyubey is not leading her home. Nagisa suddenly finds herself in a witch's barrier. Kyubey tells her to make a contract. A bizarre magical girl appears. Kyubey introduces her as the Sleepwalking Spectre. The magical girl defeats the witch. Nagisa thanks her. The girl introduces herself as Yu. She says she forgot her last name. Kyubey explains Nagisa is a candidate. Nagisa asks Yu to teach her. Yu says she is not a veteran and says she should ask someone else. Nagisa asks what wish Yu made. Yu admits she forgot everything from before she became a magical girl. She says without her list she cannot tell good people from bad people. She says Nagisa's name is not on her list of bad people, so she must be good. Yu explains she kills bad people. She shows her list has someone with Nagisa's last name. Yu says she went to that house but all the lights were off and it was covered in trash. Nagisa asks if Yu has a grudge against that person. Yu says she does not, but other people do. She figures they had to be abusive. Yu says she does not know the details, but they are bad if they are on her list. Nagisa says the Momoe on Yu's list must have moved away. She asks why Yu is killing people. Yu says she made a very important promise. She thinks carrying out her magical girl duties will help her remember it. So she kills witches and bad people. Nagisa says people are different from witches. Yu says she never kills anyone who does not deserve it. She sells useful parts from the bodies before throwing them into a witch barrier. Kyubey tells Nagisa not to listen anymore. He calls Yu an abnormality. Yu tells Nagisa to stop enduring so much and focus on being free. Kyubey says if everyone was like Yu, civilization would crumble. Yu tells him to shut up and leaves. She promises to help Nagisa if she is in trouble. She hopes Nagisa finds a proper mentor. Nagisa asks Yu if she is a bad person. Yu says she does not think so. Kyubey is thankful Nagisa will not learn from Yu. Nagisa says Yu was not what she expected. She admits if Yu did not help she would have mistaken her for a witch. Kyubey says Yu is not ordinary. She has forgotten the boundary between reality and dreams. Nagisa asks if magical girls can be murderers. Kyubey says he does not endorse it but will not interfere. He says Yu cannot grasp the difference between witches and humans. Nagisa asks if bad people can become magical girls. Kyubey says his people do not distinguish between human values of good and bad. Nagisa realizes that if she becomes a magical girl she will be free to think anything. She is free to make a bad wish and think her mother does not love her anymore. Nagisa thinks if she healed her mother's illness, her mother would be grateful and love her again. Inui finally encounters Yu and attacks her. Yu says Shou is a bad person. She points out it is not even his real name. Inui calls her a liar. She says Yu's list must have been made by someone with a grudge. Yu says she will apologize if she is wrong. Inui says Yu is crazy. Yu says her list updates automatically. She says Inui should not have trouble if she kills Shou. Yu wonders if Inui lent Shou too much money. Inui attacks her. Elsewhere, Nagisa tells Kyubey she wants to go to the hospital and wish to cure her mother's illness. Nagisa tells Kyubey she wants to see her mother alone. Nagisa presents the cheese. Her mother says it is too much. Nagisa's mother asks about her father. Nagisa lies and says he is busy. Her mother says he does not want to come and neither does Nagisa. She tells Nagisa to abandon her and leave with her father. Nagisa says she would not do that. Her mother says she lies. Nagisa's mother says everyone believed she brought this on herself. She says Nagisa must have resented her too. She says she cannot be a mother and tells Nagisa to leave her alone. Nagisa says she was happy to be her daughter. Her mother asks if she is supposed to act like she is glad. Nagisa tries to tell her about Kyubey but leaves out sensitive topics. Her mother says if Nagisa can do anything, she should kill everyone else. Her mother says curing her will not change a thing because it is all because Nagisa was born. Going back to Kyubey, Nagisa makes her wish. She wishes for the tastiest cheesecake in the whole world. Kyubey says it would be made for Nagisa's tastes. Nagisa says she wants it to be for her mom's tastes. Kyubey comes across Inui near the hospital. Inui has been horribly injured by Yu. Kyubey notes her Soul Gem has reached its limit. Inui asks Kyubey to kill her. Kyubey says he has no intention of doing so. He says by turning into a witch, Inui has finally become useful. Inui becomes the witch Uhrmann. Elsewhere, Nagisa is surprised to see a witch barrier has engulfed her mother's hospital room. Kyubey appears and tells her to escape. He says the witch is too powerful. Kyubey thinks Yu can handle it. Nagisa realizes Yu might kill her mother. Kyubey points out her mother has given up on medical treatment, so it should not matter how she dies. Nagisa says she can decide for herself now. She says if she can make her mom feel grateful or regretful she will do anything. She says she will help so her mom will not die. Nagisa confronts Uhrmann but is knocked unconscious. Yu appears. Later, Nagisa wakes up. Kyubey reveals Yu killed the witch. Nagisa is horrified and rushes to her mother's side. Kyubey bids Nagisa farewell. He says she will become a witch soon. Kyubey says he will have to tell Mami Tomoe to take care of the witches in the area. Nagisa is horrified to see Yu has attacked her mother. Nagisa tells Yu to leave. Yu says she wants to sell her mother's body parts. She then thinks Nagisa wants them for herself. Yu leaves, saying she is on Nagisa's side. Nagisa's mother says a monster with a torn mouth and a horn bit her. She begs Nagisa not to leave her alone. She begs for an answer. Nagisa says nothing. The narration reveals Nagisa became a witch all alone. The last thing Nagisa saw was a landscape full of sweets. She could live there without having to forgive or hate anyone. But there was no cheese for her mother. Kamihama Cheese Panic!
She senses a magic signature that belongs to Charlotte, her own Witch form. She realizes the Nagisa of this world has already become a Witch. This works out for her, since she can defeat Charlotte and then only one Nagisa will remain. But she picks up several signals from the same Witch in different directions. Charlottes are popping up all over Kamihama. Nagisa wonders if this is happening because she barged in from another universe. She decides to find some cheese to nibble on first. The pink Kyubey creeps closer to her. Nagisa knows the Witches are her own remains, but she cannot be bothered with that now. They are engulfed in Charlotte's barrier. Nagisa berates the Witch for treating her rudely when they are both Nagisas. She attacks it, but another Charlotte appears. Nagisa tries to attack again, but the Charlottes withstand it. Nagisa knows this is too much for her alone, so she flees to find help. Safe for now, Nagisa decides to find some cheese while she comes up with a strategy. She wants extra-special cheese to mark her return from beyond the grave. The pink Kyubey gives her an exasperated look but remains silent. Nagisa senses another Charlotte nearby and finds its barrier. Kanoko is already inside, trying to fight the Witch. Kanoko thinks she defeated it, but a fresh Charlotte emerges from its mouth. Kanoko tries to flee, but the Witch blocks the exit. Nagisa attacks with bubbles from her trumpet and knocks out Charlotte. Kanoko is surprised and asks who she is. Nagisa introduces herself and says she is glad to find another Magical Girl to team up with. Kanoko agrees to partner up since she cannot win alone. Nagisa also wants a good cheese recommendation from Kanoko. Kanoko asks if mushrooms are not just as good, but Nagisa insists cheese is best. The Witch gets up and attacks them. Nagisa calls it rude for interrupting them, so they team up and defeat it. After the battle, Kanoko takes Nagisa to a restaurant called Walnuts. Nagisa orders a three course cheese meal. Manaka serves her, and Kanoko tells her to dig in since it is her treat. Nagisa eats quickly while Kanoko and Manaka discuss the Witch. Kanoko describes how a new body emerged from the old one. Nagisa corrects her and finishes her meal. Kanoko and Manaka stare at how fast she ate. Nagisa says it was scrumptious. Kanoko asks why she came all this way just for cheese. Nagisa says she loves it, and she also needed a strategy for the Witch. She explains the Witch multiplies quickly and has probably spread all over Kamihama. Manaka and Kanoko realize how big the problem is. Nagisa warns the Witch is dangerous enough to kill a veteran Magical Girl. Fighting them one by one will not be enough. They need a strategy. Nagisa does not have ideas yet, but she thinks more cheese will help her think. Kanoko points out how familiarly Nagisa talks about the Witch and asks why. Nagisa almost says it is her Witch but stops herself. She decides to tell them it is a Witch she has been hunting for a long time. Manaka asks if other cities are not swarming with Charlottes. Nagisa stammers and says those were taken care of. She chased the Witch here. Kanoko thinks the Witch must be scared of Nagisa. They can just do whatever Nagisa did before. Nagisa realizes her lie is getting out of control. She says she got lucky before and the last Witch fled here. She wants a real strategy this time. They need all the Magical Girls they can get to attack continuously as a team. Kanoko agrees that would be hard alone but possible with enough help. Manaka thinks they should form teams and spread out. Nagisa agrees and gets ready to scout the area while they call other girls. Manaka and Kanoko worry about her going alone. Nagisa assures them she will only scout and not fight. She runs out the door and immediately runs into a Witch's barrier. Charlotte slithers toward her as Nagisa cries for help. Manaka and Kanoko race outside and help Nagisa fend off the Charlotte. After that, they gather as many Magical Girls as possible. They form a large group and begin attacking the Witches. In one battle, Kanoko, Manaka, Ria, Rika, Ren, Akira, Sasara, Asuka, and Emiri team up against a Charlotte. They defeat it after a tough fight. Nagisa cheers them on. Himika sighs because she could not help much. Asuka and Sasara are worried because this is the third time they have fought Charlotte today. Ria cries out that she has fought Charlotte five times already. They turn to Nagisa for an explanation. She cheerily introduces herself. Emiri gives her the nickname Nagie, which Nagisa loves. Nagisa explains the situation to everyone. The group is troubled. One Witch was hard enough to defeat even with all of them. Now several are multiplying fast. The girls are used to working in teams, so they can coordinate and avoid casualties. Nagisa believes if they keep working as a team, it will work out. The group agrees to do their best together. Ria suggests they need a leader and hints she should be it. The others sigh at her predictable behavior. Hinano asks Ria what her vision is. Ria says they should fight elegantly. Hinano realizes Ria thought declaring herself leader would be enough. Ria tells Hinano the children should pipe down. Hinano angrily informs her she is eighteen. Ria is shocked. Asuka thinks she should volunteer as leader, but her plan involves seppuku if they fail. Sasara sighs. Himika wonders if the leader gets paid. The group starts bickering and arguing. Manaka and Akira shake their heads. Emiri cheers on Ria and Hinano as they keep arguing. The bickering continues. Kanoko tries to get them to quiet down but fails. If Nagisa does not do something, the plan will fall apart and the Charlottes will keep multiplying. Nagisa decides she has no choice but to reveal her true identity. She yells for everyone to listen and grabs their attention. Nagisa explains she was sent down to defeat that Witch. She tells them everything. Hinano cannot believe it. Sasara points out Magical Girls do not make much scientific sense anyway. Rika, Ren, and Himika believe her. Others have doubts or are overwhelmed. Nagisa is pleased she can now speak freely. They all sense another Charlotte nearby. They enter its barrier and turn to Nagisa for directions. Nagisa yells her battle cry, "For the sake of cheese!" and the group attacks. After Nagisa revealed the truth, the group united and began their counterattack. Akira asked her friends Kako and Meiyui to help. Meiyui has reservations. She agrees they need to get rid of the Witch and teaming up is best, but she does not trust Nagisa's story. She asks Akira and Kako if they believe it. They are not sure. Nagisa giggles and says she will explain again. She declares herself the Heavenly Messenger of Cheese. Akira shakes her head. Meiyui still cannot believe it. Nagisa repeats herself and calls herself the Magical Angelic Heavenly Messenger of Cheese. Meiyui says that did not explain anything and only made the name longer. Meiyui asks Akira how she got convinced to help. Akira is not sure but knows Nagisa is a little different. Meiyui says that is no reason to let her guard down. Akira admits it looks bad, but Nagisa had proof she was an angel. Nagisa beams and prepares to show the proof, but it is missing. They sense another Charlotte approaching fast and are engulfed in its barrier. Meiyui still will not work with Nagisa. Akira says there is no time for that. Charlotte targets Kako. Meiyui mentions the proof again. Akira transforms and offers to hold off Charlotte while Nagisa finds her proof. Nagisa races off and searches everywhere. She cannot find it. She yells out and finally stumbles upon it. Nagisa holds up the proof for Meiyui and Kako to see: the pink Kyubey. Meiyui admits she has never seen a pink Kyubey before. Nagisa asks them to join her team to defeat the Charlottes. Kako is convinced, but Meiyui is not. Meiyui says Nagisa could have dyed an animal, even if it is a Kyubey. Also, if she is a cheese messenger, the Kyubey should be yellow like cheese. Nagisa admits that is a good point. She struggles to answer and prepares to attack Meiyui. But Meiyui smiles and says she changed her mind. Witches and angels aside, Nagisa is very interesting. Meiyui will play along since everyone else is. Secretly, Meiyui's job was to confirm the pink Kyubey sighting to learn secrets about Magical Girls. Now her job is done, and she can report to Nanaka later. Kako and Meiyui apologize to Akira, transform, and join the fight. Nagisa prepares to direct everyone and suddenly gets an idea. She finally has a strategy for defeating the mass of Charlottes. She will call it "Welcome to Kamihama Cheese Party!" But first, they must defeat the Charlotte attacking them now. Down by the river, Manaka sets up a giant cheese fondue. Everyone brings cheese based food. Himika drools at the fondue and asks if she can take some home. Kako offers her cheese tarts. With so much cheese in one place, they will attract every Charlotte in the city and stop them for good. Meiyui is suspicious but will not say no to a lunch party. Nagisa knows the plan will work since all the Charlottes are ex-Nagisas, but she does not say this out loud. Kako says it reminds her of a legend where everyone held a banquet to lure a goddess out of her cave. Nanaka arrives. Meiyui offers to fill her in, but Nanaka warns them trouble is coming. She sensed a dense swarm on its way to the park. Meiyui cannot believe the plan worked. They are engulfed in a barrier filled with Charlottes. The group cheers, but Akira reminds them they have a job to do. They start attacking, though Himika is still sad she did not get to try all the dishes. The plan was a success. Thanks to the teamwork of the Kamihama Magical Girls, they defeated every Charlotte. Nagisa is certain the Law of Cycles saw how bravely everyone fought through the pink Kyubey's eyes. Nagisa thinks everyone deserves a medal. The pink Kyubey stares at her silently. Nagisa wonders why the Law of Cycles sent her to Kamihama. If it just needed to investigate this universe, it could have sent another Magical Girl. When Nagisa first awoke in the Law of Cycles, she heard a human voice. That same voice welcomed her when she exhausted her strength as a Magical Girl. The voice sounded like it belonged to a Magical Girl. This makes Nagisa think the Law of Cycles has its own personality. She asks the pink Kyubey if the Law of Cycles chose that form to comfort her or because it wanted to look that way. This is too much for Nagisa to think about. She decides the first thing to do is secure her freedom. She blows the pink Kyubey up into smithereens. Nagisa wants to start her new life without the Law of Cycles watching her. She believes she was sent down to do the opposite of unifying this universe with the Law of Cycles. The future must remain unknown for humans to live freely. The Law of Cycles must have wanted the future to stay a blank canvas. Nagisa does not care if that future breaks the universe into pieces. This must be why she was chosen. She was willing to turn against the Law of Cycles, betraying even God. Nagisa is now sure she was sent down to protect the humanity within the Law of Cycles and prevent this universe from uniting with it. But first, time for some sightseeing. Wings in the Wind
Shizuku uses her magic for the Wings of Magius. They want her to connect Kamihama to other spaces. Mifuyu invites Shizuku to join them. Shizuku agrees. Mifuyu says she must learn the truth about Magical Girls first. She takes Shizuku to the Memory Museum to see her memories. Shizuku thinks about belonging. She remembers the boy she loved. He belonged by her side. She tried to belong with Yachiyo and her friends but felt there was no room for her. After learning the truth, she feels urgent about finding her place before she becomes a Witch. Mifuyu says she will not become a Witch in Kamihama. She offers Shizuku a place with the Magius. Shizuku wakes up at Hotel Fendt Hope. She feels calm after learning the truth. Two Feathers give her a black robe. Mifuyu apologizes before leaving. Inside the chapel, Shizuku stands before Embryonic Eve. The impurities are strong, but she withstands them. Mifuyu explains their work is only halfway done. Shizuku guesses they need to spread the miracle worldwide. They will use Witches and Uwasas to gather energy. Outside, Ikumi and Ryo check on Shizuku. They take her to the sparring grounds. Ryo says she must hide her fighting style so no one identifies her. Shizuku practices with the other novices. Shizuku learns quickly. Ikumi praises her. Ryo warns her not to use her unique magic. Shizuku thinks her skill should be normal, but Ryo says many Black Feathers cannot defeat a Witch alone. Ikumi asks why she joined. Shizuku says she belongs there. Ryo finds this strange. Everyone else joined to protect something important to them. Ryo gives Shizuku a black gem and tells her to fill it with her magic. The reason is a secret. Shizuku stares at the gem. Ayaka texts her again, apologizing. Shizuku remembers the dart incident. Ayaka's cheerful attitude hurt her. But Ayaka always worries about her friends. Shizuku needed space to think. She thinks joining the Magius is a good chance to distance herself. She imagines Ayaka crying and tears well up. Ikumi sees her and leaves, saying Shizuku needs her robe. Ryo stresses hiding identities. In their robes, they stand before a Witch's barrier. They will fight for real experience. Shizuku asks about the gem again. Ryo says it is a secret. Ikumi says she will learn soon. Shizuku defeats the Witch. Ikumi says it is good for her second day. They give her a key a familiar dropped. Ryo suggests dinner. They change into casual clothes. Shizuku reminds them about hiding identities. Ryo says that rule was for headquarters. They introduce themselves. They go to a restaurant. Shizuku realizes it is her family's café. Ryo wanted to explain to her dad why she comes home late. Shizuku thanks them. Ikumi asks if home is where she belongs. Shizuku feels disconnected there. Ryo understands. Shizuku ignores Ayaka's texts. She feels bad but knows responding means getting dragged around again. She cannot think around Ayaka. But she is not calm at the Magius either, even with Ikumi and Ryo's kindness. She blames herself for being paranoid. At headquarters, novices struggle with training. Shizuku says she defeated a Witch. Other novices admit they would struggle. They prefer assignments that are not combat. Shizuku accidentally mentions dinner with her mentors. The novices smile and say they eat with theirs too. Shizuku asks if they got an item from their mentors. They do not know what she means. She lies and says it was a grief seed. Ikumi gives Shizuku a compass charged with magic. Ryo says she will need it later. Shizuku asks why she keeps getting items. Ikumi says they are gifts for when she leaves the nest. Shizuku trusts them but senses they are hiding something. They keep visiting her home despite the rules. Ryo says they want her to be happy. Shizuku worries they want her to get kicked out. Ryo laughs. They offer to tell her why they joined. Ryo joined to lower her stress. Ikumi joined to protect her dream with a friend. Shizuku giggles as they bicker. She scolds herself for doubting them. Shizuku has gotten used to life at the Magius. She still does not know why she needs the gifts. A small part of her is still on edge. She helps at her family's café. Her father is surprised she asks about the coffee. Ikumi walks in to buy coffee beans. She invites Shizuku to her maid café. Shizuku remembers Ayaka wanted to meet there. She decides to go with Ikumi instead. At the maid café, Ikumi performs on stage. Shizuku is overwhelmed but enjoyed it. Ikumi is on break. She explains she spends all her time there. It is where her dream will come true. She joined the Magius to protect it. She wanted to make up for her earlier explanation. Shizuku asks for another coffee. Shizuku meets Ryo. Ryo shows her the newsletter she makes for the Feathers. She asks Shizuku to use her magic to take her to a cat alley. Shizuku helps her. They defeat a Witch. Ryo takes a perfect photo of cats. She says the moment she presses the shutter is where she belongs. It does not have to be a physical place. Shizuku understands. Ryo says her camera is part of her identity. She joined the Magius to escape her fate. Back at headquarters, a novice warns Shizuku. Her mentors have told her too much. It could get her kicked out. Shizuku worries. She thinks her mentors are cruel. Shizuku paces in a park. She wonders if Ikumi and Ryo were trying to reassure her or tear her away. She vows to protect her place with the Magius from them. At the sparring grounds, Ryo and Ikumi announce new assignments. Ikumi is sad to see Shizuku go. Shizuku attacks them. She accuses them of trying to get rid of her. They say it is a misunderstanding. They are friends. Shizuku demands to know why they gave her special items and told her about themselves. Ryo and Ikumi say everything was for her sake. A White Feather interrupts. They say it was a sparring match. The White Feather tells them the Magius want to see them. In the chapel, Alina asks Shizuku about her loyalties. Shizuku says she is loyal to the Magius. Alina formally recognizes her as a Feather. She tells her to wear her robe and pendant tomorrow. Outside, Shizuku tells Ikumi and Ryo she is recognized. She says they do not need to do anything more for her. Ryo warns her not to wear her pendant tomorrow. Shizuku leaves. Ikumi and Ryo are told to leave their pendants off. The Magius will not need those who swore loyalty to them after this. Shizuku thinks about what Ryo and Ikumi said. She wonders if they were really trying to drive her out. She thinks about where everyone belongs. Ikumi belongs on stage. Ryo belongs behind her camera. Shizuku wants to belong where she can be herself without overthinking. She thought that was with the Magius. But lately she has been overthinking and scared. The Magius tell the Feathers to kill all the Magical Girls in Kamihama. Shizuku realizes the Magius are just a checkpoint. Everyone else belongs somewhere else. They joined to protect those places. Shizuku feels lost. She remembers Ayaka. Ayaka never gave her time to overthink. Ayaka always pulled her along. Shizuku gets a text from Ayaka. Ayaka apologizes and asks her to call. Shizuku mentally apologizes. Ayaka was the closest thing to a place she belonged. Ryo and Ikumi noticed. Shizuku takes off her pendant. A flash of light hits the other Feathers. They act strangely. Shizuku realizes the Magius used an Uwasa to control their minds. She runs. A Witch blocks her path. Shizuku uses the rooftop key to escape the barrier. Outside, a Black Feather attacks. Shizuku fights her off. She remembers the black gem. It is filled with her magic. She uses it as a decoy. Shizuku knows she must warn the Kamihama girls. All exits are sealed except one. She does not know which direction it is. She remembers the compass. She follows it. At the exit, Ikumi and Ryo wait for her. They knew she would come. Shizuku realizes they planned to help her escape. They deny it. They say they will fight her. Shizuku does not understand. In a flashback, Mifuyu tells Ikumi and Ryo to train Shizuku. She also wants them to free her from brainwashing. The Magius used the Memory Museum on her. They wanted her magic too badly to let her go. Mifuyu thinks they have been too rash. She wants to minimize brainwashed girls. Ikumi and Ryo agree to help. Back in the present, Ikumi says Shizuku must beat them to escape. Shizuku still does not understand why. Shizuku defeats them. The gleam returns to her eyes. She vows to stop the Magius. Ryo has no regrets but hates herself for clinging to liberation. Ikumi will still seek liberation but promises not to cross lines. Shizuku thanks them. Ikumi cries. Shizuku runs through Kamihama. She knows the Feathers are in the streets. She remembers Ayaka because of Ikumi and Ryo. She pushed Ayaka away, but Ayaka was the only one she could be emotional with. She can be herself by Ayaka's side. She calls Ayaka. They both apologize. Shizuku warns her to hide. Ayaka evacuates. Black Feathers catch up. Shizuku remembers Ikumi and Ryo gave her one last thing. Shizuku fights off Black Feathers. A White Feather attacks her. She is in too much pain to move. She hears voices announcing an all clear. She hears Ayaka worrying. Shizuku is glad Ayaka is safe. Ayaka says Shizuku is the only one who laughs at her jokes. Shizuku thinks she still does not get the jokes but is happy to be by her side. She thanks Ikumi and Ryo. She hopes they can have dinner together again someday. Alina Is Coming to Town ~White Christmas Rhapsody~
Alina tries to take life energy from a mother and son at a mall. However, the mother is a kidnapper. Alina knocks her out and saves the boy. She becomes a hero. Alina is upset because she did not get any energy. At the Magius base, Mifuyu tells Alina that people are calling her "Death Santa" and an "Ally of Justice." Alina does not like the attention. She wants to try again to get energy. Alina tries to take energy from a girl on a roof. The girl's boyfriend shows up and proposes to her. Alina fails again and is furious. At school, Karin shows Alina a manga she drew called "The Tale of the Lucky Death Santa." Karin made up the name. The manga is about Death Santa bringing happiness to people. Alina thinks it is junk but notices the art is better. The Amane twins, Tsukuyo and Tsukasa, are getting ready for a Christmas party. Tsukasa is helping her father at a bamboo workshop. Tsukuyo waits for her at the party venue. She meets a woman dressed as a maid and they talk while they wait. Alina tells Mifuyu that every time she tries to take life energy, the Rumor takes over and happy accidents happen instead. Mifuyu realizes the Rumor is in control. Alina heads to Namiki Street to find another target. At Namiki Street, Alina finds a man with a frozen heart who wants to blow up Christmas. He plants a bomb in a building. Mifuyu goes into the same building to find Tsukasa. Alina realizes Mifuyu is in danger and runs to save her. Alina finds the bomb and transforms. With only seconds left, she creates a labyrinth and she and Mifuyu jump inside. The bomb explodes, but they are safe. Alina carries Mifuyu out of the labyrinth. Tsukasa sees Alina as Death Santa in the sky. The police catch the bomber and thank Death Santa. Alina is weak because the Rumor drained her magic. She still did not get any life energy. Mifuyu gives Tsukasa her phone. Tsukasa is finally free to go meet her sister. At the party, Tsukuyo tells the maid why she loves Miss Santa. When she was little, she got lost and hurt her flute. A woman dressed as Miss Santa fixed it with "magic." The maid smiles and tells her to call her sister again. Tsukasa finally arrives. Tsukuyo is happy she waited. The maid then tells them her own story. Years ago, she was the one who played Miss Santa. She found a lost girl with a broken flute. She gave the flute to a bamboo artisan to fix. The artisan was the twins' father. Tsukuyo realizes the maid is the Miss Santa from her childhood. It is a Christmas miracle. The twins go to the party. It begins to snow. Tsukuyo's wish for a white Christmas came true. Back at the base, Alina and Mifuyu figure out why Alina kept failing. Another Rumor, the "Happy Stamp Rumor," stamped a smiley face on Alina's cards. This Rumor only appears at Christmas and makes people happy. It overpowers the Fur God Rumor. Alina decides to stop using the Rumor because it wastes her energy. The next day at school, Karin shows Alina another Death Santa manga. Alina leaves her a carton of strawberry milk as a promised present. Alina walks through the city, thinking about how Death Santa is gone for good. She then hears bells and sees Karin in her magical girl outfit, dressed as Death Santa and wishing everyone a Merry Christmas of Death.<｜end▁of▁thinking｜>Alina fuses with a dangerous Rumor and becomes Holy Alina, also known as Death Santa. She gives out black cards that take years off a person's life in exchange for warming their frozen heart. Alina tries to take energy from a mother at a mall, but the woman is a kidnapper. Alina knocks her out and saves a boy instead. She becomes a hero but gets no energy. Mifuyu warns Alina that people are calling her an ally of justice. Alina tries again with a girl on a roof, but the girl's boyfriend proposes and Alina fails once more. At school, Karin shows Alina a manga she drew called The Tale of the Lucky Death Santa. Karin made up the name. The Amane twins, Tsukuyo and Tsukasa, prepare for a Christmas party. Tsukasa helps their father at a workshop while Tsukuyo waits for her at the venue. Tsukuyo meets a woman dressed as a maid and they talk while they wait. Alina tells Mifuyu the Rumor takes over every time and causes happy accidents instead. Alina goes to Namiki Street to find another target. She finds a man with a frozen heart who plants a bomb. Mifuyu goes into the same building to find Tsukasa. Alina runs to save her. Alina finds the bomb and creates a labyrinth right before it explodes. She and Mifuyu are safe inside. Alina carries Mifuyu out, and Tsukasa sees her as Death Santa in the sky. The police catch the bomber and thank Death Santa. Alina is weak from using the Rumor and still has no energy. Mifuyu gives Tsukasa her phone, and Tsukasa is finally free to go. At the party, Tsukuyo tells the maid why she loves Miss Santa. When she was little, a woman dressed as Miss Santa fixed her broken flute with magic. The maid smiles and tells her to call her sister. Tsukasa arrives, and Tsukuyo is happy she waited. The maid then reveals she was the one who played Miss Santa years ago. She gave the broken flute to a bamboo artisan to fix. The artisan was the twins' father. Tsukuyo realizes the maid is her childhood Miss Santa. It is a miracle. The twins go to the party, and it begins to snow. Back at the base, Alina and Mifuyu figure out another Rumor called the Happy Stamp Rumor stamped a smiley face on Alina's cards. It overpowers the first Rumor and causes happiness instead. Alina decides to stop using the Rumor because it wastes her energy. The next day at school, Karin shows Alina another Death Santa manga. Alina leaves her strawberry milk as a promised gift. Alina walks through the city thinking Death Santa is gone for good. She then hears bells and sees Karin in her magical girl outfit, dressed as Death Santa and wishing everyone a Merry Christmas of Death. Mitama's Special Training - Iroha and Yachiyo Episode
Iroha arrives and asks about the box. Yachiyo explains what it is. She says she is trying to work through her feelings. Iroha asks if she can help. Yachiyo says it is a problem with her own feelings. She remembers they were supposed to visit Mitama. Yachiyo says she can open the box later. The girls go to Mitama and give her payment. Mitama is surprised by how much they brought. Yachiyo says they need more power to save everyone. Mitama says it is wonderful they are risking themselves. She promises to try her best. Mitama says she is worried about Yachiyo. She suggests Yachiyo should clear up her issues with the box. Yachiyo tells Mitama to mind her own business. Mitama says Yachiyo's heart should be stable before the adjustment. She says Yachiyo should deal with the past before moving to the future. Yachiyo tells her again to mind her own business. Mitama says Yachiyo is afraid. Yachiyo insists she is not. Mitama says she believes her. She offers to adjust both Iroha and Yachiyo at once. Mitama says this is special. As Mitama works on Yachiyo, Yachiyo thinks about Kanae, Mel, and the box. She thinks she can get over the past. But she cannot get over Mitama's comment about being afraid. Suddenly she finds herself in a gray room. A shadowy doppelganger stands before her. The shadow claims to be Yachiyo. It says she is afraid. Yachiyo says she thought she accepted all her fears. The shadow agrees. It says it punched the tickets of her friends and guided them to death. The shadow says what really scares her is the future. It asks what Yachiyo has been doing since she lost Kanae and Mel. Yachiyo says she has been stopping girls from contracting and saving magical girls in danger. The shadow says Yachiyo was clumsy and selfish. It says she feared her own wish, involved others, and clung to her past. Yachiyo insists things are different now. The shadow says she is at a standstill. Yachiyo admits she is afraid of losing this chance. The shadow says she is afraid to open the box and see her friends' last words. It says it is fine to be afraid. It turns into Yachiyo's doppel. The doppel says she should accept that her wish will kill everyone. Yachiyo says she cannot believe in her own future. The doppel says she might as well despair forever. Yachiyo thanks the doppel for showing her her fear. The doppel tells her to forget about it. Yachiyo refuses. The shadow asks if she is denying her fear. Yachiyo says she accepts her fear but will not give into it. She says she cannot waste the hope Iroha gave her. She accepts that she let people die and that she is afraid of the future. The shadow says that is good enough. It asks what it will do now. Yachiyo says it already knows. Together they say they will cut Kanae and Mel's tickets so they can move on. The shadow disappears. Iroha appears in its place. Yachiyo asks what she is doing there. Iroha guesses it is because they are being adjusted together. Yachiyo asks Iroha to stay with her. Iroha asks Yachiyo to let her see her friends off. Kanae and Mel appear. Kanae tells Yachiyo not to lose her way anymore. Mel asks her to be cool like the senior she looked up to. They bid her goodbye and tell her to head to the future. Yachiyo thanks them and says she is off to the future. Yachiyo wakes up at Mitama's place. She asks if Mitama knew she was afraid from the start. Mitama says she did not know. She was just worried something might happen, so she adjusted Yachiyo together with Iroha. Mitama thought Iroha could save Yachiyo if something went wrong. Mitama says she worried for nothing and chuckles. Yachiyo thanks Mitama for looking out for her. She tells Iroha it is time to go home. Mitama tells them to wait. She says they can stop by for a free adjustment anytime. Yachiyo says Mitama is throwing away her impartiality. Mitama says she lends her power to everyone's bonds. Yachiyo tells her not to cross bridges she does not have to. Mitama says she will keep that in mind. Back at her house, Yachiyo thinks she has stopped living in fear. She decides to take care of what is left from her past. She goes to open the box. Iroha says she does not have to open it. Yachiyo says she will not hesitate anymore. Iroha leaves the room but comes back when Yachiyo says she can look too. Iroha says she did not know Kanae or Mel. Yachiyo says they are like friends from the past. Inside the box, Kanae left a book of lyrics. Mel left her impressions from fortune telling. Kanae wrote a song about being a single point until she met two other points and became a circle. Mel wrote a prophecy. It said an unusual event will happen in Kamihama that can bring change. Many points will gather and draw a circle. Mel wrote this is probably a circle of people spun by magical girls. There will be danger, but the people together will be full of gentleness. Mel believed a star creates the trigger. This star is a person who will fall near Yachiyo. Mel did not know if that person would be the cause, but she looked forward to meeting her. She believed if that person falls near Yachiyo, then Mel will meet her too. Mel claimed the three points Kanae wrote about were probably Mifuyu, Kanae, and herself. She said the future she wrote of will surely come. After reading this, Yachiyo starts crying. Iroha says they should head into the gentle future and draw that circle with everyone. Yachiyo says to do that they first need to get back their three points. Those are Tsuruno, Felicia, and Sana. Mitama's Special Training - Alina and Hinano Episode
Elsewhere, Hinano is mixing a chemical compound. Her hand slips, and gas fills the room. She puts on her gas mask. She thinks she still has not recovered from a past incident. She cleans up and prepares for her science event the next day. At the event, Hinano explains what happened. Her assistant Emiri tells the audience to always prepare their experiments well. Afterward, Hinano complains that Emiri takes the best lines. Emiri says she was just feeling it. Emiri asks what experiment Hinano was doing. Hinano admits she was trying to make a drug to grow taller. But she thought about her failure from five years ago. That failure nearly killed her and forced her to become a magical girl. Back then, she was also trying to make a height drug. Emiri says that made her nervous. To keep Hinano safe, Emiri offers her five centimeters of her own height. Hinano says that annoys her. But she will stop doing dangerous experiments so she does not make her cute junior sad. Emiri says that is cute and hugs her. Hinano is annoyed. After Emiri leaves, Hinano sneaks back into her club room. She thinks she cannot give up her dream. She apologizes to Emiri for lying. Later, Emiri rushes into Mitama's place with an unconscious Hinano. She found Hinano passed out in the club room. Mitama checks Hinano's Soul Gem. It is not life-threatening, but it needs purification. Emiri uses a Grief Seed to clean it. She thanks Mitama and says she was worried about taking Hinano to a hospital. Mitama says she is not a real doctor, but Emiri made the right choice. Hinano wakes up. Hinano apologizes. She explains she drank her drug and passed out from stomach pains. She did not grow taller. Mitama says she should thank Emiri. Emiri says no thanks are needed because Hinano was easy to carry. Emiri asks why Hinano wants to be taller. Hinano apologizes for breaking her promise. She explains her origin as a scientist. When she was a child, she watched science events. The moderator was an attractive, long-legged older girl in white. Hinano wanted to be like her. Emiri realizes Hinano's ideal is to be amazing at experiments, teach science to kids, and have long legs. Hinano admits she can only teach science to kids. Since she almost died five years ago, she is too scared to do dangerous experiments. And she is still short. She almost killed herself again. She tells Emiri it is okay to laugh. Emiri says she will not laugh. When she became a magical girl, she wanted to be the cutest little devil. It was a spur of the moment decision. Hinano says this feeling still causes problems. Mitama notices her Soul Gem is darkening. Emiri tells Hinano to pull it together. Mitama says they need to get outside. Suddenly a barrier appears. A flash of white pulls Hinano inside. Hinano wakes up in a grey area. A shadowy version of herself appears. The shadow says she is Hinano's desire and will defeat her to become her. Hinano transforms and they fight. The shadow says Hinano cannot win. She came from a time when Hinano was freer. She is made from Hinano's longing. Since Hinano looked away from her dream out of fear, she has no chance. The shadow turns into Hinano's Doppel. Hinano is shocked such a monster was inside her. It is made of deadly poisons. She thinks her younger self would have made it. The Doppel has an attractive labcoat and long legs. It is certainly from her aspirations. Hinano wonders if she will be pushed around by this Doppel forever, making the same mistakes. She hears Emiri's telepathic voice. Emiri shouts that she does not want to part with Hinano. The Doppel turns back into a shadow and asks if Hinano has lost her will. It attacks, but Hinano dodges. Hinano says she cannot die yet because someone is waiting for her. She admits she did not become a mature-looking girl, but she is popular with kids because she is approachable. Her appearance helped her meet Emiri. The shadow asks if she has regrets. Hinano says yes, but she feels alright because she has good friends. The shadow asks if she is giving up her height drug research. Hinano says research will continue on a safe version. The shadow says the goal excites her and she looks forward to it. Then she disappears. The barrier vanishes too. Emiri is overjoyed to see Hinano safe. Mitama is happy too. She says Emiri was shouting that she did not want to part with Hinano. Hinano is surprised she heard Emiri's voice. She says Emiri is the reason she came back and thanks her. Mitama says Hinano needs rest and offers special service. Hinano says she is tired and will go home. After they leave, Alina enters Mitama's place. Alina says the reservation was pointless. Mitama apologizes for keeping her waiting. She asks if Alina created the barrier that took Hinano. She thinks Alina did it to isolate Hinano so her Doppel could not hurt anyone. Alina says if they carried Hinano, they would not have escaped in time. Mitama's death would be bad for her. Mitama offers special service as thanks. Alina says it is rare for her to be there at the right moment. She does not need gratitude. Mitama tells her not to say that and will start with an adjustment. She asks Alina to keep favoring her business. Mitama's Special Training - Mitama Episode
Yachiyo wonders why Mitama is doing this. Iroha and Tsuruno say they cannot miss this chance. Mitama says all questions are multiple choice. Wrong answers mean elimination. The winner gets the title of Mitama's Perfect Lover. Felicia does not like that. Mitama asks what her three sizes are. The player can pick any answer. Mitama says the correct answer is a secret. Momoko is annoyed by this. Yachiyo says this is more bother than usual. Tsuruno notices a rope hanging next to Mitama. Mitama gives the real first question. She asks what her actual age is. The player chooses between 17 years old and 27 years old. If the player picks 17 years old, Iroha chooses it because she remembers Mitama is a high schooler. Tsuruno says people can go to high school at any age. Yachiyo wonders if it is a trick. Tsuruno says she hears Mitama sings old songs and guesses she is 47. Mitama pulls the rope. A trap door opens under Tsuruno and she falls. If the player picks 27 years old, Konoha and Hazuki discuss Mitama's age. Hazuki thinks she is 17. Ayame disagrees. Konoha says she has never seen a 27 year old magical girl. Ayame convinces Konoha with a cute stare. Ayame says Mitama acts more like an adult and an old lady. Mitama pulls the rope and Ayame falls. Mitama says there are cushions at the bottom. She says the answer was 17 years old. Yachiyo, Iroha, and Sana say they cannot let their guard down. Mitama gives the second question. She likes to cook as a hobby. She asks if her dishes are delicious or if they taste nasty. If the player picks delicious, Kako says Mitama has a nice older sister aura. Kako knows Mitama buys cookbooks from her family's store. Felicia says the cookbooks have not helped. She says she once ate Mitama's cooking with Kyoko and passed out. Mitama sends Felicia down the trap door. Kako says she knows Mitama's food is delicious. If the player picks taste nasty, Ria and Mayu ask Manaka if she chose right. Manaka says it has to be correct. She says Mitama started a cooking class but is in contention for Legend of Bad Cooking. Mitama is unhappy to hear that. She says she pays attention to the color of her food now. Manaka says she heard Mitama uses paints. Mitama says she stopped using paints but now uses banned food colorings. Manaka asks how many people Mitama plans to kill. Mitama sends her down the trap door. Mitama says delicious was the correct answer. Yachiyo says they are being made to dance for the tyrant named Mitama. Time passes. Mitama gives the ninth question. She asks what her favorite movie is. The player can choose between The Elegy of the Virtueless Boys, Friends for a Week The Fake Girlfriend, and Pacifistic Hayashi. If the player picks The Elegy of the Virtueless Boys, Ria says she will pick the movie she knows. Mayu asks if movies like that are interesting. Ria says she saw it some time ago. She was surprised there was so much action even though it was made before CGI. Ria admits the movie made her cry. Mayu says she is interested now. Mitama says the movie is a monument of gun action movies. Ria says her only problem was the main actress. She says they should have chosen a super model like herself. Mitama sends Ria down the trap door for being rude to the actress. If the player picks Friends for a Week The Fake Girlfriend, Ren asks Rika if she chose right. Rika does not know but says she loves the movie. She explains it is about a guy who dates a girl to disguise himself. He ends up falling for her best friend, forming a love triangle. Rika calls it a sad movie. Ren says she wants to see it now. Rika says she can take her sometime. Mitama is silent, which worries them. She then chuckles, and they feel relieved. If the player picks Pacifistic Hayashi, Yachiyo says they never talked about movies with Mitama. She says it is a random guess, so she picks the movie she knows. Iroha asks what it is about. Yachiyo says it is about a geek boy who gets involved in a worldwide war. She tries to explain more. Iroha says she does not watch movies or anime, so she cannot imagine it. Mitama says nothing. Sana worries Iroha is in danger. Sana tries to push Iroha out of the way. Mitama says she was not going to do anything. Sana cries, and Mitama sends her down the trap door. Mitama says she just felt sorry for Sana. Mitama says Pacifistic Hayashi was the correct answer. She admits she ran out of questions. She wonders what to do since many competitors remain. Momoko suggests making up questions. Iroha suggests giving a free adjustment to everyone still in. Mitama says that is too much. She decides to draw lots to pick the winner. Yachiyo calls it a farce. Mitama says she is happy. Momoko asks why Mitama held the event. A flashback shows Mitama using her magic to defeat a familiar by herself. Mitama says even if her services are no longer needed, she can still keep herself alive. She says she obtained the magic to keep living that she never had before. If she ever had to abandon her neutrality, she could help someone. In the present, Mitama says she held the event because something good happened to her. The other girls sense a witch and decide to hunt it down. As they leave, Mitama tells them to draw their lots later. She then wonders who she should use her power on when she stops being neutral. Mitama's Special Training - Rumor Tsuruno Episode
Tsuruno defeats Felicia and Sana. They reveal they cannot help her defeat the beast. They only take care of the clock tower. The girls decide to go with Tsuruno anyway. As they search, Tsuruno realizes they cannot leave the kingdom. They stop to take a break. The invisible beast eats the present and the past. The story ends. Back in reality, Tsuruno is making a children's picture show at Mitama's place. Tsuruno admits she is not sure what the story is about yet. Mitama notices Tsuruno's drawings are not very good. Mitama offers to take the manuscript and make new pictures. She asked another customer to draw them. She also asked a girl who loves books to help write an ending. Tsuruno eagerly reads it. In the new story, the kingdom is now just a single ferris wheel. A Mysterious Coordinator appears. Mitama plays this character. She suggests they seek the great sage. She gives them a jewel to use later. The girls find the great sage. Touka plays this part. Touka says the beast is not invisible. To beat it, Tsuruno must learn the truth about it. Tsuruno realizes the beast must be the ferris wheel itself. Tsuruno and the others fight the ferris wheel. The witch Teresa plays the ferris wheel. Tsuruno uses the jewel from the coordinator and becomes the invincible Tsuruno BLUE 3. She destroys the beast. The kingdom is restored. They build a new ferris wheel. The story ends. Tsuruno thanks Mitama for the ending. She says she does not like the part where the coordinator shows up out of nowhere. Mitama admits she wrote that scene herself. Mitama asks if the story is based on Tsuruno's recent experiences. Tsuruno says she remembers being in a place where she did not have to try hard at anything. But she wants to make this world an even better place. Tsuruno offers to pay Mitama for her help. Mitama suggests advertising her services at the end of the play instead. Tsuruno goes back to Yachiyo's house. She thinks about Mel Anna. Mitama's Special Training - Homura Episode
At Mami's home, Madoka explains she has only been a magical girl for a week. Mami is training her to fight Walpurgisnacht. When Homura leaves, she begs Madoka not to fight Walpurgisnacht alone. Mami is already dead. Madoka says she is the only one left who can protect everyone. She tells Homura that saving her and becoming her friend was the greatest thing she ever did. She says goodbye. Kyubey appears. Homura makes a contract to go back in time and protect Madoka instead. She wakes up in the hospital one week before she starts school. Homura joins Mami and Madoka's team. They easily defeat the witch Patricia. Walpurgisnacht appears. They defeat it, but Madoka's soul gem is too impure. Homura watches Madoka turn into a witch. Homura is sent back in time again. She wakes up in the hospital. This time she is determined to tell the truth about witches. Homura relives the same time over and over. A mysterious magical girl tells her about Kamihama City. She says salvation can be found there. After a battle with Alina Gray, Homura and Madoka go to Kamihama to find Mami. Kyubey approaches Homura. He asks her to take him to Kamihama. Incubators cannot enter alone. He promises to share information. Homura refuses to help him. A few days later, Homura, Madoka, and Sayaka return to Kamihama. They are attacked by the witch Candy. They defeat it easily, but it transforms into its true form and attacks again. Homura tries to stop time to save her friends. Candy grabs her and attacks anyway. Time is not stopped for the witch. Homura cannot break free. Her soul gem fills with impurities. She thinks of meeting Madoka and begs forgiveness for not saving her. Homura speaks with a dark shadow, her Doppel. The Doppel mocks her. It says she will become a witch that Madoka will have to defeat. It says she wished to save Madoka without the power or resolve to do so. The Doppel decides to destroy the witch threatening Madoka. If it cannot find the witch, it will destroy everything to protect her. Homura sees a broken Incubator nearby. It tried to sneak into Kamihama with her but got stopped by the barrier. Homura uses its body to draw out its knowledge and turn it into destructive power. Homura awakens. Her Doppel unleashes its fury on Candy. Homura is amazed she is still alive. Her soul gem is purified. Sayaka and Madoka are amazed at the damage. They finish off the witch together. Sayaka jokes about missile launchers. Madoka smiles. Homura is not sure if what she experienced was a Doppel. She decides not to say anything yet. Madoka suggests they visit the Coordinator. Homura agrees. They all head over. Mitama's Special Training - Felicia Episode
That night, Felicia had a nightmare. In the dream, her bad grades made her parents argue. They blamed each other for not paying attention to her. Felicia tried to confess she was dumb and promised to try harder, but they ignored her. Her mom stormed back into the kitchen to cook. Felicia remembered a witch attacked right after that and killed her parents. She woke up from the nightmare. She went to the kitchen for water. Iroha was there and saw she looked pale. Iroha told her to rest and offered to bring her water. Felicia lost her temper and ran out of the house. Iroha woke the others up to find her. At a park, Felicia heard a voice that claimed to be her. The voice said it knew why she felt sick after the nightmare and told her she had the right to know. It pulled her into a barrier. Inside, another Felicia showed her a box with many locks and said it contained the answer. This other Felicia revealed itself as her doppel. Felicia almost opened the box, but she remembered Yachiyo once said some things are best left unknown. Her instincts also told her she was not ready. She promised the doppel she would come back when she was stronger. She asked it to hold onto the truth for her. The doppel accepted her promise and returned to normal. Felicia woke up at Mitama's place. Iroha and Yachiyo told her they found her unconscious in the park and brought her there. Felicia told them about meeting her doppel and said she wanted to be strong enough to keep her promise. Mitama offered to give her a free power up session to help her. Iroha remembered they found Felicia releasing her doppel in the park before she passed out. Yachiyo said this had never happened before. She recalled the Amane sisters once said doppels are materialized emotions. Yachiyo figured Felicia must be carrying a heavy burden to lose consciousness when releasing her emotions. She told Iroha to keep this a secret until Felicia either realized it herself or was strong enough to handle the truth. Mitama's Special Training - Kaede Episode
Kaede remembers how important the garden was to her family. Her father said a new 38-story building would block the sun and kill their garden. Her mother was sad. Kyubey appeared and offered Kaede a contract. Kaede wished for the building to never be built. This is how she became a magical girl and saved the garden. Kaede finishes her memory and knows she was dreaming. She thinks everything will be fine if she makes her wish again. Momoko and Rena are gone. A voice accuses her of always changing things to suit herself. A shadow version of Kaede appears next to her. The shadow says it is her other self. It tells her it is okay to run away from things that are hard. Kaede is taken to a cloudy void. The shadow says this place is deep inside Kaede. The shadow wants Kaede to keep doing whatever she pleases. It says she should run away whenever things get inconvenient and find an easier path. Kaede tries to argue. The shadow says this is how she is best at living. The shadow reminds Kaede of her wish. She changed things for herself without caring about the people who would have lived in the building. The shadow also reminds her of a time Momoko tried to explain something about Rena. Kaede ran away instead of listening. The shadow says Kaede runs away because talking to people is too hard. Kaede tries to say the shadow is wrong. The shadow points out how she holds back in marathons and skips hard problems at school. It says she only cares about herself and does not want to get hurt. The shadow wants her to be true to this nature and just run away until she finds a place where she belongs. It reaches its hand out to her. The shadow fades away but then returns. Kaede says she understands. She agrees to take its hand, but first she wants to talk. She admits what the shadow said is true. She is weak and she runs away. But she remembers she later went back to Momoko and Rena and found her place on their team. The shadow asks if it would not be easier to find new friends. Kaede insists she wants to stay with her important friends in Team Mikazuki. She asks her shadow to help her become a better person, little by little. The shadow agrees. It will stay and watch from the garden of her heart to see if she made the right choice. Kaede wakes up and hears the shadow telling her to move forward. Kaede wakes up at Mitama's place. Mitama is surprised she does not remember what happened. Kaede was fighting a witch with Momoko and Rena. She hesitated to transform and was caught off guard. A familiar attacked her. Rena was distracted trying to help and got hurt too. Kaede felt useless and her soul gem turned pitch black. She passed out. Mitama explains Momoko and Rena went ahead to hunt the witch. Kaede thinks about running away but decides she does not want to anymore. She wants to stay and protect her friends. Mitama says her soul gem is already purified and adjusted. Kaede heads off to join them. Mitama thinks about the witch she saw in Kaede's memories. She knows Kaede will be okay with her friends by her side. Beginning and Eternal: The Lost Record
Homura transfers to Madoka's school. Madoka offers to show her around. Homura wanders into a witch's labyrinth. Madoka and Mami save her. They explain about magical girls and witches. Walpurgisnacht comes and kills Mami. Madoka fights it alone and sacrifices herself. Homura makes a contract with Kyubey. She wishes to go back in time and protect Madoka. She wakes up in the hospital a week before she transfers. She holds her soul gem, so she knows it was real. Homura goes to school and tells Madoka she is a magical girl. Madoka introduces her to Mami. They train together to fight. They defeat a witch easily. When Walpurgisnacht comes, Madoka uses all her magic. She turns into a witch in front of Homura. Ultimate Madoka watches sadly. Homura wakes up in the hospital again. She tries to tell everyone the truth about Kyubey. Sayaka does not believe her and turns against her. Sayaka becomes a witch, and they have to kill her. Mami tries to kill Homura and Kyoko. Madoka kills Mami to save Homura. Homura and Madoka fight Walpurgisnacht alone. After they win, they are both about to turn into witches. Madoka uses a grief seed on Homura's soul gem. She asks Homura to go back in time and change everything. She asks Homura to kill her before she becomes a witch. Ultimate Madoka wonders if she asked too much of Homura. She thinks about each event and her expression darkens. She reaches out and unlocks another memory. Homura decides to fight alone. She tries to destroy every witch by herself. Walpurgisnacht appears, and she fights it alone. Madoka watches from far away. Madoka makes a contract and kills Walpurgisnacht with one hit. She turns into a witch right after. Homura goes back in time again. She tries over and over to change Madoka's fate. Homura transfers to school again. She asks Madoka if her family and friends are precious to her. She warns her to never change. Homura tries to stop Kyubey from meeting Madoka. Sayaka throws a fire extinguisher to distract Homura. Madoka escapes with Kyubey. They end up in a witch's labyrinth. Mami saves them. Mami offers the witch's grief seed to Homura. Homura tells her to stay away. Homura realizes Kyubey will try to make Madoka contract. She decides not to let him. Ultimate Madoka keeps watching. She never understood why Homura saw Kyubey as an enemy. Homura senses a powerful witch near the hospital. Madoka tells Mami about a grief seed she found. Sayaka is inside the barrier waiting for Mami. Homura tells Mami to leave. Mami binds Homura with her magic and fights the witch alone. Homura breaks free and finds Sayaka and Madoka scared. Kyubey tells them to make a contract. Homura defeats the witch easily. She warns them what it means to be a magical girl. Madoka promises to never forget Mami or Homura. Homura worries about defeating Walpurgisnacht. She knows Madoka will contract to protect everyone. She decides to team up with Kyoko. At an arcade, she offers Kyoko the city as her territory in exchange for help. Kyoko agrees. Sayaka has already made a contract. She and Kyoko fight about everything. They both learn the truth about soul gems. Homura realizes she should have watched Sayaka more closely. Homura finds a witch and sees Kyoko waiting outside. Sayaka is fighting inside. Kyoko gets angry and goes in to fight the witch herself. Homura and Kyoko meet to plan for Walpurgisnacht. Kyubey appears and warns them Sayaka is deteriorating. Homura tells him to leave. She explains Sayaka's soul gem is too tainted. Kyoko finds Sayaka at a train station. Sayaka turns into a witch in front of her. Kyoko asks Madoka to come with her. They try to reason with the witch that was Sayaka. The witch keeps attacking. Kyoko tells Homura to take Madoka away. Kyoko uses all her magic to destroy the witch. Kyubey tells Homura he led Kyoko there on purpose. He wanted Homura to be the only one left to fight Walpurgisnacht. That way Madoka would have to contract. Ultimate Madoka closes her eyes. She remembers all the girls she could not save. She keeps watching. Kyubey explains that Homura repeating time made Madoka more powerful. All the karmic destinies came together in one timeline. Madoka shows up at Homura's home. She sees all the screens showing Walpurgisnacht. She offers to make a contract and help. Homura lies and says she can win alone. Madoka wants to believe her. Homura breaks down and tells her the truth. She says she is from the future and watched Madoka die many times. She begs Madoka to let her protect her. Walpurgisnacht arrives. Homura throws everything she has at it. Nothing works. Madoka and Kyubey watch. Kyubey tells Madoka that Homura cannot give up. If she loses, she will go back in time and try again. Homura runs out of magic. She cannot stop time anymore. She thinks about going back again. But Madoka's fate will get worse each time. Her soul gem fills with impurities. Madoka tells her she has done enough. She apologizes and says she will become a magical girl. Homura begs her not to contract. Madoka apologizes again. She promises Homura's efforts will not be in vain. She turns to Kyubey and makes her wish. She wishes for the power to destroy all witches before they are born. She becomes Ultimate Madoka and rewrites the universe. Everything changes. Witches are gone from the world. All proof of Madoka's life disappears from everyone's minds. Only Homura remembers her. In the new universe, magical girls fight wraiths instead. Homura cries for Madoka. Mami and Kyoko do not know who she is talking about. Ultimate Madoka finishes watching. She smiles. She remembers promising to never forget Homura. The records play the voices of all magical girls. But Homura's records are nowhere to be found. Madoka's wish overwrote Homura's journey. Just as Homura was the only one who knew Madoka, Madoka is the only one who knows Homura's past. The mysterious place is a secret room inside Madoka's heart. She keeps the invisible records of all magical girls there. Especially the friend who traveled through time over and over to protect her. A La Carte Valentine 2nd ~What If That Girl Took the Lead Role On This Day?~
An old woman is surprised to see a customer in her shop. She doesn't sell chocolate, only the ingredients for making it. The baking chocolate on her shelves holds all the possibilities each girl has for Valentine's Day. She tells them to choose carefully and begins to show them the possibilities of one girl. Tsuruno Iroha and Felicia go to Banbanzai for lunch. Tsuruno tells them her big plan for a new holiday called Spicentine's Day. She wants people to eat spicy food on Valentine's Day to bring more customers to her restaurant. Felicia agrees to help her promote the idea. Tsuruno tries to spread the word about Spicentine's Day, but most people ignore her. Her passion was infectious, and soon people started talking about it online. Before she knew it, Tsuruno became an internet celebrity. The Spicy Day movement grew out of control and developed its own ideology. The followers formed different factions and turned on each other. Tsuruno blamed herself for everything. While sitting in the park, she overheard two girls say they wanted chocolate instead of spicy food. This gave her an idea. She called a meeting with all the faction leaders. She told them that sweet foods are just as good as spicy foods. One by one, the leaders agreed with her. They spread the word, everyone came to their senses, and they forgot about Spicentine's Day. No one came to Banbanzai that day, but Tsuruno kept experimenting with new foods. Rika Rika gets home and looks at the chocolates she received. Her mother gives her more chocolate, saying it came from her childhood friend. Rika feels sad because this is the same friend she once wished would fall in love with her. She still blames herself for tearing her friend and her boyfriend apart. She calls Hinano and asks to meet at the park. Rika shows Hinano the gift from her ex-girlfriend. Hinano tells her to open it. Inside is a chocolate gateau. Rika explains that her friend always wanted to give this to someone she loved. There is a card attached that just says "To Rika." Hinano points out that there was no mistake, this gift was meant for her. Rika is confused and has no idea what to do. Hinano asks Rika what she wants to do. Rika does not think she has the right to still have feelings for her friend because of what she did. Hinano tells her that denying her feelings will not erase them. Rika admits she was happy to receive the gift and decides she needs to be honest. She wants to buy her friend a gift and apologize for avoiding her. Hinano agrees to help her. Rika remembers the first time she gave her friend chocolate. She wanted to make it herself but burned it, so she bought a chocolate with a plush keychain instead. Her friend loved it. Hinano suggests she get the same thing, but Rika thinks the message would be too confusing. She picks out a new kind of chocolate to get closure. Rika goes to her friend's house, but she is not home. She leaves the chocolate with her mom. Rika gets a call from Ren thanking her for the nice day they had. This gives her courage, so she texts her friend to say thanks for the chocolate. Her friend replies immediately and asks her to wait so they can talk. Rika agrees. Rika meets Hinano at the park and tells her it went well. Her friend still considers her important. Her friend made the chocolate gateau for the person she truly loves now. Rika decides to face things head on. She will eat the chocolate alone and reflect on her memories. Tomorrow it will taste different, just like everything else has changed. She thanks Hinano for her help. Rika sits on the bench, takes a bite of the chocolate gateau, and sadly remarks on how delicious it is. The next day, she eats the other half through tears. It is just as delicious. She thinks it would make her really happy to eat it with someone she loved. Mel Mel's classmate begs her to read her fortune about a love confession. Mel is not supposed to tell fortunes anymore, but she finally agrees. Later, Mel fights a Witch near the school with Mifuyu and Yachiyo. Yachiyo notes that more Witches have been appearing near schools lately. Mifuyu reminds them it is February. Mel thinks it must be because of Setsubun. Yachiyo corrects her and says it is because of Valentine's Day. Witches gather near schools because people are worrying about love. Mel tells them she read her classmate's fortune. Yachiyo gets angry and reminds her that fortune telling was banned. Back at home, Yachiyo scolds Mel. Her magic does not predict the future, it shapes it according to her reading. Mel says she only did it because her friend begged her. She asks Yachiyo and Mifuyu what love is and why it is so important. Yachiyo stammers and says it makes your heart race and you want to be with that person. Mifuyu says it is the feeling of being drawn to your destined partner. Yachiyo explains that the first confession is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity. That is why she was so upset. If Mel's reading predicts a bad outcome, it could ruin everything. Mel understands and promises not to do it again. The next day, Mel still does not understand love. Her mother offers to teach her how to make chocolate, which upsets Mel. She leaves the house in a fury. Outside, she runs into Kanagi. Mel asks Kanagi if she has ever been in love. Kanagi admits it is not an area she is good at. She only knows that love does not keep your stomach full. At school, Mel asks a classmate about love. A boy overhears and offers to take her on a date, but she knocks him out. Her friend is excited for Valentine's Day and thanks Mel for the fortune. Mel is glad things are going well, but she still feels like everyone knows what love is except for her. Later, Mel goes to the lake to think. Her mother finds her and apologizes for pushing her earlier. Mel admits she does not have anyone she likes. That is the problem. She does not know what love is or why it is so important. Her mother tells her to look at her reflection in the lake. She says love is that precious feeling when you come face to face with your greatest treasure. Mel gets embarrassed and runs home, but she is smiling. Mel gets a text from her friend. She caught a cold and cannot go through with her confession. Mel thinks this is weird because her magic should have ensured a happy outcome. She transforms and goes to her friend's house. She finds a Witch's barrier and enters it. She fights her way to the Witch and uses her magia, then blacks out. She wakes up and hits Yachiyo, thinking she is the Witch. Yachiyo tells her they already defeated it. Mifuyu and Kanagi are there too. Kanagi explains the Witch could cancel out Mel's magic, so the others came to rescue her. They all admit they were worried about her. Kanagi asks if Mel ever figured out what love meant. Mel says she understands it is a precious feeling she will not know until she falls in love herself. She felt left out because she was the only one who had not experienced it. The others tell her there is no rush. Mel brightens up and says she hopes to fall in love someday. Kanagi smacks her for comparing her to a Witch. Riko Riko is helping her classmates taste-test their practice chocolates. Their teacher catches them and warns them about Hungry Mokeo. He is one of the Seven Wonders of the school, a human anatomy model with a bottomless stomach. The students do not believe he is real and plan to bring more chocolate the next day. The next day, her friends sadly tell Riko the chocolate in their bags is missing. Riko wonders if Hungry Mokeo is real. Her friends are scared they will not be able to bring chocolates on Valentine's Day. Riko blames herself and decides to search for Mokeo after school to prove he is not real. Riko searches the science lab but finds nothing. She searches the rest of the school but only finds empty classrooms. Her teacher finds her and asks what she is doing. Riko asks him about Mokeo. He tells her Mokeo is real but very shy. Riko says she cannot leave things the way they are because her friends are scared. She decides to investigate further by asking other people. Riko asks Tsukasa about Mokeo. Tsukasa remembers hearing about him, but his candy was never stolen. She suggests they lure Mokeo out with sweets. Riko agrees, and they plan to search on a holiday when no one is at school. On the holiday, Riko meets Tsukasa at the school. She packed sweets in her bag, but when she opens it, the candy is missing. Tsukasa brought her own candy and tells Riko not to worry. They search the entire school but find nothing. They stop to take a break and eat some of the sweets. They accidentally fall asleep and wake up as the sun is setting. Tsukasa thinks Mokeo must not be real. The door creaks open, and Riko's teacher appears. He is there for the Karuta club. Riko explains what they were doing. The teacher says Mokeo prefers homemade sweets, which is why he did not show up. Riko realizes the teacher knows too much about Mokeo and asks if he is a friend of his. The teacher admits he is on good terms with Mokeo. Riko asks him to tell Mokeo to please not eat people's candy. The teacher warns her that Mokeo will appear if they bring too much candy or hand it out in the open. Riko understands and thanks him. As Riko leaves, Tsukasa asks the teacher if he started the Mokeo story. He admits he did, with the help of the parents, to ease the stress of Valentine's Day. On Valentine's Day, Riko tells her classmates to be secretive. They exchange chocolates carefully. Riko is glad the missing chocolates eventually turned up. She gets the feeling Mokeo might not be real after all. Another classmate hands a boy a chocolate, but it has bite marks on it. Riko gasps, remembering the teacher's warning. Now she is not so sure if Mokeo is real or not. Kyoko Kyoko fights a Witch in Mitakihara. She aims a killing blow, but the Witch flees. Kyoko sighs in frustration. She notices a young girl nearby who must have been inside the labyrinth. Kyoko helps her and walks her to the sidewalk. The girl introduces herself as Sumomo. She thinks she saw a weird monster. Kyoko plays it off as a dream. Sumomo asks Kyoko her name. Kyoko tells her, and Sumomo says they must be sisters because her name means plum. She asks if she can call her Big Sis Kyoko. Kyoko feels a strong sense of nostalgia but calms herself down. Sumomo reminds her of her little sister. Sumomo offers Kyoko a meal at her house as a thank you. Her house doubles as a cake shop called Sugar Plum. Sumomo introduces Kyoko to her father. He is a pastry chef. He thanks Kyoko for helping his daughter and offers her some food. Kyoko asks for something with apples. Sumomo's father brings out a Chocolate Apple Pie. Kyoko takes a bite and declares it the most delicious thing she has ever eaten. Kyoko quickly finishes the pie. Sumomo's father offers to make her more food. Kyoko asks why the shop is so empty despite the food being so good. Sumomo's father blames himself and heads to the kitchen. Sumomo says customers think the shop is not convenient or familiar enough. Kyoko realizes that is partly true. Sumomo wishes people would just give it a try. Kyoko remembers her own past. Kyubey appears and offers Sumomo a contract. He says he can make everyone come to try her father's cakes. Kyoko tells Kyubey to leave. She warns Sumomo about the harsh consequences of becoming a Magical Girl. She tells her to never listen to Kyubey. Kyoko promises to bring her friends to the shop to help. Sumomo cheers up and thanks her. The next day, Kyoko brings Sayaka and Homura to the shop. They try the desserts and are blown away. Kyoko tells them about Sumomo and Kyubey. Sayaka and Homura agree to help promote the shop. Kyubey appears again and tries to tempt Sumomo. Kyoko warns her not to listen. She tells Sumomo about her own mistake and how it tore her family apart. Sumomo promises not to contract, and Kyubey vanishes. Kyoko is proud of her. Sumomo's father tells her they might have to close the shop if they do not get enough orders for Valentine's Day. Sumomo is upset and walks outside to think. She does not want to move away and leave her friends. She thinks about Kyubey's offer. She walks into a Witch's barrier without noticing. The Witch attacks her, and she hides. She cries out for Big Sis Kyoko. Kyoko senses the Witch near Sugar Plum and runs to find it. She runs into Homura, who was watching Kyubey. Homura thinks Kyubey led Sumomo to the Witch to force her into a contract. They transform and enter the barrier. Homura uses her time magic to get them to Sumomo quickly. Kyoko blocks an attack meant for Sumomo. She fights the Witch while Homura checks on Sumomo. Kyoko is enraged and quickly gains the upper hand. The Witch flees again. Sumomo thanks Kyoko for saving her. She kept her promise and did not contract. Kyubey appears and Homura asks if he led Sumomo to the Witch on purpose. Kyubey implies it does not matter. Seeing Sumomo's strong resolve, he agrees to leave her alone. Sumomo tells Kyoko about the shop's troubles. If they do not get enough orders, they will have to close. Kyoko and Homura rush back to the shop. When they get there, a huge crowd is outside. The shop is flooded with orders. Sayaka is inside and explains that a famous model visited and talked about the shop online. It was Yachiyo Nanami. Homura had told Iroha about the shop, and Iroha came with Yachiyo. Yachiyo's endorsement made the shop a success. Sumomo and her father are overjoyed. Kyoko is happy they achieved their dream without Kyubey's help. After leaving the shop, Kyoko feels mixed emotions. She is happy for Sumomo but wonders what would have happened to her own family if she had not contracted. Sayaka follows her and asks what is wrong. Kyoko says she broke her own rule and used her magic for someone else. Sayaka tells her she helped because she wanted to, so she did not break the rule. It feels good to be thanked. Kyoko realizes she is right and feels better. She tells Sayaka she has a knack for talking out people's problems. The snow begins to fall. Kyoko smiles, realizing there is still beauty in the world. Manaka Manaka agrees to be filmed for a student council documentary. Afterwards, a council member asks her to make a chocolate so delicious it guarantees a successful confession. Manaka tries to decline, saying she is not a confectioner. The girl insists and gives her an advance payment. Manaka gets distracted by the money and ends up taking the job. She sighs but decides to give it her all. Manaka tells her father about the problem. They have two weeks until Valentine's Day. They decide to make a ganache because it is simple and tasty. They want to add coloring to make it pop visually. The next day, Manaka asks Ria for help with the design. Ria poses for the camera and says the secret to a good confession is love. Manaka sighs and realizes that will not work. She is not the one confessing, so she cannot pour her own love into it. With one week left, Manaka has made fourteen different chocolates. She is worn out. She shows one to Ria. It is a large ganache with white chocolate wings held up by pretzels. Ria says it looks like a glider. Ria calls over Mayu to test it. She pretends to give Mayu the chocolate and asks her out. Mayu gets embarrassed and says it failed the test. She also says it reminds her of a glider. Manaka is disappointed. Manaka heads to Sakae ward to think. She realizes she has not been thinking outside the box. She goes to a jewelry store and gets an idea. She rushes home to Walnut's. She tells her father they should make a chocolate that looks like a ring, like a proposal. They work hard and finish the chocolate ring just in time for Valentine's Day. Manaka delivers it to the girl who commissioned it. The girl does not like it at all. She says candy can never be real jewelry. She chose chocolate because it is within everyone's reach. She asks Manaka to remember that. Manaka is devastated. Manaka collapses and is diagnosed with burnout. She wakes up in the hospital with Mayu there. Mayu apologizes that Ria could not stay. Manaka's father bursts in and tells her she did nothing wrong. Manaka feels like she failed. She realizes she cannot add love to chocolate. All she can make is simple chocolate. Mayu says that is okay, because a frame is just as important as the picture. Manaka's father gets an idea. Manaka decides to turn down the order. The next day, Manaka is working at the restaurant again. The girl from the student council arrives. Manaka's father apologizes and says they cannot fulfill the order. Manaka explains they cannot recreate the love she feels. They can only support her. They have laid out all the ingredients she needs to make the chocolate herself. The girl is happy with this idea. She lets them keep the advance payment in exchange for a free chocolate-making lesson. She also asks for the chocolate ring they made. They teach her how to make chocolate and put it in the white chocolate ring case. The girl thanks them and leaves. At school, Manaka is called to the student council room. The girl is there. Manaka asks if they are done talking about chocolate. The girl says she never told her the real reason for the request. She did not need a chocolate that guarantees a confession. Her father is hosting a dinner and everyone recommended Walnut's. She posed a difficult question to see if Manaka would make food that complements an event or overshadows it. Manaka passed the test. She offers Manaka the catering job. Manaka is exhausted and says no, but she will ask her father. The girl smiles and reminds her she gave her chocolate that guarantees a successful confession. Manaka realizes the chocolate rings were meant for her. The girl says she never said it was for a confession of love. The documentary director enters and says the documentary got great ratings. He came to film Manaka again because of the chocolate he received from the girl. Manaka realizes she has been trapped. Her trials begin once more. Mami Mami is shopping for ingredients. She talked to Sayaka about Valentine's Day. Mami has not made any plans since losing her parents. Sayaka suggested they have a chocolate-making party with Madoka, Homura, and Kyoko. Mami thought it was a great idea and offered her place. She went shopping for the finest ingredients. She wants to make ganache, truffles, pralines, cookies, and a pound cake. She stops herself. She is making the same things she always makes. She wants it to be special. She goes to the food court to think. Mami thinks about what would be fun to make together. She overhears a girl arguing with her mother about chocolate not being special enough. Mami sighs and wonders what it would be like if her own mother were still alive. Mami remembers making chocolate for her parents when she was little. They were so proud of her, even though it did not look great. It made her happy. Kyoko walks by and sees Mami looking sad. She asks Mami what is wrong. Mami asks Kyoko to chat with her while they eat. Kyoko agrees. Kyoko asks if she is trying to make chocolate for a guy she likes. Mami corrects her and explains she is trying to figure out something for their party. Kyoko suggests she make a ton of different things and see what works. She volunteers to eat the leftovers. Mami asks if she is just hungry. Kyoko runs off without answering. Mami chases after her. Back at home, Mami looks at all the ingredients Kyoko made her buy. She frowns at first, then smiles. Kyoko might have had a point. She will get ideas as she starts making things. At school, everyone is talking about Valentine's Day. Mami is still worried. She wants it to be special. She thinks back to the chocolate she made for her dad. She hopes this Valentine's Day is as special as that one was. Sayaka finds her and says she is looking forward to the party. She apologizes in advance for any mistakes. She is happy if she can make new memories with her friends. Mami brightens up and thanks her. She realizes she was overthinking things. At home, Mami finishes setting up. She remembers her parents were happy because she worked hard for them, not because the chocolate was perfect. She just wants to have a good time with her precious friends. The doorbell rings. She goes to welcome her friends into her home. Emiri Emiri calls Kanoko and asks for her help. She wants Kanoko to make her a mold for Valentine's Day chocolate. She usually buys chocolate, but this year she wants to make it herself. She wants a mold of a baseball home base, with baseballs and bats. Kanoko is confused but agrees to help. Emiri's excitement makes Kanoko want to make chocolate too. She wants to make chocolate truffles because she loves mushrooms. Emiri gets confused. Kanoko explains there is a mushroom called a truffle. Emiri decides to make home base-shaped truffles with real truffles. Kanoko warns her that truffle mushrooms are expensive. Kanoko tells Emiri about Asian black truffles that grow in Kamihama. They grow in places where animals have dug up the soil. Emiri gets excited and runs off to find some. Kanoko realizes she gave Emiri the wrong idea. Emiri now thinks chocolate truffles are made with truffle mushrooms. Emiri searches for truffles all over Kamihama. She looks in parks, canals, and the shopping district. She finds nothing. She goes to her school and starts oinking to channel her inner pig. She bumps into Kaede and oinks at her. Kaede oinks back, confused. Momoko shows up and asks Kaede if she was oinking. Kaede tries to explain, but Emiri is gone. Emiri searches in the mountains until it gets dark. She falls asleep leaning against a tree. Emiri wakes up late at night. A strange old man is standing nearby. She asks who he is, but he does not answer. He points to the ground and oinks. Emiri feels sleepy and passes out. She wakes up later and looks where the man pointed. She finds a truffle. She runs to Walnut's to ask Manaka how to make chocolate truffles. She thinks the man was a truffle fairy. Manaka sadly tells her chocolate truffles are not made with truffle mushrooms. Emiri oinks in shock. She perks up and says she had fun looking for them anyway. Manaka teaches her how to make real chocolate truffles. Emiri does a good job. She asks if she can grate the real truffle over them. Manaka is not sure, but Emiri does it anyway. Kanoko arrives and tries one. She says it is delicious. Manaka tries one and is surprised. It tastes amazing. Kanoko apologizes for the misunderstanding. Emiri is happy her friends like them and oinks with joy. Kanagi Kanagi looks at the schedule at her maid café. Her manager asks if she is sure about giving away her Valentine's Day shift. Kanagi says she does not have a partner, so the holiday is not for her. The manager says there is more to it than that but is called away. Kanagi thinks about it. She remembers receiving a large pile of chocolates last year. She wonders why people would give her chocolate. On Valentine's Day, Kanagi receives chocolates from Himika and Mitama. She looks over the canal, confused. Karin runs up to her. Karin says she wanted to see her because it is Valentine's Day. Kanagi looks sad. She does not know how to feel about getting chocolate. Karin tells her to just accept it. They hear a scream and run to help. They find a young girl crying. She fell off her bike. She is not hurt, but the wrapping on the chocolates she bought for her family is torn. Kanagi understands her feelings. Karin tries to fix the wrapper. Kanagi gets an idea. She takes the bags from Himika's chocolates and the tote bag from Mitama's chocolates. She rewraps the girl's chocolates. Karin gives her a ribbon for decoration. The chocolates look better than before. A few chocolates do not fit in the new bag. The girl gives them the extras as a thank you. Her mom taught her that Valentine's Day is for showing appreciation. Kanagi and Karin accept them. The girl leaves. Kanagi reflects on what she said. Valentine's Day is a day for showing appreciation. Himika and Mitama gave her chocolate to show their feelings. Her manager tried to tell her this. Karin asks if something is wrong. Kanagi says she was just thinking. Karin remembers she wanted to give Kanagi chocolate. She gives it to her, even though the ribbon is missing. Kanagi smiles and thanks her. She asks Karin to join her for a bit. Kanagi goes to Mitama's place. She cleans up Mitama's kitchen and makes something of her own. Mitama and Karin wait in the main area. Karin tells Mitama the whole story. Kanagi appears with homemade ganache. She gives it to them as a way of saying thanks. They love it. Kanagi says she has a lot of people to give chocolate to and leaves. At the maid café, Kanagi gives her manager and the head maid some ganache. She says she understands now that appreciation is best shown in a tangible form. The head maid gives her a large pile of chocolates and letters from her fans. Kanagi reads one. It is filled with encouraging words. She tells her manager she wants to show her appreciation by giving her customers the best service she can. Her manager says she is growing up. Kaede Kaede overhears her classmates talking about Valentine's Day. She hopes the chocolates she gives Rena and Momoko will be the best they get all day. Rena and Momoko are bickering about a Witch that escaped. Kaede asks what kind of chocolate they would like. Rena says any chocolate made by Kaede would be good. Kaede is happy and vows to make them the best chocolate ever. Kaede goes shopping with Konomi. She cannot decide on ingredients. She overhears a girl say handmade chocolate will never be as good as store-bought. This makes Kaede worry. She wonders if all handmade things are the same. Konomi notices she looks sad. Kaede says she is worried her chocolate will not be good enough. Konomi takes her to the flower shop. She makes Kaede a bouquet. Kaede loves it because she knows Konomi was thinking of her. Konomi says Kaede's handmade chocolate is the same. The important thing is the love and care she puts into it. Her friends will understand her feelings. Kaede remembers giving Rena and Momoko handmade rings. They loved them. She realizes Konomi is right. She thanks her. Momoko texts her. She tried to make chocolate too but messed up. She is looking forward to Kaede's chocolate instead. Rena volunteered to taste test for her. Kaede smiles and realizes she had nothing to worry about. She plans to make ganache for Rena and crunchy chocolate for Momoko. Kaede and Momoko wait for Rena in the shopping district. They sense a Witch. They enter the barrier and fight it. It is the same Witch Rena and Momoko chased before. Kaede worries about the chocolate in her pocket and gets distracted. The Witch attacks her. Rena jumps in and blocks it. They work together and defeat the Witch. Rena says she was not there to help, she just happened to be there. Momoko shakes her head. Kaede apologizes for being a nuisance. She hands them the chocolates she made. They are beautifully wrapped. Momoko realizes this is why Kaede was distracted. Momoko opens hers and finds crunchy chocolate. Kaede remembered it was her favorite. Rena opens hers. The ganache is crushed from the battle. Rena says it looks horrible but tastes good. They eat it and say it is delightful. Momoko suggests they go have fun together. Kaede thanks them for always being there for her. Felicia Yachiyo finds Felicia and Iroha talking. Felicia is asking Iroha how to make handmade chocolate. Yachiyo asks why. Felicia says it is for Valentine's Day. Yachiyo is surprised, and Felicia gets defensive. She storms off. Yachiyo asks Iroha what that was about. Iroha does not know. Felicia would not say who the chocolate was for. Yachiyo panics and concludes Felicia must have a boy she likes. She decides to investigate. Iroha reluctantly agrees to help. The next morning, Yachiyo and Iroha follow Felicia. She meets her friends Kako and Ayame at the park. They overhear Ayame say Felicia is making chocolate to give away. Yachiyo decides to continue the investigation. Back at home, Iroha teaches Felicia how to make chocolate. Yachiyo watches intently. Felicia adds chocolate banana to the mix. Yachiyo asks about the chocolate. Felicia looks embarrassed. She says they cannot have any because she has to give it to someone else first. Yachiyo looks shocked. She asks who it is for. Felicia gets upset and says it is a secret. She storms out with the chocolate. Yachiyo and Iroha chase her. They follow Felicia back to the park. She is looking for someone. Iroha thinks maybe it is not for a boy. Felicia spots someone and apologizes for not calling first. It is a boy. Yachiyo and Iroha are shocked. Felicia gives him the chocolate. He eats it and says it is good enough for a first try. Felicia is relieved. Yachiyo approaches and pretends it is a coincidence. The boy asks if they know Felicia. Yachiyo asks Felicia to introduce them. Felicia sighs and says she will explain everything. She asks them to call Tsuruno and Sana. Everyone gathers. Felicia looks embarrassed. She steels herself and hands each of them a beautifully wrapped chocolate. She made them handmade chocolates for Valentine's Day. Everyone thanks her. Iroha asks about the boy at the park. Felicia turns red. She explains it was her first time making chocolate. She wanted to make sure it was right. Kako introduced her to a boy who works at a cake shop. He shared ingredients with her. She gave him some chocolate as a thank you. She wanted to give the rest to them. Iroha and Yachiyo realize they misunderstood. Tsuruno and Sana think it is amazing. Felicia says Iroha told her Valentine's Day is for conveying feelings to important people. She was too shy to say it directly. Everyone thanks her again. They eat the chocolate and say it is delicious. Yachiyo declares they are having sukiyaki for dinner. Everyone cheers. Felicia says Valentine's Day is the best. Epilogue The shopkeeper asks Iroha and Yachiyo whose possibilities they want. Iroha thanks her for showing them everyone's Valentine's Day. The woman asks which chocolate she will buy. Iroha shakes her head. She cannot buy any because Valentine's Day belongs to everyone, not them. Yachiyo agrees. A rumor says the Chocolate Shoppe No. Zero sells stolen possibilities. Anyone whose possibilities are sold will have a bad Valentine's Day forever. The woman glares at them. She says they have to buy the chocolate because it is being sold. Iroha says the woman took those possibilities without permission. They will take them back. They transform. Iroha snatches the chocolate. They run out of the shop. It disappears behind them. They are standing in an alley. They are glad they escaped. They head home to prepare for their own Valentine's Day. Iroha hopes everyone has a happy one. Back at Mikazuki Villa, Tsuruno tells Iroha she wants to do Spicentine's Day again. Iroha tells her it is probably better if she does not. She is not sure about that possibility coming true. Valentine Login Special Little Kyubey watches as Iroha brings out chocolates. Felicia loves them. Tsuruno brings out red chocolates. Yachiyo asks if they are made with red peppers. Tsuruno admits she added some. Sana bravely tries one but it is too spicy. Yachiyo gives her regular chocolate to help. Felicia cheers for the chocolate party. Little Kyubey tears up. Iroha gives it a piece of chocolate. Tsuruno and Yachiyo also offer it chocolate. Iroha thanks it for always being there. She hopes it can continue to be there. They all wish everyone a happy Valentine's Day. Dreaming Cherry Blossom
The group goes to the mall and tries the famous croquettes. They are amazed by the taste. Iroha and Sakurako are happy to watch them enjoy themselves. Next, they take a rickshaw to Mizuna Shrine. They bump into the Amane twins there. The twins are startled and quickly leave. Ui wonders if they are bothered by what happened before. The group decides to buy prayer plaques but hesitate at the cost. A shrine attendant offers a cheaper solution. They write their wishes on the back of their fortunes instead. Touka wants to go to a lookout point to see the stars. Ui pouts because she wants to save the best things for last. Sakurako agrees with Ui, saying they must face reality as well as hope for the future. Touka looks down sadly. They go to Central Ward instead, but the area is still destroyed from their past battle. Iroha, Nemu, and Touka remember what they did. Sakurako says seeing this is good for them. Ui admits she really wanted to use the Stardust Time Viewer. She wanted to see the future to give them hope. Nemu says she can summon the Uwasa for a short time. Nemu summons the Stardust Time Viewer. They are transported to a star-filled space. The viewer shows them Iroha's future. In it, the Doppel system is spread across the world. All the magical girls are happy and working with Kyubey. Iroha is determined to achieve that future. They try to see Ui's future next, but the viewer has nothing to show. Ui reveals she knew this would happen. She accuses Touka and Nemu of planning to die. She says they wanted to visit all the best places first because they are in a rush to die. Iroha asks them if this is true. They return to the ruined city. Touka and Nemu admit they blame themselves for everything. They point to the destruction and the people they hurt. They believe they should die to atone for their crimes. Iroha says they are being too extreme. Sakurako says their minds are made up no matter what the trial decides. Touka says her goals haven't changed, so she could be dangerous again. Nemu believes the Eternal Sakura will kill them tonight after the next trial. In a flashback, Yachiyo tells the others about the trial for the Magius leaders. Iroha worries that only people who want to punish them will show up. Sakurako appears with Ui, Touka, and Nemu. Nemu proposes holding a trial with the Eternal Sakura as the impartial judge. Yachiyo suggests having multiple trials with surveys to get everyone's opinion. This is how the trials were planned. Back in the present, Sakurako finishes her explanation. Ui is so angry she slaps Touka and Nemu. She yells at them for wanting to die. Nemu says they did it all for Ui, so she would be safe from people's hatred. Iroha reminds them they still have the surveys. The second trial begins. No surveys have arrived yet. Sakurako lists their crimes, and both girls accept them. Yachiyo and the others leave to find the surveys themselves. Iroha and Ui stay behind to stall. Mifuyu asks Touka and Nemu if they made sure the surveys wouldn't arrive. They admit they rigged the trial from the start. They wanted to be judged guilty and sentenced to death. They feared people's hatred would be turned on Ui if they lived. Ui is heartbroken and says they only care about abandoning her. Touka yells that they just don't want to cause problems for her anymore. Iroha begs them not to give up hope. She turns to Sakurako, but Sakurako has already transformed. It is too late. Ui says she will fight to protect her friends. Iroha and Ui transform to hold Sakurako back until the surveys arrive. Iroha and Ui struggle to hold Sakurako back. Iroha tells Ui to get Touka and Nemu out of there. Touka and Nemu refuse to run. Ui yells at them, saying they have big dreams and would never want to die. Touka breaks down crying and admits she wants to live. Her Doppel emerges from the despair. Iroha reminds Sakurako she exists to protect them. Sakurako says she now exists to kill them and will die herself if she goes against her Rumor. Iroha gets an idea. She tells the others to send pictures of the surveys. The Amane twins offer to hold Sakurako back. Phones begin to chime as the surveys come in. Iroha begs Sakurako to look at the evidence. Sakurako checks the images and accepts them. She agrees to wait until the end of the day for the actual surveys. Iroha shows Touka and Nemu the survey results. The surveys say they should be punished, but not killed. Many want them to atone in another way. Some are grateful to them. After reading them, both girls cry. Ui cries tears of joy. Based on the surveys, the sentences are reduced. Touka and Nemu's sentences are lessened. Mifuyu and Mitama are reduced to monitoring. The Amane sisters are found not guilty. No one else is blamed. Back at Mikazuki Villa, everyone is together. Touka and Nemu wear bracelets that stop them from transforming. They apologize for everything. Iroha thinks their punishments are enough. Sakurako slaps Touka and Nemu. She tells them never to use her for their own convenience again. She says all the Uwasa watched over them in the hospital and worried about them. They describe Touka as demanding and Nemu as stubborn. Ui helped keep them from becoming warped. Mifuyu says she will take responsibility for Touka. Iroha asks Nemu what she will do. Nemu asks if she can visit on bad days. Tsuruno welcomes them as the new brains of Kamihama. Iroha is glad they are moving on together. In the kitchen, Sakurako hugs Touka, Nemu, Iroha, and Ui. She tells them she loves them. The days she always dreamed of are finally here. Kamihama Twinkle Rarity Star
Felicia tells them about a magical girl who can give them extra stars, but she does not know where to find her. The girls decide to wander around and look for her. Mitama tells them she does not offer raising rarity. The girls are upset. Mitama says she has just never tried it before. She then ties Iroha to a stone table. Felicia and Madoka stand around her with torches and paper masks. All Mitama can do is put a giant star on Iroha's butt. Mitama remembers hearing about a girl in Sankyo who can release doppels with a potion. Iroha thanks her wearily. Emiri stands next to Hinano, who pretends not to know what they are talking about. Felicia hands Hinano a Decagon Jelly as a bribe. Hinano takes it. Hinano shows them the potion and says it is not finished yet. Emiri tells them about the trouble they have had with it. Hinano says they have never tested it on anyone below 5 stars. Felicia drinks the potion anyway. Asuka claims she is the magical girl who raises rarity. Felicia does not understand her. Asuka goes on a rant about ritual suicide. Madoka wonders if they can fix her by hitting her. Nanaka explains that rarity comes from personal growth. The magical girl who can raise their rarity must be themselves. Iroha understands, but Asuka does not. Yachiyo does not have a rumor like that in her file. Sana suggests they find info where magical girls gather. Yachiyo fusses over Felicia's hair. Small Kyubey gives the player a choice between Banbanzai and Walnuts. The game keeps prompting until Walnuts is chosen. Manaka says they have good insight for coming to her restaurants. She tells them about a regular customer who is going to open such a place. Iroha apologizes to Tsuruno in her head. Felicia eats food and declares Walnuts is better. The girls stand outside a church with the Magius symbol. Inside, Holy Alina introduces herself as the girl they have been looking for. Iroha says they heard she could give them extra stars. Alina tells her to pray at the altar. Iroha prays for more stars. Madoka prays for more costumes for Homura. Felicia is just hungry. Alina takes off her holy outfit and says the church is the body of the rumor. In exchange for stars, the girls will be captured and put in a prize box. Alina notices Madoka and Felicia were not sucked in because they wished for other things. Alina is upset she could not capture them all. She decides to use Iroha as a hostage instead. She snaps her fingers. The nuns take off their cloaks and reveal the Amane twins. Madoka and Felicia cannot believe their costumes. Iroha floats in the liquid inside the prize vat. She calls out for her friends. Alina tells her to be quiet. Madoka and Felicia already have the upper hand. They bite and jump onto the twins. Iroha hears a voice telling her she can try to escape by using 25 magia stones. Iroha knows it is a long shot but tries anyway. She fails. Madoka and Felicia try using Connect to defeat the twins. Iroha sees the doppel potion floating in the vat with her. She takes the potion and remembers Hinano's warning. She turns black as a magic symbol appears beneath her. Giant Iroha appears. Alina is worn out from the battle. She realizes she made a mistake by not expecting them to find the rumor early. She escapes and promises revenge, taking the Amanes with her. Homura appears and reveals she was the one who spread the rumor. The girls stand next to giant Iroha. Homura explains she did it to help Madoka protect herself. Homura cannot protect her from things like disease or accidents even with her time stop. She learned about the rumor from an ex black feather friend. Homura realizes she was wrong. If Madoka becomes stronger, she will run into more risk. Homura apologizes. Madoka consoles her and tells her a story about her mother. Madoka thanks Homura for being there and promises to become stronger. Homura cries and thanks her. Madoka smiles and tells everyone to join her in playing MagiReco. She is glad they are all safe. They look up at the giant Iroha, who is very upset. Golden Week Campaign
Tsuruno stops by daily after her deliveries to play with Gorojirou. The cat gets hungry and eats its food quickly. Tsuruno wishes her customers ate like that. She tries to offer it Chinese food, but Sana stops her. Sana warns that human food can hurt the cat. Tsuruno offers to make cat safe Chinese food instead. The cat starts wandering strangely. Sana realizes it needs the litter box. She scoops it up just in time. Yachiyo calls them for lunch and asks if everything is okay. The girls assure her there were no accidents. Felicia is eager to play with Gorojirou but only chases it. Sana explains the cat will keep running. She suggests using a toy to lure it instead. Sana tears a paper bag handle and gives it to Felicia. Felicia waves it around, and Gorojirou pounces on it. They chase each other until Felicia collapses from exhaustion. She takes a nap on the couch. Gorojirou curls up on her chest and naps with her all afternoon. Gorojirou grows bigger and gets used to everyone in the house. It especially loves Iroha, who takes good care of it. Iroha wants to send a picture to her parents. Gorojirou keeps turning away from the camera. Sana suggests taking a video instead. Iroha agrees and starts recording. The cat looks away and runs off. When they review the video, Iroha accidentally switched to the front camera. Most of the video is just Iroha's face. Iroha goes shopping, so Sana stays home with Gorojirou. The cat jumps whenever Sana touches it because it cannot see or hear her. Gorojirou wanders into Iroha's room and starts chewing her favorite pillow. Sana does not know how to get it out without scaring it. Yachiyo appears and offers to lure the cat out. Sana thanks her. Yachiyo explains she does not hate cats. Her grandmother kept them as pets. She actually loves cats but did not want to get too attached. Saying goodbye would be harder that way. She decides it is selfish and wants to make Gorojirou's stay as pleasant as possible. Gorojirou wanders into Felicia's room and chews up her favorite Decagon Ball sticker. Sana worries Felicia will be mad. She does not have time to buy a new one before Felicia comes home. She decides not to hide it and shows Felicia the damage. Felicia gets angry and tells Sana to give the cat back. Sana apologizes and promises to buy a new sticker. She reminds Felicia that Gorojirou is leaving tomorrow anyway. Felicia storms off. Yachiyo and Iroha ask for cat toys so they can play with Gorojirou while they still can. Kaede returns from vacation with souvenir cookies for everyone. She thanks them and gets ready to leave with Gorojirou. Felicia tears up and insists the cat stay for a rematch. Tsuruno is also sad to see it go. Iroha thanks Gorojirou for brightening their lives. She reminds the others they can still visit the cat at Kaede's house. Sana wishes it could stay but understands it is time. She is happy for the memories they made. Sana gives Kaede a homemade cat toy as a going away gift. As they leave, Gorojirou looks right at Sana and meows goodbye. Sana cries happily and says goodbye for now to her new best friend. Leaving the Nest Looking Skyward
Ui wants to help others, not just fight witches. But she has no jewels or gold to give away. She compares herself to her friends Touka and Nemu, who help people in their own ways. Ui feels she has nothing to contribute. She hears a voice and finds Kyubey trying to make a contract with a girl from outside Kamihama. Ui transforms and warns the girl to run away. Kyubey is surprised Ui stopped him. Ui says she did it to prevent the girl from suffering. If a girl contracts outside Kamihama, she will become a witch. Kyubey says this makes things difficult for him. He explains his purpose is to keep the universe going by using the energy of magical girls. Ui thinks using girls' hearts goes too far. Kyubey asks what he should do instead, but Ui has no answer. Ui arrives at Yachiyo's house. Sana asks if she found her book. Felicia thinks Ui is overthinking things and should just fight witches. Sana apologizes for Felicia. Ui thinks Felicia might be right. She has a big test tomorrow. Iroha and Yachiyo serve dinner. Yachiyo made fried pork cutlets for Ui. The next day, Tsuruno gives Ui a big pep talk for her test. Kaede and Rena think Tsuruno is too excited. Momoko says they will watch from the sidelines and cheer. Sana apologizes for calling them, but Momoko is glad to help. Touka, Nemu, and Mifuyu cannot come because they are studying. Yachiyo begins the test. To stay in Kamihama, Ui must pass a test judged by Yachiyo. If she fails, she must leave. Ui has to find and defeat a witch all by herself. The witch has been making young women go missing. Ui is ready to try her best. Iroha worries Ui cannot defeat a witch alone. Felicia says a magical girl should be strong enough. Kaede wonders if Ui is as clumsy as her. Sana asks if Iroha did the test alone. Iroha had Momoko with her. Yachiyo thinks she may have been unfair. She lets Ui pick a partner to go with her. Iroha is busy helping Kanagi, so Ui picks Momoko. Momoko agrees to go with her. Iroha wishes her good luck, and Tsuruno cheers loudly as they leave. Ui tries to sense the witch but only feels Momoko's magic. Momoko cannot find anything either. She asks Ui what to do next. Ui remembers what Iroha and Yachiyo taught her. It is hard to track a witch you have never met. Yachiyo said to look in crowded places and find patterns in the attacks. The witch targets young women, so Ui suggests going where many girls gather. She decides to check Mizuna Ward first. Momoko agrees. At home, Yachiyo and the others get ready to head out. They notice Felicia is already gone. Rena wonders why it got quiet without Tsuruno and Felicia making noise. Tsuruno takes offense. Yachiyo thinks Felicia is jealous because they have been focused on Ui lately. Rena agrees. In Mizuna Ward, Ui feels a magical pattern. Momoko senses it too, but it is not strong enough. It might be a familiar. They decide to track it. The signature gets weaker. Momoko tells Ui to focus on where the magic is really coming from. Ui closes her eyes and senses again. The familiar has gone away from the tourist area. They retrace their steps. Ui pinpoints the signature to a convenience store. A woman comes out and stares at them. Momoko thinks something is wrong. Ui remembers what Sana and Tsuruno taught her about witch kisses. Witches and familiars control people through a mark on their neck. If you see someone with a witch kiss, the witch or familiar is close by. The woman attacks Ui with a knife. They lure her into an alley. Ui senses the magic strongly and finds a labyrinth. They enter and fight a familiar. After defeating the familiar, Momoko asks what to do next. Ui says they should wake the woman up. It would be too dangerous to leave her alone. Momoko agrees. They make up a story to tell her and wake her up. The woman is fine and does not remember anything. They hunt for the witch again. Ui memorized its magical pattern from the fight. Felicia suddenly runs into them. Felicia says she is glad Ui is doing well. Momoko says Ui will pass. Felicia gets upset and attacks them instead. She runs away. Tsuruno catches up and tackles Felicia. Momoko and Ui try to go back to witch hunting. They realize they forgot the witch's magical pattern because of Felicia's magic. They cannot find the witch anymore. Momoko calls Yachiyo to pause the test. Yachiyo says the test must continue. Unexpected things happen in real life. Ui tries to be brave but feels discouraged. Momoko suggests they take a break. Tsuruno brings Felicia to Yachiyo. Yachiyo asks why Felicia did that. Felicia does not see the problem. Yachiyo asks if Felicia has a problem with Ui. Felicia finally opens up. She says it is not fair that she had to work hard alone while Ui gets to live with them and eat good food. Ui gets to do everything with everyone. Sana understands but knows it cannot be changed. Yachiyo explains it is not right to make others unhappy because of your own pain. Felicia should help others instead. Felicia understands but still gets angry looking at Ui. Tsuruno says that is jealousy. Felicia denies it. Yachiyo tells them to calm down. Rena and Kaede discuss the situation on their way. Kaede sympathizes with Felicia. She gets upset when her friends get along with someone else too. Rena tells her to shut up. Nearby, Momoko and Ui take a break eating crepes. Ui cheers up and tells herself to get stronger next time. Momoko agrees. Rena and Kaede watch them in disbelief. Ui and Momoko continue searching as the sun sets. They cannot remember where to go next. Ui recalls the witch targets young girls. They decide to head to Sakae Ward. Momoko gets a call from Yachiyo. Yachiyo says the witch may be moving soon. She will meet them and leave part of a familiar so they can relearn the magical pattern. She offers to treat Momoko to lunch. Momoko prefers Walnut's. Tsuruno calls Rena and says Felicia went missing again. Rena says they are heading to Sakae Ward. Kaede will watch Ui while Rena looks for Felicia. Ui and Momoko wait at the meeting point. They cannot sense anything. Momoko calls Yachiyo. Yachiyo says she left the familiar there, but it is gone. She will not give Ui any more breaks. Ui suggests they check Hokuyo Ward. It is in the opposite direction, but she has a hunch. Momoko agrees to follow her lead. The sky gets dark. Yachiyo decides not to wait anymore. The witch is on the move. Momoko does not have much hope for Hokuyo Ward. But Ui feels a magical reaction from a witch. Momoko is surprised. They cannot confirm it is the same witch because of Felicia's interference. Momoko thinks it must be a different witch. Ui points out a man with a witch kiss on his neck. He invites them to climb the mountain. They politely decline. Ui notices several people with witch kisses heading up the mountain. A witch must be up there. They follow the people up the mountain. The man from earlier is glad to see them. Another person says there is someone on the mountain who will purify everyone. Rena and Kaede bring Felicia back to Yachiyo's house. Tsuruno and Sana thank them. Sana asks how Ui is doing. Yachiyo had to take out the witch herself, so Ui failed the test. But Yachiyo will let her retake it. Rena asks where Momoko is. Tsuruno cannot reach her. Sana thinks something is strange. They could not find the hint Yachiyo left either. Yachiyo wonders if another witch is involved. She notices Felicia smiling to herself. Yachiyo asks if Felicia had something to do with it. Rena says Felicia was with her. Felicia agrees she has an alibi. They will never find out what she did. Rena tells her to shut up. Yachiyo glares at them. Momoko and Ui reach the place where Fendt Hope used to be. Momoko realizes she knows exactly which witch it is. Rena explains to everyone what happened with Felicia. She tells Felicia she understands being jealous. Before Ui came, Felicia was the youngest. Everyone took care of her. Now Ui gets all the attention. Felicia admits that is how she feels. Rena says Ui knows less about the world. Felicia should be a big sister to her instead. Felicia does not want to. Everyone gets mad at her but shows kindness to Ui. Rena agrees it is not fair. That is why she helped Felicia. She regrets her actions. Kaede asks if Ui is not way younger than Rena. Rena gets irritated and says that is why she is apologizing. Tsuruno says they should apologize to Ui. Yachiyo thinks the test results should stay as they are. Momoko calls Yachiyo on her phone. Ui catches her breath after defeating all the familiars. The witch kissed people are knocked unconscious. Ui wants to fight the witch now. Momoko thinks it is too reckless. She called for backup. They should wait. Ui does not want to wait. The witch may move on and hurt more people. Momoko says not to worry about the test. Ui is not worried about the test. She is worried about innocent people getting hurt. She will not sit back and let that happen. Momoko gives in. She says Ui must be as stubborn as her sister. They can try to take on the witch. But they must back out if it gets too dangerous. They enter the barrier and fight more familiars. The battles are difficult. They are almost out of magic. Momoko suggests they leave. The witch pulls them deeper into the labyrinth before they can escape. They have no choice but to fight. Momoko and Ui fight the witch. Ui blocks some attacks with help from the Oscars. Their attacks do not hurt the witch. The witch focuses on Ui. Momoko goes to defend her. Yachiyo and the others track Momoko up the mountain. They see more witch kissed people heading up. They find the barrier and transform. They sense Momoko and Ui struggling inside. They enter the barrier and find them exhausted. Momoko is glad to see them. Ui tries to apologize. Tsuruno says they are proud of her. Felicia feels bad. She knows this is her fault. She resolves to kill the witch. All the magical girls fight the witch. Familiars overwhelm them. The witch aims at Ui. Sana blocks it with her shield. Kaede suggests ignoring the familiars and focusing on the witch. The witch is surrounded by a wall of familiars. Tsuruno cuts a path through them. Felicia strikes the witch with her hammer. Sana, Felicia, and Tsuruno block a path for Yachiyo. Yachiyo does not have enough magic to finish it. She warns Ui to get out. The witch targets Ui again. Iroha arrives at the last minute to defend her. Everyone is glad to see her. Yachiyo's magic is weakening. Ui has a plan that can only work in Kamihama. She tells everyone her idea. Ui will use her ability to harvest impurities. This will restore everyone's magic. Without Touka to convert it, Ui will become a witch. But the Doppel system will make it temporary. Everyone can use their full power to blast the witch away. Ui absorbs the impurities and purifies everyone's soul gems. They coordinate and take down the witch. Ui struggles to hold in the impurities. She remembers being trapped in the half-witch's body. She unleashes her doppel. Ui feels herself sinking into her soul. She meets her doppel self. The doppel says they are bound together. The frozen water around them is Ui's true feelings. The doppel does not regret anything. She asks who was standing on the mountain and who lives calmly in the city they destroyed. Ui says it was her. The doppel tells Ui to admit she wanted to be punished like Touka and Nemu. The doppel says Ui feels like a burden. She was in the hospital so long she does not know anything. Even as a magical girl she is a burden. Ui says she will work harder. The doppel asks why she should bother. She is evil by nature. Ui denies it. The doppel asks if Ui was not jealous of everyone when she was stuck in the hospital. Ui admits she was a little. The doppel suggests Ui let herself be devoured. Then the doppel can live in her place and destroy everything. Ui almost agrees. But she refuses because it is the easy way out. Ui remembers a conversation with Iroha. Iroha said Ui tried to run from her fate and got normal people involved. They need a new way to escape. Honestly facing the situation is taking responsibility. Ui feels that punishment is more severe than letting the doppel swallow her. It is something she can never stop working toward. But if she makes up for it, she will be happier for the difficulty. She compares it to overcoming her illness. The harder path leads to real happiness. The doppel is part of her. It should feel the same way. Ui accepts her wrongs and her true feelings. She has the means to give to others now, just like the prince. The doppel admits she is right. Iroha wakes Ui up at Mitama's place. Ui was unconscious for a long time. Momoko is glad she is okay. She takes responsibility for what happened. Thanks to Ui's ability, they defeated the witch. Iroha warns Ui not to use that power again unless it is very dangerous. She will turn into a witch outside Kamihama. Using her doppel too often could affect her soul. Mitama wonders if Ui is okay after unleashing her doppel. Ui is fine and can move easily. Tsuruno says Ui must be used to impurities from being trapped in Eve. Ui wonders if that is special. Felicia says you normally feel very bad. Felicia apologizes to Ui. She thinks Ui is really cool. Rena also apologizes for helping Felicia. Momoko glares at Rena. Ui accepts their apologies. She understands things go wrong in the real world. She tells them she respects them. Rena and Felicia are thrown off. Ui compliments Rena on her style, strength, and looks. She compliments Felicia on her power and game skills. She asks Felicia to teach her things. They feel bad for how they treated Ui. They wonder if she is an angel. They feel like trash. At Yachiyo's home, everyone celebrates Ui passing her test. She did not defeat the assigned witch. But she tracked a witch, kept calm, and used her brains. She came up with a plan. She did better than expected. Ui is not sure that is enough. Kaede says she did even better than her. Rena agrees and says Kaede cries and runs away. Kaede shuts her up. Iroha recalls almost failing her own test. Yachiyo admits Ui did far better than Iroha. Tsuruno cuts the cake. Felicia wants a big piece. Ui tells Iroha she knows what she wants to do now. Iroha says she does too. She will work with the other magical girls to find a way to free them all. One day, Ui and Iroha meet Kyubey outside Kamihama. They stop him from contracting another girl. Kyubey asks if they will keep stopping him. Ui says for now she will not let him make contracts. Kyubey asks if that means someday they will stop, and what their goal is. Iroha and Ui plan to keep fighting and find a way to coexist with Kyubey. If they stop him completely, the universe will end. If they can expand the miracle in Kamihama across the globe, they can live happily while Kyubey gets the energy he needs. Kyubey welcomes the idea if it means less fighting. But his species has not decided on Kamihama yet. He cannot stop searching for magical girls. He understands where they are coming from. That will have to do for now. As they leave, Kyubey warns them not all magical girls in the world share their beliefs. They thank him and leave. Ui wonders how much happiness she will be able to give to the world. Scattered Flowers Melancholy
They find themselves in another part of town. Konoha congratulates Ayame for her quick thinking. Shizuku finds them and has questions. The sisters group up, ready to defend themselves. They had wandered from place to place hunting Witches after they made their contracts. When they first settled in Kamihama, they were accused of attacking other Magical Girls. Things settled down and they lived peacefully for a while. Now they are being accused again. This time all three are blamed for the attacks. The trio had continued their own investigation with help from Yachiyo. Konoha and Yachiyo met regularly at a shrine to share information. When they met again, neither had new information. Konoha began to understand what Hazuki meant. The clues became scarcer the deeper they went. The incidents still happened, but they lost the trail. Konoha still believes the culprit is not a Witch. Everything seems too deliberate. Yachiyo asks if Hazuki can assist. Hazuki is being cautious because she was accused the first time. Ayame is willing to help, but Konoha is keeping her out of it for now. Until the culprit is caught, none of them will feel safe. Yachiyo agrees this threat concerns all Magical Girls. She promises to keep Konoha updated. They part ways. When Magical Girls were attacked again, Konoha met Yachiyo late at night at the shrine. Yachiyo has a troubled look. The attacks are the same as last time. Magical Girls are attacked and then pass out. This time the victims include Emiri, Kokoro, and Ayaka. Three people were attacked on the same day. None of them have regained consciousness. The attacks and rumors are the same as before, but with one difference. All three victims met the same person just before the attacks. Yachiyo asks Konoha to stay calm. All witnesses agree the three victims met with Hazuki before the incidents. Yachiyo does not have all the details, but she can confirm they did meet. Hazuki is once more the main suspect. Konoha cannot believe what she is hearing. The rumors from before have been rekindled. Konoha explains that one of the first victims was their own sister Ayame. Yachiyo says not everyone understands their relationship. They are only working off what little they know. Yachiyo told the girl she heard it from that it was not true. She asked her to tell others the same thing. Kanoko believed her and promised to spread the truth. Konoha asks Yachiyo if she believes they are innocent. After working with Konoha, Yachiyo can tell they are not responsible. Konoha has such strong faith in Hazuki. Considering how strongly evidence points to them, Yachiolo believes that is the intention of the true culprit. Someone is pulling the strings to place the blame on them. Konoha knows they have to get to the bottom of this. With so many recent incidents, this may be their chance. Yachiyo warns her this could be dangerous. Konoha is determined to press forward. She will ask Hazuki what she knows. They will lay low for a while. Yachiyo will spread the word that they are innocent. If they stay hidden, this could push the culprit to make a move. Konoha promises to keep in touch and hurries home. Nanaka, Akira, Meiyui, and Kako formed an alliance. They hunt a certain Witch they call Locust. Since forming their alliance, they have fought many Witches. They have worked with other Magical Girls and sometimes against them. They have yet to encounter Locust. When Konoha and the others were pulled into the incident, Nanaka felt a whisper from her power. She felt it telling her to discern her true enemies. When Nanaka heard about the attacks, she called her group together for a meeting. She informs them about what is happening. Meiyui and Akira have heard of them. Kako speaks up hesitantly. She thinks Konoha's group is innocent because she trusts Ayame. Akira's friend Emiri was one of the victims. Akira is determined to get to the bottom of this. She does not suspect Ayame and her sisters are behind it. Meiyui warns Akira not to let her feelings cloud her judgment. Akira has a strong hunch it is not them. Meiyui thinks they should talk to the sisters first. She wonders if they should even get involved. Akira and Kako believe they should. Meiyui points out they are letting their emotions get in the way. She asks Nanaka what she thinks. Nanaka believes they should get involved. She does not necessarily believe the sisters are innocent. Her own magic ability is telling her Locust is involved somehow. The group is astonished. They ask if she is sure. Nanaka admits she felt it slightly the first time. She was not sure then. Now it is happening again. Her power is urging her more strongly. She knows Locust is involved. The group is happy to hear they are one step closer. Kako is glad this is the doing of a Witch rather than her friends. Konoha arrives at her home. Ayame greets her. Konoha asks where Hazuki is. Ayame says Hazuki called to say she was buying things for dinner. Konoha realizes Hazuki may not know about the situation yet. Ayame notices the worried look on Konoha's face. Konoha explains everything that has been happening. After hearing the story, Ayame is furious. Anyone would think Hazuki was behind the attacks. She herself was a victim the first time. Hearing Ayame curse, Konoha chuckles lightly. She is glad Ayame is taking it better than she hoped. Ayame gets quiet. She says she could see how people would think it was Hazuki. Before she can elaborate, the front door slams open and shut. Hazuki rushes in still wearing her Magical Girl outfit. She nullifies the transformation and says there was trouble along the way. Nanaka talked for some time about what she thought of the incidents. The group then headed to the Coordinator. They wanted to ask something of Mitama after she heard them out. Mitama was glad to listen. She asked why everyone seemed so gloomy. Meiyui says the information takes time to digest. Nanaka offers to pay her usual fee. Mitama brightens up and becomes more willing to listen. Nanaka explains they have been chasing a particular Witch. She recently felt the shadow of that Witch behind these incidents. Mitama is glad they are on the case. She cannot adjust any of the victims while they are unconscious. Their lives do not seem to be in danger. Nanaka assures her they will find the Witch. She does not believe these incidents are the work of a Witch. She thinks it is a Magical Girl. The method is too roundabout for a Witch's Kiss. Nanaka describes it as distorted. She insists she knows because of her powers. Akira questions her impression. Kako points out Nanaka also told them a Witch's Curse was behind the disruptive incidents. Mitama realizes what Nanaka is getting at. It could be a Magical Girl that can control Witches. Nanaka smiles and nods. Akira sums it up for everyone. Kako cannot believe a Magical Girl would use Witches to hurt others. Meiyui calls her a traitor. Mitama asks if it is Konoha's group. Nanaka's power did not trigger around them. Their magic is not the kind that could control Witches. Nanaka is about to ask her next question. Mitama immediately states she knows of no Magical Girls like that. Meiyui narrows her eyes. She points out how quickly Mitama responded. Mitama feels Meiyui's eyes burning a hole through her. She assures them she has never met anyone like that. Nanaka asks if she knows anyone with the ability to control the public. Mitama asks for a moment. She goes through all the girls she has ever met. After a few moments, she gets worked up because everyone is staring at her. Akira loses her train of thought. Mitama exclaims loudly. She has thought of someone it could be. Before she divulges any information, she smiles broadly at Nanaka. She prepares to discuss her payment beforehand. Leila, Seika, and Mito had just gotten used to life as Magical Girls. They began to hear rumors about Magical Girls being attacked. They heard the victims would not wake up. They heard the perpetrator was Hazuki. Seika was upset when she heard the rumors. She became agitated at the thought of Leila or Mito being hurt. The trio did not believe it was the Azalea sisters. They had always gotten along with them. Seika was at a loss on what to do. Leila tells the others they should find the real criminal themselves. Leila does not believe the Azalea sisters are behind it either. It does not change the fact that Magical Girls are being targeted. They could be next. Mito thinks she is right about that. The three of them agree to do their own investigation. Konoha could tell something happened when Hazuki came home. She was transformed into a Magical Girl. The expression on her face was enough to confirm it. Ayame asks if she was attacked by a Witch. Hazuki says it was actually another Magical Girl. Hazuki notices the look on Konoha's face. She asks Konoha to explain what is going on. Konoha informs her there have been attacks on Magical Girls. Hazuki is the main suspect. She was the last person to speak to all of the victims. Hazuki says that explains what Asuka and Sasara were going on about. Hazuki had been on her way to the grocery store. Asuka had accosted her. Sasara tried to keep Asuka calm. Asuka accused Hazuki of being an evildoer. Hazuki recognized them as friends of Emiri's. She smiled at them. Asuka demanded to know what she did to Emiri. Hazuki had no idea what they were talking about. Asuka pushed the issue. Hazuki got freaked out and transformed. She ran away with Asuka calling after her. After finishing the story, Hazuki asks what happened to Emiri. Konoha responds that she has not woken up. More importantly, they need to find somewhere to hide. Hazuki gets defensive. She insists she did nothing wrong. Konoha understands she is innocent. They need to lay low for now. If Hazuki was easily tracked down, everyone will find where they live. Hazuki relents. The three of them prepare to head out. Mitama recalled hearing about a Magical Girl with the ability of suggestion. Mitama had never met her personally. She directed Nanaka to the girl who had met this Magical Girl. That girl was Kanagi. Nanaka went to Kanagi's maid café to talk to her. After a pause, Kanagi admits she does know the girl. She asks that they talk once her shift is over. Her coworker is having a graduation party. It would give her time to recall the details. Kanagi meets with Nanaka late at night in a nearby park. Kanagi recalls that the girl's name was Mikoto Sena. Kanagi had never seen her in action. She heard that Mikoto could make anyone do as she suggested. Nanaka asks where she can find Mikoto. Kanagi informs her that Mikoto and her entire family had disappeared. Kanagi can see why Nanaka would be suspicious. Mikoto would fit the profile. Kanagi personally believes Mikoto would never do such a thing. Every time Kanagi remembers her, she gets a strong feeling of unease. It feels like something is buried in her mind. Something is trying to tell her she has forgotten something. Kanagi asks Nanaka to allow her to investigate Mikoto herself. It would let Kanagi figure out what happened. She would pass on all her information to Nanaka. Nanaka agrees and asks where Mikoto had lived. Kanagi says she lived at the Daito Apartment Complex. Before they begin, Leila wants to talk to Seika and Mito. They ask if it is about the incidents. Leila says it could be. She tells them her mom said there was a strange person at the complex. It was a girl who would ask residents about the apartment. Leila suspects this girl could be the culprit. She showed up at the same time the rumors began. The girl was also asking about Building 12. That referred to incidents the trio had encountered before. Seika wonders if she is referring to that disappearance. Leila is not sure if the two are connected. Mito believes they must be. Leila tends to spot these kinds of connections. The three decide to start their investigation. They will figure out who this girl could be. Leila meets up with Seika at the center of their apartment complex. Leila had spoken to the uncle of a friend. He told her the girl was currently talking to the owner of a café. Seika is glad they are making progress. If they keep on the lookout, they will spot the girl soon. They wait for Mito to meet up with them. Leila said the uncle mentioned the girl spoke very formally. She had an almost military-like candor. Mito catches up with them. Leila brings her up to speed. Mito thinks they should head straight into the café. They should go right up to the mystery girl. Leila and Seika think it is better to wait for her to come out. While they discuss their strategy, the girl exits the café. The three of them gape. They realize the girl was actually Kanagi. On the way to their hideout, the Azalea sisters were accosted by various Magical Girls. They figured out that all three of them are suspected now. They have been hiding in an abandoned house for several days. They play games to pass the time. Ayame loses the fifteenth round in a row. She uses the same word as before. She asks how this could be happening. Hazuki says she has no idea how they ended up here. Everyone looks sad for a moment. Konoha reminds her they have to stay out of sight. Once the culprit gets impatient and makes a move, Konoha will work with Yachiyo to bring her down. Ayame asks Konoha if she is sure she can trust Yachiyo. Konoha reminds her she almost made a mistake. She refused to trust anyone besides her adopted sisters. Yachiyo says she trusts Konoha. She has not done anything to break that trust. Konoha wants to do right by her by trusting her in return. Ayame says she has someone she wants to trust as well. That person is Kako. Kako had figured out they were being chased. She texted Ayame to make sure she was okay. Ayame wholeheartedly believes she can be trusted. They should ask her for help. Hazuki believes Kako can be trusted because Ayame believes in her so much. She still thinks the best course is to stick with their original plan. They should wait for Yachiyo's signal. A quick flash of light appears. Konoha suddenly decides it may be okay to contact Kako for now. Another quick flash of light appears. Hazuki also believes it should be okay. So long as they are quick and quiet about it. Ayame smiles, happy she will be able to talk to her friend soon. The trio are overjoyed to see Kanagi. The shy Seika still has trouble speaking up around Kanagi's assertive personality. Shortly after their second visit to the café, the girls were caught in a tough fight with a Witch. Kanagi saved them. That is how they discovered she was a Magical Girl too. They explained what had been going on to Kanagi. Kanagi explains she had been investigating a Magical Girl named Mikoto. Mikoto once lived at that complex. Leila asks what she was like. Kanagi admits she has never met her even once. Her memory is hazy. She cannot recall any details. When Mitama remembered there was a girl with suggestion magic, it triggered Kanagi's memory. Kanagi remembered that a girl like that lived at this complex. It seems she has disappeared since then. Leila asks if she is referring to the disappearance in Building 12. She then looks down. Kanagi knows what Leila is thinking. She knows the family that disappeared was not named Sena. She had combed through news articles. It was not until recently that Kanagi remembered she had disappeared. She had to see if the two were connected for herself. Seika speaks up long enough to mention a video. Leila remembers. She tells Kanagi that the child of the family who disappeared had taken a video. The neighborhood council's website still has videos from when the apartments held a festival. Leila pulls up the website on her phone. She shows the video to Kanagi. After watching intently for a minute, Kanagi realizes the girl she is looking for is not there. Kanagi cannot shake the feeling that there is something she should remember. She tries hard to remember and is suddenly hit by a flash. Kanagi suddenly remembers a young girl named Mikoto. In the memory, Mikoto stands on the apartment complex roof. She talks about how much she loves the view. Kanagi replies that she does too. The flash of memory suddenly ends. The trio circles around Kanagi, worried about her. She is sweating profusely. Seika offers her handkerchief. Kanagi opens her eyes. She remembered that Mikoto had introduced her to another Magical Girl once. Early the next morning, Ayame left their hideout. She met in secret with Kako at the public park. Kako is overjoyed to see her friend. She asks worriedly if Ayame is okay. Ayame tells her not to worry. She assures her she is fine for now. She has no idea why this is happening to them. Kako promises to do whatever she can to help. She asks Ayame not to hesitate to tell her if she needs help. Ayame promises to do just that. Kako knows what has been going on. She knows Hazuki has been accused. Ayame says she heard the same thing from Hazuki. Hazuki had denied any wrongdoing. It turns out Hazuki was still investigating on her own. That is why she had been speaking to all those people. She spoke to the ones who ended up becoming victims. Even so, Ayame is adamant that Hazuki never attacked anyone. Kako asks who the culprit could be. There was a flash of light. Suddenly Ayame looks downcast. She admits it could have been Hazuki after all. Kako is surprised. She asks Ayame if she did not just say it could not have been her. Ayame says she is serious. When the light flashed earlier, Ayame had heard Kako saying it could have been Hazuki. Ayame asks why she thinks it could be Hazuki. The light flashes once more. Kako is surprised to think she could have said that. Kako tries to deny saying anything like that. Ayame insists that she knows what Kako said. Ayame is now upset. She thinks her friend Kako is also accusing Hazuki. Nanaka appears out of nowhere and tells Ayame to calm down. Ayame asks what Nanaka was doing. Nanaka admits she was listening to them talk. Ayame becomes upset that she was set up. She runs off crying. Kako tries to call out to her friend but cannot. Akira reports back to Nanaka. She says she could not find the Azalea sisters anywhere. Others were looking for them as well. Kako says she texted Ayame. She has not responded yet. Meiyui asks what they should do next. Nanaka thinks they should stick to their original plan. Find Konoha's team so they can track the enemy's movements. Just then, Kako gets a reply from Ayame. Kako relays the message. Ayame has been given permission to meet up with Kako. She is asking if they can meet at the park. Kako asks if the team is willing to let her meet Ayame by herself. Ayame will probably be on guard with so many others around. Nanaka agrees to let Kako go by herself. They will watch from a distance in case something happens. With everything going on, they cannot afford to be careless. Everyone agreed. The next day they watched as Kako met up with Ayame. Nanaka walked up to them after they began to argue. They argued over which one had accused Hazuki. Ayame ran off crying. Nanaka asked Meiyui to follow Ayame back to her hideout. Akira thought the whole thing felt wrong. Kako was upset they did not leave it to her. Nanaka apologizes to Kako. She tells her things would have gotten worse if she had not stepped in. She tells Kako she had fallen under the enemy's spell. She did not even realize it. Akira agrees with Nanaka. Finally the enemy they have been searching for is clear. Kanagi remembers there was another Magical Girl. Leila asks if she saw her in the video. Kanagi is not sure how she remembered. She believes the video may have triggered the memory. Seika struggles to speak up. After a moment of breathing, Seika suggests that suggestion magic may have been cast on Kanagi. Kanagi gets what she means. She realizes Seika is right. Mikoto must have used her suggestion magic on Kanagi. She used it to seal her memories of her. Mito wonders why she would do such a thing. Kanagi is not sure. She is sure they are on the right path. Kanagi's memories were too unnaturally vague. It could not simply be forgetfulness. Kanagi had assumed she forgot because they only met once. She dismissed the idea that it was due to magic. Leila still thinks the whole thing sounds suspicious. Mito agrees that Leila's hunches are almost always right. Kanagi smiles and says it is sometimes best to trust your gut. Kanagi is not sure what to do next. She has no way to verify if her memory loss is due to magic. Seika has an idea. Seika suggests they use Mito's ability to connect hearts on Kanagi. If they do that, they will be able to share feelings and memories. It could help Kanagi recover her memories. She is not sure if Mito's powers will work that way. They have never tried it before. Mito has not used her abilities much. Kanagi thinks the plan is worth a shot. She asks that they only look through her memories of Mikoto. They should look at nothing else. Mito promises not to invade her privacy. She will only look for whatever is affecting her. Mito then transforms and has everyone hold hands. The girls are transported to the world of Kanagi's memories. They find themselves standing on the same rooftop. Kanagi had seen it in the brief flash of her memories. Mito said this had to be the right place. It was the only part of Kanagi's heart covered in a dark cloud. The girls turn and see a version of Kanagi from her memories. She is talking to a girl named Mikoto. Mikoto thanks Kanagi for her help with a tough Witch. Kanagi was glad to help. She was chasing after its familiar. She had not expected to meet another Magical Girl. Kanagi introduces herself. Mikoto does the same. As she speaks, Mikoto's voice breaks up. They watch the memory play out. Kanagi praises Mikoto's unique magical ability. Mikoto says it is nothing special. There are certain conditions to it. She is able to control Familiars as well as Witches. For now they can only follow basic commands. Mikoto says her and her friend are doing research. They want to learn how to use it most effectively. Mikoto turns to her side. The present-day Kanagi transforms. She is ready for any eventuality. She prepares to face Mikoto's friend. The Kanagi in her memories asks the new girl for her name. The present-day Kanagi demands to know who she is. Suddenly Mito's magic is canceled. All the girls wind up back at the apartment complex. They ask what happened. Kanagi admits she may have triggered a reaction. The magic that was cast on her reacted when she used her own mind-reading ability. Mito is amazed to hear about Kanagi's ability to read minds. She thinks it is similar to her own magic. Seika is just worried that Kanagi may have read her mind at some point. Kanagi informs them her magic only works while she is transformed. It also requires very close range. Seeing how tense Seika is, Kanagi tells her she never reads someone's mind without permission. Kanagi apologizes for not telling them about her ability. She just had to use it at that moment. Mito tells her not to worry. She could read into her heart and knew she was not doing anything malicious. Leila asks Kanagi whose memory she read. Kanagi says she read her own mind from her memories. The only thing she was able to pick up was the name Hanna Sarasa. As Nanaka's team regroups, Akira notices Kako is upset. She asks if she is not mad at them. Kako admits she is mad. She is not mad at them. She is mad at herself. She did not notice she had fallen under an enemy spell. She feels completely hopeless. Akira does not blame her. She herself would have been easily tricked. Her Soul Gem never reacted. She knows it was not a Witch. She did not sense any other Magical Girls either. Akira is a little freaked out. More importantly, someone with that kind of magic needs to be apprehended. More people like Emiri could get hurt. Nanaka appears and asks if Meiyui has returned yet. Akira responds that she is not back yet. She asks how it went with Kanagi. Nanaka smiles and says Kanagi was able to get ahold of valuable information. Getting the information has taken its toll on her. She asked some friends who helped with the investigation to relay the information. Nanaka figures the helpers must be Magical Girls as well. Meiyui returns from her task. She knows where Ayame and the others are hiding. They decide to wait for Kanagi's contacts to meet up with them. Then they will all head over to the Azalea sisters' hideout. The name is familiar to Kanagi. She cannot remember a single concrete detail about that person. The magic that was cast on her has not worn off. Mito asks if she wants to investigate Hanna next. Kanagi has a more direct approach in mind. She wants to break the spell on her. The group heads to Mitama's place. Kanagi explains everything that happened to Mitama. She asks her to please break the spell. Mitama explains she is a coordinator, not a de-speller. She would not even know how to begin. The trio begs Mitama for her assistance. Mitama says that will have to depend on this. She begins to rub her fingers together. Mito thinks she is asking for food. Mitama motions with her fingers again. Seika clarifies that she is asking for money. All four girls offer to pay Mitama for her services. Mitama agrees to split the bill among the four of them. Kanagi promises her payment after her services are rendered. Mitama agrees that is fair. She has never done something like this before. Even so, Mitama promises to break the spell and get that payment. Kanagi pants hard as she sits back up from the table. Both Mitama and Kanagi are at their limits. They cannot move for a while. They were able to successfully get to the core of Kanagi's memories. Kanagi turns to the trio and asks them to relay the information. She is too weak to get up by herself. She offers to give them a call so they know the trio is on the way. She asks them to do whatever they can to help Nanaka find a solution. Leila promises they will hurry. They ask Kanagi to take care of herself. The three of them rush off to find Nanaka. Mitama asks Kanagi why anyone would do something like that to her. Kanagi says the person must have had their reasons. They erased themselves from the memories of others. Kanagi groans out in pain as she tries to move. Mitama insists she take it easy. The suggestion magic took a great toll on their bodies and minds. Now there is no mistaking it. The person with suggestion magic is the one behind the Familiar attacks and fainting incidents. Kanagi knows this is a dangerous individual. She hopes she can recover before the others encounter her. Back at the hideout, Konoha and Hazuki were going crazy with worry. They could not find Ayame. Ayame enters the hideout. Her two sisters scold her for disappearing without telling them anything. Ayame gets a little defensive. She insists she had told them she was going to see Kako. Neither Konoha nor Hazuki remember Ayame saying such a thing. Ayame reminds them that Konoha had thought it a good move. Hazuki had agreed with her. Both of them continue not to know what she is talking about. Ayame accuses them of tricking her also. She begins crying loudly. Konoha does not believe Ayame is lying. A flash of light appears. Suddenly Hazuki is questioning whether Ayame could be lying. The light flashes once more. Now Hazuki is asking what Konoha is talking about. Konoha reminds her she just said it was possible Ayame was lying. Hazuki does not recall saying anything like that. Ayame says she did. Hazuki does not believe either of them. She would not say such a thing. Konoha realizes something or someone is manipulating Hazuki. The only thing that could do it would be magic. Konoha now believes a Magical Girl is using magic to manipulate them. Someone is trying to cause their team to fall apart. Hazuki worries it is not just their conversation. They could control their actions too. She did go to meet with Emiri and the others. Konoha tells her to calm down. Hazuki believes she may have been manipulated. She could have been used to attack the others. Hazuki begins to panic. She realizes whoever is behind this is isolating them. That would help make them look like the real culprits. If they dragged Hazuki into the mix and made her attack the others, then Hazuki really would be the one behind it all. Konoha asks Ayame if she gave her permission to meet Kako as well. Ayame confirms she did. Konoha replies that she may be guilty of the attacks as well. Seeing her sisters get worked up, Ayame tries to lie. She says she was lying about getting permission. She just really wanted to see her friend Kako. Hazuki can tell she is lying that time. She throws her hands into the air in exasperation. She cannot tell what is a lie or the truth anymore. Hazuki starts to freak out over the whole situation. Konoha pulls Hazuki close to her and holds her. She ruffles her hair and tells her it will be okay. She does this for a minute or two. Hazuki calms down. Ayame recognizes the gesture. It is the same thing the director of the orphanage would do. She would do it whenever any of them felt sad or worried. Konoha tells Hazuki to calm down. They need to think things through with a level head. She reminds her the three of them are in this together. Hazuki dries her tears and thanks Konoha. Konoha notices Ayame is crying a little as well. She was reminded of the director. Konoha pulls Ayame close to her to ruffle her hair as well. Just as she is about to speak, they hear a loud voice. Tsuruno tells them everything will be alright now that she is here. Tsuruno walks into their hideout and apologizes for barging in. Hazuki demands to know who she is. Tsuruno tells her she is a Magical Girl who loves the words mightiest and Chinese cooking. This does not answer anything. Hazuki once more demands to know who she is. Yachiyo enters the room shortly afterwards. She scolds Tsuruno for rushing ahead of her again. She introduces Tsuruno as a friend of hers. She greets the others. Before Yachiyo can tell them about her investigation, she tells them they have more guests. Nanaka enters the room with Kako, Akira, and Meiyui. Seeing all these people, Konoha and her sisters transform. They prepare to defend themselves. Kako calls out to Ayame. She asks her to give her a chance to explain what happened earlier. Before anyone can say anything, the Mito trio also enter the abandoned home. They greet everyone. With everyone gathered at their hideout, Konoha asks them all to explain. Yachiyo begins by explaining she had been investigating the first set of incidents with Konoha. Yachiyo does not believe the Azalea sisters are behind the incidents. Konoha told her about the hideout after promising not to tell anyone else. Nanaka says she wished she had known. She would not have told the Mito trio how to get here. Yachiyo needed help with the investigation. She told Nanaka she did not believe it was them. She asked for her help. Nanaka agreed to help after hearing Yachiyo out. She too believed someone else was behind it. Nanaka believes the enemy they have been chasing all this time is the one behind the fainting incidents. Meiyui and Akira tell each other telepathically that Konoha, Yachiyo, and Nanaka are the same. They like to keep information to themselves. Given the circumstances, it is understandable. When asked how they found their location, Meiyui admits they tracked Ayame. Hazuki glares at Ayame. Ayame sheepishly admits she was panicked. Nanaka, Akira, and Meiyui all apologize to Ayame for spying on her meeting with Kako. Nanaka promises she only did it to protect them. If she had not stepped out when she did, the enemy would have attacked. Nanaka believes their enemy is a Magical Girl who can control the minds of others. Konoha agrees. They suffered an attack themselves just moments ago. They were being manipulated. They could barely tell what was going on. Ayame realizes the same thing must have happened when she was talking to Kako. She apologizes to Kako. Nanaka's unique magic helped her deduce it was the work of an enemy Magical Girl. They still do not know who is responsible. Leila pipes up and says they know who it could be. They explain they were working with someone who was investigating on behalf of Nanaka. They explain the person behind this is using suggestion magic. Her real name is Hanna Sarasa. As soon as she said the name, Yachiyo and Nanaka become defensive. They transform and warn everyone to be on their guard. Someone else is there with them now. Everyone else transforms as well. They are prepared to fight and defend themselves. Nanaka and Yachiyo close their eyes. They use their senses to feel where the foreign magic is coming from. They both turn towards Konoha. Konoha immediately figures out the person must be behind her. Konoha whirls around and attacks the person hiding behind her. With the mysterious figure outed, the group demands she show herself. A creepy cackling laughter fills the room. Hanna makes her appearance. She is glad the fools finally found her. The group glares at her. Hanna introduces herself as the one they have been looking for all this time. Hanna cackles as she introduces herself. Nanaka asks Leila if she can tell them more about her. Hanna smiles jeeringly and asks Leila to tell them. Leila informs the others that suggestion magic was used on Kanagi. It was used to seal away one of her memories. Thanks to Mitama, they were able to break the spell and reveal the memory. In the memory, Kanagi met a girl named Mikoto Sena. She met her after helping her defeat a Witch. Mikoto had asked Hanna to say hi. Kanagi commented on how amazing Mikoto's magic was. Mikoto said that despite the conditions, she was able to make even Witches follow basic commands. She and her friend were researching how to use her magic better. Kanagi turns to Mikoto's friend and asks her for her name. Hanna only gives her name and nothing else. Mikoto apologizes for her friend's attitude. Kanagi asks how they are researching her magic together. Mikoto giggles and asks Hanna if it is okay if she tells her. Hanna shrugs. Mikoto explains that Hanna can also use suggestion magic. She can because of her overwrite magic. Originally, Hanna could not use any magic when she first contracted. That is because she has the ability to copy another Magical Girl's magic. She can use it like it was her own. Mikoto had suggested that Hanna copy her suggestion magic. They could explore its uses together as a team. Kanagi agrees that makes sense. Leila finishes relaying the memory to the others. They all begin to circle around Hanna and demand answers. They demand to know why she did what she did. They ask if she was really the one behind the attacks. They ask what happened to Mikoto. They ask what caused her disappearance. Hanna only raises her voice and yells at them all to shut up. She tells them to quit it with the questions. She begins by telling them she was behind it all. Everyone gets worked up at how casually she says it. She tells them to chill out. She explains she had been waiting for a long time for them to figure it out. They were too slow on the uptake. Hanna laughs again. She explains she has made a big mess of things by this point. She messed with the lives of others. They still had not figured it out even if their lives depended on it. She did not see the point in continuing if they never figured it out. So this time she caused the incidents and went all out. They eventually found her. She had to really knock down the difficulty for them this time. Now that everyone is gathered together, Hanna suggests they all play a game of tag. Konoha tells Hanna to stop messing around. Hanna calls the life of a Magical Girl a joke. Tsuruno asks what the rules are. Yachiyo tells her not to play along. Hanna says the only rule is they have to catch her. Akira and Meiyui are prepared to do their best. Hanna will not make it easy on them. Yachiyo warns them to keep their guard up. She would not be talking like that unless she was incredibly confident. Meiyui begins her attack. Nanaka warns her to hold off. Before she can strike, Hanna tells the girls they will have to count to one hundred first. All the girls suddenly find themselves unable to move. Hanna laughs and takes off running. She calls out good luck on trying to catch her. Yachiyo figures they will not be able to move until they do as she says. Konoha encourages her sisters. She assures them they will catch Hanna as soon as the spell is broken. Once the suggestion magic wore off, the group split up. They searched for Hanna in all directions. Konoha and her sisters searched an abandoned building. She was not there. Suddenly Hanna pops up out of seemingly nowhere. She mockingly asks if she is not here after all. The sisters glare at her. They accuse her of letting them find her and taking it all as a game. Hanna claims she is being serious. She is seriously messing around. Incensed, Ayame tries to attack Hanna. She is quickly repelled. The sisters attempt a team attack. Hanna is able to easily avoid their attacks. Hanna decides to call a time-out. She uses her magic to cause the Azaleas to freeze in place. She laughs and asks them if she did not shake up their teamwork. Hazuki is certain that Hanna was the one who framed them. She was the one actually attacking all those Magical Girls. Hanna smiles and says she is right on both accounts. Ayame asks Hanna why she would do such a thing. Hanna grins once more. She says she did it because it sounded like fun. Causing trouble and blaming it on others was funny. Watching everyone turn against one another was the funniest thing. Hazuki demands to know why. Hanna replies that she thinks the whole Magical Girls protecting the world thing is crap. Why should she spend her life fighting Witches with her immense power? She can become a kind of living disaster instead. She would rather help and hunt Witches. Living by the rules and doing what you are told sounds boring. Konoha tries to argue with her. Hanna just shrugs and says their priorities are different. Konoha asks if she attacked them on a whim. Hanna admits she thought it would be fun to break them up. They were so close-knit with one another. Hanna laughs and asks Konoha if she enjoyed her dreams. She mockingly imitates Konoha's yells for her sister Ayame. Konoha opens her eyes wide. She asks if she was responsible for that as well. She threatens to make her pay. Hanna grins widely and says it feels great to watch things come crashing down. Hanna suddenly dodges as Yachiyo attacks her from behind. Yachiyo tells Hanna she has good reflexes. Hanna dodges an attack from Tsuruno next. The Azalea sisters find they can move again. The three of them launch their attacks on Hanna. She dodges all of their moves easily. She asks if they were trying to hit her. She easily strikes at Konoha, then Hazuki and Ayame. Tsuruno sternly tells her to stop. Hanna turns her attention towards her. Figuring she will be a problem, Hanna uses her magic to root Tsuruno in place. Yachiyo has been observing her this whole time. She points out to everyone that Hanna cannot make them do just anything. If she could, she would have made Tsuruno attack them or leave. Hazuki catches on. She realizes Hanna can only make them do simple things. She can only do it when they only have a moment to respond. Hanna mockingly warns her not to give the game away. Suggestion magic is very finicky. Yachiyo is surprised to find that Hanna knows who she is. Hanna tells Yachiyo she knows she has been at this forever. She acts like Magical Girl life is not a joke. Yachiyo strikes at Hanna. Hanna takes the blow. She grins and asks how Yachiyo could be so strong but still lose her friends. She mentions the fortune-telling girl and the one who liked music. Yachiyo demands to know how she knows about them. Hanna only laughs and strikes back. Tsuruno calls out for Yachiyo. She suddenly finds she can move again. She moves in to attack Hanna. Hanna is faster and hits her with the suggestion magic again. She hits the rest of them with her magic. Yachiyo warns her she will not get away. Hanna says they were playing tag, not freeze tag. They better hurry if they want to catch her. She flees once more. Leila, Seika, and Mito were not sure where Hanna could go. Leila gambled on a guess. They waited on the roof of the Daito apartment complex. They are surprised to find that Hanna did indeed head there. They see her jump onto the roof. Hanna takes a deep breath as she takes a break on the rooftop. It is the same place where she first met Kanagi. She recalls how much her friend Sena loved watching the sunset from that spot. As for Hanna, she prefers the view at night. Leila, Seika, and Mito leap out from their hiding spot. They strike at Hanna. Hanna pretends to be hit but was actually blocking their attacks. Hanna giggles as she claims they really scared her there. She asks how they knew she would come here. Leila admits it was on a hunch. Hanna appreciates how chaotic that move was. She giggles some more. Leila demands to know what she did with Mikoto Sena. Hanna is not ready to tell them everything yet. It would spoil her fun. She thinks it would be funnier if they figured it out on their own. They are Magical Girls after all. Mito asks what she means by that. Hanna replies that Sena was fighting a Witch here at the apartments. She won, but in the end she lost. Seika and Mito think Sena must have been killed by the Witch. Her body disappeared. Hanna laughs and says things are repeating once more. She claims Leila has that bad look in her eyes again. She asks if Leila knows what she is talking about or remembers. Hanna thinks that was too big of a clue. She says she will catch them later. Leila tries to stop her and tells her to explain herself. Hanna smacks her away. Mito tries to stop her. Hanna knocks her down as well. Seika calls out for her fallen friends. Hanna asks what she is going to do on her own. Seika screws up her courage and attempts to attack Hanna. It is to no avail. Hanna grins and knocks Seika away as well. She looks down on the fallen friends. They are held helpless by her magic. Hanna thinks there are too many. She considers taking one out permanently. It will be funnier that way. The three friends struggle against her magic. Hanna singles out Leila. She plays eeny-meeny-miny-moe. She settles on Mito instead. She congratulates Mito on a Magical Girl life well led. Hanna swings her weapon down on Mito. Akira appears and blocks the blow at the last second. Hanna frowns and accuses Akira of ruining her fun. Meiyui and Kako appear. Meiyui strikes at Hanna. Kako checks on the Mito trio. Hanna asks where their leader is. Akira tells her to shut up. After everything they have been through because of a single Witch, Akira demands to know how Hanna is connected to that Witch. Meiyui and Kako echo Akira's statement. They wait for Hanna to answer. Hanna smiles sadistically and says she has played with too many Witches to count. Hanna says she can use her suggestion magic to control Witches as well. She has made pets out of a lot of Witches. She makes them do bad things. She also gets Grief Seeds from them. Hanna claims they are great for passing the time when she is bored. Akira gets angry. She tells Hanna that they were the ones who suffered when her pet Witches did those bad things. Hanna shrugs and says she is probably right. Meiyui and Kako see red from her flippant attitude. Meiyui attacks Hanna once more. Hanna laughs and says she is loving the expression on Meiyui's face right now. Leila and her friends watch as Akira, Meiyui, and Kako put their everything into fighting Hanna. To Leila, it seemed like they were on fire. They would literally burn up for their cause. Eventually the three of them began to wear down. Hanna was gaining the upper hand. Hanna uses her magic to cause them to stop in their tracks. She catches her breath for a bit. She thinks the going is rough. She is also exhilarated at all the fighting and damage she has caused. Hanna laughs at how much she has messed things up slowly over the years. She is glad she was patient with her plans. Hanna says she is ready for their game to end. Nanaka's team has been in the game long enough now. Meiyui closes her eyes. She knows they were not enough to take Hanna down despite their big talk. She is also prepared to leave everything to their backup plan. Just as Hanna is about to strike, she instead twirls and dodges to one side. She had been expecting another surprise attack. In particular one from Nanaka. Nanaka stands there glaring at her enemy. Hanna grins as she comments on Nanaka's use of her friends like pawns. She wore them down before she herself attacks. The four of them gather together. They declare the formation of their team based on stopping Hanna. Hanna says that is nice. She reminds them this is tag and then escapes once more. Nanaka tells her team to stay there and rest for now. Nanaka closes in on Hanna and attempts to strike her as she runs. Hanna laughs and turns. She is prepared to make Nanaka stop in her tracks. Nanaka attacks her before she can finish her sentence. Hanna knows Nanaka has figured her out. Nanaka prepares to unleash her magia attack. However, Hanna is just able to stop her before she can finish. Hanna asks what she was aiming for. She notices that Nanaka's hand was reaching for her Soul Gem. When she realizes what Nanaka was aiming for, Hanna smiles sadistically once more. She realizes Nanaka knows the truth about Soul Gems. Hanna thinks it was a bold move. Hanna has learned about Nanaka long before she became a Magical Girl. She had seen articles online about Nanaka's skills in flower arranging. When she remembered the articles, she decided to make that composed girl's life into a complete mess. As Nanaka looks at her in shock, Hanna strikes her with her weapon. Hanna says she is shocked too. The girl she picked randomly ended up becoming a Magical Girl. She learned their deepest darkest secret as well. Hanna cackles with maniacal laughter. She thinks of all the chaos Nanaka's life must have become thanks to her. Nanaka tells her to shut her mouth. She hates the sound of her laughter. Hanna only laughs once more. She realizes Nanaka was trying to destroy her Soul Gem, not just take it. Just as Hanna is about to command her to stop, Nanaka wriggles free of the magic. She strikes at Hanna. Hanna laughs as she thinks to herself that this could be it. Nanaka is just able to use her magia attack on Hanna. The two stand staring down at each other. Hanna asks if Nanaka does not just break her Soul Gem already. Nanaka tells her to shut up once more. Hanna admits she only has a sliver of magic left. She had not cast any suggestions on Nanaka. She guesses Nanaka held back. Nanaka will not go so far as to kill even a prankster like Hanna. Hanna asks her once more why she will not do it. Nanaka tells her to be quiet. Hanna calls her an idiot and dumb as a brick. She worked so hard to make such a grand mess. It would have felt amazing to have a big ending like that. Instead she is making it boring. Nanaka becomes impatient with Hanna. She demands to know what is going through that head of hers. She demands to know what she wants. Hanna shrugs. Nanaka warns her to stop playing dumb. Hanna says she really does not know. All she wants to do is rip all of it to shreds. Home, school, society, Magical Girls, all of it. She wants it to be nothing more than a pile of trash. She does not need a reason to do what she does. Nanaka says that makes her no better than a Witch. Hanna erupts into loud laughter. Hanna vaguely tells Nanaka that she is on the opposite side as her. Soon Nanaka will be on the same side. Then it will be over for her too. Nanaka asks her to explain what she means. Hanna just frowns and says she would never tell a dumbass like her. If all anyone wants is answers, they should go looking for them. Hanna thinks that is enough for now. She freezes Nanaka in place. She talks about what a big joke it all was. Her life included. She destroys her own Soul Gem. Yachiyo and Konoha catch up just after Hanna commits her final act. Yachiyo stares down at the lifeless body. She figures Hanna did this to herself. Nanaka looks at Yachiyo. She can tell that Yachiyo knows the truth as well. Konoha asks them what they are talking about. Nanaka motions at Hanna's body and says she is dead now. Konoha asks what she meant by that. Kanagi was not able to recover in time to help the others. She heard about what happened from everyone at Mitama's place. Leila, Seika, and Mito explain everything that happened to Kanagi. Mito is crying over the death of Hanna. Even though she was a bad person. Kanagi knows that a lot of Magical Girls learned just how closely death follows them. It follows the friends and family that surround them too. Nanaka had told the majority of the Magical Girls that Hanna had become deranged. She used her suggestion magic on herself to take her own life. Only to the few that already knew the truth did Nanaka tell them that Hanna had destroyed her own Soul Gem. After Hanna's death, Nanaka and Yachiyo explained to Konoha how Soul Gems are the soul of a Magical Girl. Realizing what this means, Konoha cried loudly. She knew now that Magical Girls are not even human. She lamented the fact that she was the reason Hazuki and Ayame had contracted. As Konoha cried, Nanaka suggested they keep it a secret for now. Not all Magical Girls would be able to handle the truth. Nanaka had known for some time. She did not feel it was the right time to disclose this truth. Kanagi believes she just could not bring herself to say it. Afterwards, Nanaka moved Hanna's body to a place where it would be easily found by the police. After her death, her suggestion magic was undone. Everything was brought to light. Her father led a shameful life. Their home was broken. Both he and her mother died. Hanna was placed in a home. She was said to have been closed off until she disappeared one day. That is likely the day she became a Magical Girl. The police could not find anything. They declared her death an unsolved mysterious death. It was not long until everyone returned to their normal lives. Sometime later, Asuka was begging forgiveness from Hazuki for how she acted. Hazuki told her she already apologized. Even Sasara believes they flew off the handle for a bit. Asuka is prepared to show the ultimate act of remorse. Sasara reminds her she told her to cut that out. Hazuki says that so many people have been apologizing to her lately. As far as she is concerned, it is in the past. What she wants to do now is focus on the future. She wants to get to know more Magical Girls. She suggests they go to a café instead to get to know one another. Hazuki realizes she is short on cash. She asks if they cannot stop somewhere first. Asuka and Sasara insist it is their treat. They want to make up for how they acted with her. Hazuki gladly accepts. The group heads out. A short distance away, Ayame and Felicia are watching Hazuki go off with her new friends. Felicia notes that Hazuki tricked them into paying for her meal. Ayame mentions that she did the same thing yesterday. Ayame wishes she could get free stuff too. Felicia asks Ayame why she did not call her for help. Kako hesitates to speak up. Ayame knows what she wants to say. If they had called Felicia for help, all hell would have broken loose for sure. Felicia gets worked up. Kako denies any such thoughts. Ayame grins. Elsewhere, Kanagi looks out from the Daito apartment's rooftop. She admires the view of the sun setting. Leila agrees that it is a great view. Kanagi asks about what Hanna had said before. About how Mikoto had defeated the witch but still ended up losing. Leila says they cannot figure out what she meant. She figures that Mikoto had defeated the Witch but not before it landed a mortal blow on her. They have no evidence to prove that is what happened. Kanagi thinks for a moment. She says it is a valid conclusion based on what Leila knows. Kanagi offers to take over the investigation into Mikoto and Hanna. She promises to relay any information she learns. Nanaka and Konoha appear on the rooftop and greet them. Nanaka thanks Kanagi for her help before. Ayame introduces Kanagi to Konoha. Leila asks what they are doing here. It seems Konoha had wanted to be a part of their rooftop meeting once she learned about it. Konoha had spent all day thinking about Hanna. Her thoughts and feelings about her. Despite all the chaos and mischief that Hanna got into, it was because of her that all of them were brought together. They were able to get to know one another. Kanagi asks if Nanaka was doing the same as Konoha. Nanaka admits she had given it some thought. She did not think it wise to understand what was going through her head. She might end up crossing the same line. She recalls Hanna's haunting final words. She believes something similar could happen again. Or at least a different kind of darkness could emerge. Magia Clash! ~Magical Girl Lyrical Nanoha Detonation~
The next morning, Hayate greets Nanoha and Fate before a tournament. They mistake the Mirror copy's portal for the tournament warp gate. Lindy calls out to stop them, but the portal pulls them in. They arrive and meet Mitama, who registers them for the tournament. They go to the standby zone to wait. Elsewhere, Rena, Momoko, and Kaede are fighting strong familiars. Rena twists her ankle. Nanoha steps in and saves them with her attack. Fate and Hayate help finish the fight. They all introduce themselves. Rena warns them about copies of magical girls deeper in the barrier. Mitama announces the tournament is about to begin. Momoko explains she told everyone her team would break up if they didn't win. She wanted to see what they could do when they gave it their all. The first round begins. Team Nanoha faces the Amane twins. Fate uses her speed and takes them out instantly. Everyone is surprised. The tournament goes on. Team Momoko faces Team Iroha. Momoko outsmarts Yachiyo, and her team wins. Rena eggs Fate on before they leave. The semi-finals happen. Team Momoko and Team Nanoha both win their matches and advance to the finals. The final match begins. Fate and Rena clash and knock each other out. Momoko fights Nanoha. Kaede attacks Hayate. Hayate fuses with Reinforce and uses a powerful attack to knock Kaede out. Momoko blocks Nanoha's Starlight Breaker. Suddenly, Nanoha gets an emergency call from Lindy. A fugitive opened a rift between worlds. A Mirror copy of Shizuku appears. The copy used Shizuku's powers to connect the worlds. If it opens more portals, both dimensions could be damaged. Everyone calls off the tournament to help. They split up to track the copy. Team Nanoha and Team Momoko find it. The copy took the grand prize, an orb that boosts magical power. It is now too strong. They all work together to fight it. Fate and Nanoha combine their attacks and finally defeat it. Mitama goes to get the broken orb pieces. Copies of Nanoha, Fate, and Hayate appear. They grab the pieces and swallow them. The copies are now powered up. Everyone gathers to fight them. They fight the copies together. Hayate uses her most powerful attack. Fate and Nanoha join in. They get a message confirming the copies are defeated. After the fight, Mitama declares both teams the winners. Rena is sad they couldn't finish the match, but Kaede is happy their team will stay together. The tunnel between worlds will soon close. They say their goodbyes and go home. Back in Mirrors, Kaede tries to text Hayate, but it won't go through. Momoko's texts to Nanoha and Fate also fail. Rena cannot find Uminari City on any map. They realize the Nanoha trio came from a different world. Kaede is sad they may never meet again, but Rena is happy they became friends. They promise to work hard for a rematch someday. One Fleeting Summer Night
The twins ask the housekeeper for ideas. She tells them about a town festival that night. There is a special ceremony where gods are summoned. The group goes to the festival, but no one is there. They ask a shrine maiden what happened. She says the festival was canceled because a historic Coral Necklace went missing. The ceremony cannot happen without it. The twins offer to help search for it. The town elder recognizes Alina and Touka from the newspaper. The twins play their flutes to show their talents. Touka volunteers Nemu to help with the search since she writes mystery novels. The elder agrees to let them help. The group goes to a shrine in the woods where the necklace was kept. A villager explains the necklace is made of old coral. It has no real value, but it is important to the town. Nemu notices the lock is not damaged. She thinks someone with a key must have taken it. She believes the thief wanted to cancel the festival. The other item needed for the ceremony, a Pearl Comb, is still safe at a different shrine. Nemu asks to see it. The villager takes them to a cave on the beach where the comb is kept. The twins feel a strange presence near the shrine but say nothing. Tsukasa finds a glittery piece of silver paper on the ground. Inside the cave, the twins feel the presence even stronger. They hold hands to comfort each other. Nemu checks the shrine and finds the comb is still inside. The twins ask if they can leave, but Nemu wants more time to think. Suddenly, the twins are blinded by a bright light. They see two crying twin girls who say something about shrine maidens. Then the vision ends. The twins find themselves back in the cave. The shrine door is now open, and Nemu says they opened it. Tsukuyo closes it and warns her not to touch it. The twins decide not to tell the others what they saw. Back at the festival plaza, Nemu shares her theory that someone from the town took the necklace. Touka starts checking alibis. The elder sadly decides to cancel the festival. Tsukasa remembers the silver paper she found and shows it to him. The elder recognizes it as part of a shrine maiden's hairpin. He accuses one of the shrine maidens of trying to stop the festival. The maiden believes the festival will bring harm to the town. She refuses to say where she hid the necklace. Alina suggests she might have buried it near the hilltop shrine. Before they can investigate, the maiden runs away. The twins chase the maiden to the hilltop shrine. She is holding the coral necklace. They ask her to apologize to the elder, but she refuses. She thinks the town should not keep the necklace. She smashes it on the ground and cries. The twins wonder if she was overwhelmed by her duties. They decide to pick up the pieces and return them to the elder. They agree to stay out of the town's affairs since they are outsiders. That night, the group plays with sparklers on the beach. The twins think about the day's events. Nemu suggests going to the cave to see the glowing moss under the full moon. The twins do not want to go near the shrine. Mifuyu offers to go with Nemu. The twins decide to join them so they can try to find the strange presence again. The group goes deeper into the cave. They arrive at the shrine, and the twins feel the presence again. They are pulled toward the shrine and see the twin girls once more. The girls talk about needing the town to hold the festival and ceremony. They want to complete their shrine maiden duties. The vision ends, and the twins find themselves back in front of the shrine. The shrine door is open again. Alina closes it easily. The twins wonder if only they are affected because they are magical girls and twins like the girls in the vision. They think the ghost girls were trying to warn them. They decide to return to the town the next day. The twins tell Mifuyu they are going off on their own. They find the town elder and offer to be substitute shrine maidens. The elder agrees and tells them they do not need to prepare. The twins then explore the town to learn more about the ceremony. The townspeople accept the twins as the new shrine maidens. An older villager gives each of them an ornate hair ornament. It is a custom to give newborn girls accessories to ward off disasters. The twins wonder if the necklace and comb once belonged to someone from the village. The villager sends them to the elder to learn more from historical documents. When they ask the elder, they find out Nemu already borrowed all the documents. Nemu explains that the town used to sacrifice children to a sea god. The sacrificed children became gods, and the ceremony thanks them. The twins try to read about the shrine maidens, but the writing is too hard. Nemu reads it for them. She discovers that one year a shrine maiden died after the ceremony. In years with storms before the festival, disasters often hit the town. The ceremony was considered a failure. This year has a typhoon coming. The twins are worried. Nemu wonders why they care so much about this town. The twins start to explain what they saw at the shrine. Nemu interrupts and calls the others over to hear the story. The twins tell everyone about their visions. Mifuyu thinks it might be a curse from sacrificed girls. Touka says that cannot happen because magical girls' souls do not linger. Nemu says it is not a witch since no one sensed one. Alina thinks they might have imagined it from fear. The twins insist on taking everyone to the ocean shrine to prove it. The elder stops them. He says the ceremony is starting early and pushes the twins ahead. He tells the other girls to enjoy the festival stalls. But no one is running the stalls, and the town seems lifeless. The elder leaves the twins at the hilltop shrine to wait. They think the villagers are acting strangely. The elder returns with another shrine maiden. He hands her the coral necklace and pearl comb. Suddenly, an evil aura fills the air. The villagers grab the twins and force them toward the shrine. The elder starts the ritual to appease the sea gods. The twins struggle and cry out, but the villagers do not listen. The girls realize the villagers planned to sacrifice them. They think about transforming but hold back in case there is no witch involved. The elder orders the villagers to remove the twins' soul gem rings. The villagers know about magical girls. Alina transforms and attacks, but a villager dodges. The elder drags the helpless twins to a cliff. He orders them to drown in despair. The other villagers swarm the rest of the Magius. The girls transform and try to escape. The twins are pushed toward the cliff edge. They plan to break away and run, but without their soul gems they will weaken. They decide to follow along until they can get their gems back. The villagers will not answer their questions. They arrive at a high cliff overlooking the sea. The elder pushes the twins to the edge. The other Magius are fighting through the crowd but may not make it in time. The twins ask why the villagers are doing this. The elder pushes them off the cliff. They fall into the ocean. The elder orders the villagers to destroy the soul gem rings. Alina opens a barrier as a distraction. Nemu and Touka grab the rings, but it is too late. The twins have already fallen into the sea. The twins sink deeper into the ocean. They grow weaker as they move farther from their soul gems. They see the vision of the twin girls again. The girls talk about their fate as magical girls. They hoped the ceremony would free them, but they knew it was unlikely. They only wanted someone to see their suffering. The vision ends. The Amanes weep for the lost girls. They know the fate of magical girls has not changed in thousands of years. But they are determined to work hard and change that fate. They struggle to swim but keep sinking. Tsukasa cries out in fear. Tsukuyo reaches for her sister's hand as they sink. The twins wake up on the beach. Mifuyu is relieved to see them alive. The twins ask about their soul gems and the villagers. Touka says they took care of it. Nemu explains that a witch appeared when the twins fell into the ocean. After they defeated the witch, all the villagers fell unconscious. The villagers were not acting like themselves during the ceremony. Mifuyu tells the twins to cheer up. The twins remember the pain of the ghost girls and feel for them. No one understood what those girls went through. On the cliff, the villagers start to wake up. Touka and the others pretend they just woke up too. The elder urges everyone to finish the ceremony at the hilltop shrine. A villager screams in fear. The Pearl Comb has shattered into pieces. Without it, the town cannot continue the ceremony. The next day, the girls play on the beach. Nemu and Touka have a water gun fight. The twins decide to relax since they did not sleep all night. Tsukasa looks at the hair clip the villager gave her. She wonders if it saved them. Tsukuyo wonders if the ceremony will ever happen again without the comb. Tsukasa is sad that no one will remember the girls from the past. She realizes they are repeating the same tragedy. The twins vow to do everything they can to change the fate of magical girls. Mifuyu calls them over as they get ready to leave. Outside Touka's vacation home, the elder bumps into the twins. He apologizes for cutting the ceremony short. The original shrine maiden is with him. She also apologizes for being rude. The twins understand why she acted that way and forgive her. The elder offers them a gift, but they refuse since they already got the hair clips. Touka asks if they do not want her reward either. She says she did not have A+ levels of fun, but she will give them a reward equal to how much fun she had. As a consolation prize, she promises to take them to another one of her family's vacation homes. Preferably one with another fun event. Rebel of a Dawnless Land
In 1429, Elisa crosses into France with her soldiers. They are attacked by soldier-like familiars. Elisa defeats them easily. Then Corbeau, Lapin, and Minou surround them. Minou welcomes them to the land of perpetual night. Elisa accuses them of turning France into a Witch's land. Corbeau attacks, but Elisa fights her off. The soldiers fight the familiars while Elisa fights Corbeau. Lapin jumps in and injures Elisa. Elisa tells her soldiers to hold off the familiars while she faces the sisters alone. The soldiers wish her luck and leave. The sisters politely wait for her to finish before attacking. Ui wakes up in a hospital. She thinks about the dream she had of Elisa. Her phone screen glows brightly. Nemu and Touka ask if she is okay. Ui tells them about her scary dream. Nemu is fascinated. She explains the Holy Roman Empire really existed during Jeanne d'Arc's time. Ui did not know this. Nemu wonders how Ui dreamed something so accurate without knowing it. Ui thinks her phone might be involved. She shows them the bright screen. Nemu asks to see the phone. Ui hesitates. She feels she should not show it to anyone. Something feels wrong. She realizes she is in the hospital. She remembers Iroha wished for her to get better. All three of them became Magical Girls. But her friends are not wearing their Soul Gems. Neither is Ui. Ui asks if she is still dreaming. Touka laughs and turns into Lapin. Nemu turns into Minou. Ui tries to run. She goes outside and finds herself in a dark void. The sisters catch up to her. They reveal the hospital was an illusion. Ui cannot transform without her Soul Gem. Her phone glows brightly. She uses it to transform. The sisters attack her. Lapin wants to kill her. Minou says it is too soon. Elisa suddenly appears and rescues Ui. She introduces herself. Ui already knows her from her dream. Elisa asks if Ui can run. They retreat together. They stop to rest. Ui wonders if this is a dream. She asks Elisa to pinch her cheek. Elisa does. Ui cries out in pain. Elisa says they are in reality. They detransform. Elisa explains France is covered in darkness. Witches roam freely. Elisa says Ui was imprisoned because she carries the Blank Prophecy. Ui shows her phone. Elisa does not understand what it is. She only knows she must protect the person carrying it. Cube and Pernelle contact them telepathically. They are hiding outside France. Cube asks Ui about herself. He concludes she is from the future. She traveled back in time. He does not know how. France is about to be destroyed by a Time Paradox. The Blank Prophecy can stop it. Cube explains a Time Paradox happened near Orléans three months ago. Someone caused it. France was plunged into darkness. Safe lands dot the darkness like islands. The Paradox is making everything unstable. Two timelines have collided. France is being torn apart. Elisa explains the Witch's labyrinth covers all of France. Ui asks about her phone. Cube says her Soul Gem is in a different dimension. Her phone channels magic to her. It is now her Soul Gem. The Blank Prophecy has great power. It can erase the Paradox. Only Ui can use it. Ui looks at a photo of her and Iroha. She is no longer in it. The background changed to the dark void. Cube says the future is disappearing. The darkness may soon engulf everything. Elisa says they must stay positive. They rescued Ui. If they save the past, Ui will return to her future. Ui does not want Iroha to be sad. She joins Elisa to save the past and secure the future. Gilles rallies his troops at Fort St. Augustine. They fight familiars. They wait for their saint. Riz is impressed they made it this far. More familiars appear. Tart arrives and unleashes her attack. She clears the field. Gilles and the troops are honored. Tart does not feel she deserves it. Riz says she is France's last hope. Ui asks Elisa how they communicate. Elisa senses magic when Ui speaks. Ui's phone flashes when she talks. The battery icon changed. Elisa suggests they go to Orléans. Survivors gather there. They find a sphere that looks like a window. Going through it takes them to a town outside Orléans. Elisa plans to meet other French Magical Girls. Cube says two Magical Girls lead the French resistance. One is Jeanne d'Arc. Ui knows of her. Pernelle is certain history should not be this way. Elisa does not like fate being predetermined. Pernelle agrees but they have no choice. Elisa works with Pernelle and Cube only to save the future. Ui laughs at their banter. She prepares to go through the sphere. Elisa says they must stop somewhere first. Elisa takes Ui to a forest outside a church. Cube detected a strong temporal disruption there. Ui can fix it with her Blank Prophecy. Elisa was in Orléans before. She was observing La Pucelle. The anomaly happened then. Some areas are affected more strongly. Pernelle wants Ui to repair the distortions. Ui senses something eerie. Minou attacks with her whip. She brought controlled Magical Girls with her. Elisa fights them. She creates an opening for them to escape. Safely away, Ui says she can fight too. Elisa asks if she can fight humans without hesitation. Ui admits she cannot. Elisa tells her to stay out of the way. She thinks the future must be peaceful. She encourages Ui to protect herself and the Blank Prophecy. Ui feels better. They head into the church before Minou catches up. Inside they find a large bubble. Cube says it is a Fragment of True History. If collected and recorded, history will be restored. Ui uses her phone to take a picture. The world flashes. Elisa experiences a memory. She recalls watching Tart fight Corbeau. A Witch appeared. She stepped in and blasted it away. The memory ends. Ui saw it too. Pernelle explains the fragments contain true history. Recording them confirms it as true. Elisa now holds memories of two timelines. Ui asks about Tart. Cube confirms Tart is Jeanne d'Arc. Pernelle says everyone's memories up to three months ago are intact. History was split. They saw a fragment of real history. Elisa believes Cube's theory now. Cube advises them to collect more fragments. Ui looks at her photo of Iroha. Iroha is still sad but the background is normal. They are on the right track. They go to meet Tart. Elisa and Ui introduce themselves. Tart mixes up their names. Cube offers to explain. Tart is happy to hear from her old friend. Pernelle explains everything. Ui shows Tart her phone. Tart does not understand it. Riz believes them. There is no other explanation for the darkness. No one knows if Prince Charles is safe. Pernelle explains Tart's goal is to help him become king. Restoring history may be the miracle they need. Gilles offers to help. Elisa accepts but wonders if Tart is truly great. She challenges Tart to a friendly duel. Riz offers to fight instead. They move to an open area. Riz and Elisa fight. Riz uses a whip. It wraps around Elisa's arm. Riz attacks with a machete. Elisa kicks her away. She swings her firearm like an axe. Riz blocks with her scythe. They push against each other. Riz stops the match. She knows Elisa wanted to provoke Tart. Riz believes in Tart's abilities. Elisa accepts Tart is worthy of help. Minou receives orders from the shadowy figure. She tells her sisters they will attack soon. Lapin is excited. Corbeau thinks they need time to prepare. Minou says to leave the opening act to her. A French soldier reports to Tart. Melissa and others need help. The Castle of Loches was attacked. La Hire may be dead. Riz and Tart prepare to go. Pernelle urges Elisa and Ui to join. Cube senses a strong distortion there. Gilles stays behind. The girls go through gates to Loches. Minou watches the Witch appear. She did not expect a Witch from the future. Time is breaking. She will let the Witch defend the fragment. The group arrives at the castle. They are thrust into a Witch's barrier. They transform. A familiar targets Ui. Tart blocks it. They fight through familiars. They find Melissa fighting the Witch. She struggles to land a hit. Riz binds the Witch with shadows. The other three use their magia attacks. They defeat the Witch. Elisa scolds Tart and Melissa. She could have taken it alone. They apologize. French soldiers thank them. Melissa introduces herself. Elisa feels a sudden shiver of fear. She does not know why. Melissa says her father stayed behind. Everyone else escaped. They are saddened by his death. Pernelle explains La Hire was a famous mercenary. Cube says his death can be undone. They find the fragment inside the castle. Ui takes a photo. The group experiences a memory. Elisa had dueled Tart before. Melissa got angry and threw Elisa. The memory ends. Elisa explains it was true history. Melissa apologizes. La Hire walks up. Melissa is shocked. He is alive. Cube says false events were erased. Melissa hugs her father. La Hire remembers fighting the Witch. Tart thanks Elisa and Ui. Ui is glad to help. Cube asks about Ui's phone. He wonders if it is a recording device. Recording the past confirms it existed. It proves true history. He does not know why Ui was chosen. The group returns to camp. They rest for the night. Minou meets her sisters. Lapin is eager to beat up Ui. Corbeau summons familiars. At camp, Riz senses magic near Tourelles. They advance to the fortress. Tart directs soldiers to fight familiars. The Magical Girls fight the English sisters. Elisa and Tart attack Lapin. Lapin falls. She transforms into a Witch. She flashes her eyes. Riz and Melissa detransform. Their weapons disappear. Soldiers lose their weapons too. Elisa and Tart are still transformed. Their weapons are immune. Tart tells Riz to take the soldiers back. Elisa and Tart will fight Lapin. They hesitate, waiting for each other to attack. Lapin flashes her eyes on them. They detransform. Minou and Corbeau laugh. Riz transforms again. She will handle them. Ui asks if she can fight without a weapon. Riz says she has experience. She warns Ui to stay safe. Minou thinks Riz is brave. Corbeau wants to fight Riz alone. She wants revenge for Lapin. They trade blows. Riz worries she might lose. She attacks from the shadows. She binds Corbeau and breaks her arm. Corbeau laughs. She heals her arm. She looks forward to a real fight. Riz warns Melissa to protect Ui. She turns back to Corbeau. Corbeau attacks Riz. She mocks her for holding back. She thinks Tart is no threat. Melissa gets angry. She transforms and throws a stick. She and Riz team up. Corbeau dodges. Riz hits her. Ui cheers. Minou sneaks toward Ui. Tart notices and defends Ui. Minou and Corbeau thought Tart was still fighting Lapin. They realize Elisa is fighting Lapin alone. Lapin heads for the fortress. Elisa shoots at her. It does not work. Lapin starts destroying the fortress. Riz tells soldiers to evacuate. France may be doomed. Ui is frustrated. Her phone glows. It shows two buttons. She presses one. Ui wakes up at camp. Tart is relieved. Cube asks if she remembers. She rewound time. It used a lot of magic. She nearly became a Witch. Riz uses a Grief Seed on her phone. The fortress is restored. Everyone remembers what happened. They were defeated because they did not work together. Ui worries about wasting time. The sisters did not attack again. They remember what happened too. They are not in a rush to fight someone who can rewind time. Pernelle and Riz warn Ui not to use that power often. La Hire offers to keep watch. The girls rest until morning. Ui cannot sleep. Melissa notices. She offers to cast a sleeping charm. She places red and blue candles around Ui. Ui falls asleep. She mentions Iroha. Tart overhears. It reminds her of her younger sister. Tart falls asleep sadly. Elisa walks around. She bumps into Melissa. Melissa apologizes for falling for Corbeau's taunts. Elisa says it proves she cares about Tart. Melissa tries to remember becoming a Magical Girl. Elisa prompts her. Melissa remembers. Tart protected her and her father. Tart was wounded. Melissa wished for them to be healed. She vowed to fight alongside Tart. Elisa is surprised someone would sacrifice themselves for another. Melissa is surprised she forgot. Elisa's memories after Orléans are hazy. Cube says the rift in history started then. They go back to camp. Riz is awake too. She could not sleep after her defeat. Elisa blames herself. She wants to learn more about everyone. She asks Riz about her weapon. Riz can change it into anything. She prefers whatever helps Tart. Elisa asks how they met. Riz traveled as a mercenary. She searched for a true hero. She found Tart in Domrémy. They spent years together. Melissa is cold. They settle in to rest. Minou reports to her benefactor. Everything is going according to plan. She teleports to her sisters. Lapin is eager for another assignment. Minou says to wait. Corbeau wants to fight Riz again. Minou notes Corbeau does not remember the dream. Only Minou remembers because she created it. Lapin asks if Corbeau likes pain. Corbeau admits she does. Lapin likes causing it. Minou is not sure why Ui was chosen. If they get rid of her, they can rewrite history. Corbeau just wants her sisters safe. Lapin hugs her. Minou wonders if Corbeau wants their benefactor safe too. They go to sleep. Cube wakes them up. He found another distortion. It is in Domrémy. Gilles offers to go with them. Elisa says he should stay and defend Orléans. Cube can alert them if enemies attack. Pernelle says the gate to Domrémy is in Chinon. That is where Melissa and Tart first met. The group heads out. Minou tells Corbeau about Domrémy. Corbeau warns the fragment is important. Minou says Lapin can handle it. Corbeau can help Minou with something else. Lapin already left. The group arrives in Domrémy. Pernelle directs them to a forest. The village is empty and desolate. Elisa remembers being exiled. They reach the distortion. Lapin is there with controlled Magical Girls. She eyes Ui. Riz and Melissa offer to distract Lapin. Elisa takes Ui deeper into the forest. They find the fragment. They defeat the guarding Witches. Ui takes a photo. They experience a memory. Riz wished to create a true hero. Cube granted her wish. She left her family. She traveled with Cube. She met many Magical Girls. They all died. Then she met Tart. The memory ends. Elisa feels uncomfortable. Ui notices Riz's weapons match the Magical Girls in her memory. Elisa realizes Riz was lying before. Riz is more dedicated to Tart than anyone. They head back. Cube warns Lapin is giving them trouble. Lapin attacks Riz. Riz detransforms. Tart rushes to her. Riz is uninjured. She warns Tart about Lapin's nullification magic. Riz transforms again. She notices Lapin is stronger now. The controlled Magical Girls are harder to defeat. Lapin corners Tart. She detransforms her. Ui rushes to help. Elisa blocks Lapin's attack. She attacks Lapin. Corbeau appears. She tells Lapin to stop. Lapin whines. Corbeau says everything went according to plan. The enslaved Magical Girls are near their limit. Lapin agrees to retreat. She promises to beat them next time. Corbeau apologizes for the intrusion. They leave. Riz is thankful they are gone. Pernelle contacts them. She found another fragment in Domrémy. They go back. Ui takes a photo. They experience another memory. Riz and Cube met Tart. Riz taught Tart sword fighting. Tart's sister Catherine wanted to learn too. She picked it up faster. Disaster struck the village. Catherine died. Tart cut her hair short. She vowed to prevent such cruelty. She became a Magical Girl. She wished for power to bring light to France. Light rained from the sky. Melissa and Elisa remember seeing it. Ui does not understand. Tart says it was a world they could not protect. Pernelle finds it odd the fragments are from before Orléans. Cube believes they are essential events. They all became Magical Girls. Their fates intertwined. Tart brought light to France. This led to Ui's birth. Elisa realizes their fates are connected. She decides to share her past. She admits she is not a true princess. Her father was not the king. She and her mother were cast out. She wished for everyone to acknowledge her. She fights to never be unwanted again. Her reasons are not noble. Tart and the others disagree. Elisa saved them. She encouraged them. They are grateful. Elisa asks them to stop calling her princess. She will call Tart by her name too. Ui is glad they are getting along. She feels their journeys are connected to her future. Pernelle tells Tart she saved France in the future. Melissa is delighted. Riz is shocked. Tart asks Ui if the future is worth fighting for. Ui says yes. She wants her future with Iroha back. Tart smiles. She may not have saved her own sister. But if they fight, peaceful days will return. Elisa asks Ui to check her photo. It is restored. Then it fades to white. Cube says the real future is returning. It is not set yet. Tart asks about the girl in the photo. Ui says her name is Iroha. Tart feels her name and face are familiar. Elisa wants to investigate. They are exhausted. They return to camp. La Hire is glad they are safe. Melissa smiles. Their mission went well. Riz is tired. Ui wants to take a group photo. Everyone looks at her phone. Melissa sees a bug on Elisa's lapel. She jumps in fright. Minou meets new Magical Girls. Their wishes were for her older sister. Lapin went on a solo mission. She wanted to test new powers. Minou is upset Lapin wasted girls. Corbeau wasted one too. She sealed away a girl's power to protect her sisters. Minou believes only their benefactor matters. She goes to find another girl. She knocks on her benefactor's door. She introduces a young lady with a wish. Gilles brings news. A miasma is forming around the cathedral. Cube thinks another fragment appeared. Pernelle warns them to be careful. The church is a nesting ground for Witches. The group arrives. They defeat the Witches. Riz points to a fragment. Ui takes a photo. They experience a memory. Iroha and Yachiyo learn a sleeping charm from Mitama. They are transported to the past. Tart saves them from familiars. Tart asks Iroha if the future is worth fighting for. Iroha says yes. They find a dark grimoire. Cube says they are trapped in Tart's dreams. Their memories will fade when they wake. In the final battle, Iroha and Yachiyo hold off dark forces. Tart and Riz make it to the cathedral. They ring a bell. The dreams end. Tart promises to never forget them. The memory ends. Tart is sad she forgot them. Ui is surprised they met. Elisa is not surprised. Both sisters gave the same answer. Melissa remembers Iroha and Yachiyo taught her the charm. Riz doubts the English sisters remember. The magic made them forget. Riz tells Cube and Pernelle. Cube concludes a powerful curse trapped Tart in her dreams. Pernelle agrees. They were involved too. None of them remember. Cube deduces this is where the Time Paradox started. Riz sees similarities. The same sisters are involved. France is engulfed in darkness. Cube says major distortions started when Elisa arrived. But signs appeared earlier. Tart's nightmare was critical. The future depended on her waking safely. The sisters want to prevent Iroha and Yachiyo from saving Tart. Two timelines exist now. Ui asks what would have happened without them. Riz says Corbeau would have won. Tart would become a Witch. The world would be in eternal night. In true history, Tart woke safely. Cube says someone changed that. They pushed the future toward ruin. Elisa recalls the darkness starting after Orléans. That is when the sisters messed with history. Melissa agrees her memories are hazy. Cube believes Ui is the key. The sisters summoned Ui instead of Iroha. Tart asks why. Cube has theories. Iroha used a sleeping charm to go to the past. That event may not have happened yet. Ui might be the one to teach Mitama the charm. Removing Ui would cut the chain. Elisa thinks the theory is okay. She wonders why they did not kill Ui. Ui thinks they could not find her Soul Gem. Riz thinks they had another use for her. The Blank Prophecy can rewind time. Cube sums it up. The curse on Tart's dreams failed. The future interfered. Summoning Ui reset history. The last three months became unstable. It impacted the future centuries later. Recording fragments will fix things. Melissa cheers them on. Elisa recalls a prophecy. France would be destroyed by a woman. It would be saved by a girl. She does not like how events match it. She prefers this to losing their future. But who is the woman? Riz asks why Tart is quiet. Tart says something bothers her. If Melissa taught Ui the charm, and Ui passed it on, and Iroha taught Melissa, who created it? No one can answer. La Hire arrives. He says many allies have returned. Riz is glad. This proves they are on the right path. They cheer each other on. Gilles rallies the troops. Hope is rekindled. Resurrected soldiers thank Tart. Tart says she is not the one to thank. Elisa reminds her of her determination. Pernelle thinks Elisa is nicer now. The cheers make Tart feel lighter. Cube says it is the soldiers' wishes making her stronger. La Hire is glad morale is high. They liberated Orléans. Next is the coronation in Reims. The Prince went missing. La Hire is not worried. More victories mean more soldiers return. The Prince will turn up if destined. Pernelle notices more fragments appear after recording true history. If true history ends with France's victory, the march to Reims is critical. Tart orders the advance. They travel toward Reims. They defeat familiars. They find a fragment. Ui records it. They experience a memory. The Dauphin Charles declares he will go to Reims. Gilles relays orders. Tart will lead. Riz, Melissa, and La Hire cheer. The memory ends. Riz recalls the Loire campaign. They were to free the Loire Valley. Then march to Reims. The current plan is identical. More fragments mean more soldiers return. With Tart on their side, they are not as worried about the English sisters. The French recapture Beaugency easily. Riz thinks it is too easy. Minou teleports in. She agrees. Elisa demands to know why she is there. Minou says she is giving them a heads up. The battle at Patay is next. A very important fragment is there. It will decide if the prince is crowned. Cube confirms this. Riz asks why she told them. Minou wants the performance to be more rousing. She promises they will fight with all their might. She teleports away. Cube thinks Minou may be telling the truth. She may have seen the future. She knows France will win. She is messing with the past to change it. They decide to go to Patay. Lapin welcomes Minou back. Corbeau asks if Minou told them. Minou says yes. Corbeau would have preferred a surprise attack. Lapin says Minou loves being dramatic. Minou smiles. She has other reasons. They involve their benefactor's safety. Lapin says Minou has become stronger. Minou admits she used a maiden's wish. It gave her a new power. It will not help in a fight. Corbeau says to leave fighting to her. She used a maiden's wish too. She sealed her usual power. Now she can keep up in physical fights. Minou worries Corbeau will use too many maidens. But Corbeau's help is crucial. She pretends to play dumb. They talk about the fight. They promise to soak together after. The French army arrives at Patay. The English forces stare them down. Minou steps forward. Riz greets Corbeau. Lapin is impatient. Minou tells them to be patient. She will explain everything. Elisa says they already heard her speech. Minou will tell them why France is in darkness. It would not be fun if they did not know. She describes a ripple in time. Her benefactor sensed it. She commanded Minou to see the future. Minou did as asked. Her benefactor can make any miracle happen. Riz realizes she means wishes. Cube says he did not grant their wishes. Elisa says there is a mastermind. Minou admits this. Her own wish was not for clairvoyance. She forced a maiden to make that wish. She learned the English would lose. She tried to change the past. First she cursed Tart. It failed because Iroha and Yachiyo came. She made a new plan. She would erase her biggest obstacle. She cast the magic. Ui appeared. Ui asks why it pulled her instead of Iroha. Minou does not know. Cube wonders if Iroha would have interfered again. Pernelle wonders if Ui's birth changed Iroha's fate. Ui realizes Iroha became a Magical Girl to heal her. If Ui never existed, Iroha would not have contracted. Minou nods. This is the mystery even she could not explain. Corbeau and Lapin attack Ui. Tart protects her. Elisa fights Lapin. Riz goes for Minou. Corbeau blocks her. She warns Riz of her new abilities. Melissa tells Ui to go for the fragment. Tart goes with her. Enslaved Magical Girls and familiars stop them. La Hire and his men engage them. They urge the girls to go on. Elisa keeps Lapin occupied. Lapin notices Tart slip away. She yells. Melissa gets angry. She tries to fight Lapin. She cannot land a blow. Corbeau warns her Melissa can vaporize anything. Riz hits Corbeau. Corbeau takes it. She sees their plan. They are buying time for Tart to use her magic. She runs at Tart. Tart does not counter. Riz blocks Corbeau. Corbeau realizes too late. Elisa attacks from behind. She uses her magia. It clears the field of familiars. Tart urges everyone to storm the village. Gilles rallies the troops. Minou chuckles. They race toward the fragment. Corbeau tries to stop them. Elisa grabs a horse. She grabs Ui. They ride to the fragment. Ui takes a photo. The skies clear. Soldiers remember their victory. In a flashback, the English sisters face Tart's army. Lapin runs ahead. Riz, Elisa, and Melissa dodge her eyes. They take her down. Elisa faces Minou. Minou points to Corbeau. Lapin becomes a Witch. She pulls weapons toward her. She targets Riz and Melissa. Tart blocks with her sword. Only Tart and Elisa's weapons are immune. Corbeau attacks Riz. Riz tries to bind her. Corbeau breaks free. Lapin eyes Tart and Elisa. They detransform. Elisa yells at Tart. She went the wrong way. They bicker. Lapin attacks. Elisa says she will block. Tart must go for the final blow. Tart runs ahead. Elisa uses her magia on Lapin. Minou promises her unseen captives the best seats. They will watch history change. Tart and Elisa open their eyes. They are in a black void. Minou and a sleeping Ui are there. They cannot move. Minou explains this is a space created by the Blank Prophecy. Anyone not part of that moment is transported there. Minou pulled them out early. Elisa says they will still win. Minou says history is changing. She takes Ui's phone. She uses magic on it. In the memory, Tart vanishes from the battlefield. Riz notices Elisa is gone too. La Hire rallies the troops. They continue fighting. Corbeau smiles. In the void, Elisa watches. She asks how they were erased. Minou says they were quarantined. She teleported them out. She can only use the magic once. They watch soldiers get slaughtered. Riz grabs Melissa. They try to stop Corbeau. Riz knocks her toward Melissa. Melissa uses her magic. Corbeau dodges. She warns them things will get bad. Minou and Lapin are safe. Riz warns Melissa to get away. Corbeau laughs. Her attack will hit everyone. Black feathers rain down. They infect everyone with plague. Riz recognizes it. Corbeau says the pain feels like a lifetime. Elisa and Tart struggle. Tart demands to know how they could hurt their own allies. Minou smiles. Soon these events will be etched in time. They struggle more. Elisa remembers the space was created by the Blank Prophecy. She yells for Ui to wake up. Ui opens her eyes. Elisa tells her to take her phone. The screen says Recording. Minou fights Ui for it. Ui fights back. The bonds on Tart and Elisa loosen. They help Ui. They get the phone back. They ask Ui to help their friends. Ui stares at the screen. It says Enter Command. Elisa reminds her how she rewound time before. Minou tries to stop her. Tart and Elisa block her. They fight. A noise falls. Elisa says they have more pressing matters. Ui holds up her phone. She begs it to work. Light flashes. Tart and Elisa find themselves back on the battlefield. Soldiers cry in pain. Corbeau is upset to see them back. She smiles. They are too late. Tart admonishes her for infecting her own allies. Corbeau does not care. The weak will die. Like Tart's sister. Tart has heard enough. Her body glows. She tells Corbeau she never hated them. She only wanted to save her country. Now she can never forgive them. She glows brighter. Her form changes. She vows to save everyone. A magic circle appears. White feathers rain down. They heal everyone. Enemy and ally alike. English soldiers are amazed. They call her a true saint. Corbeau is enraged. She demands to know what Tart is. Cube calls her an irregularity. Tart summons a sword of light. She slashes Corbeau. Corbeau crashes into woods. Corbeau lands roughly. She is shaken. She wonders how her sisters will react. Minou teleports there. Corbeau is overjoyed. Minou says there is no need to thank her. Corbeau is useless now. Minou is upset Corbeau used so many maidens. They were all meant for Minou. Corbeau begs her to listen. She did it to protect Lapin and Minou. Minou confirms what she suspected. Corbeau gave up on her. Corbeau yells. She loves them. Minou says she does not love her. She crushes Corbeau's Soul Gem. Soldiers celebrate at camp. Cube congratulates Tart. They recovered vital fragments. Once they reach Reims, the paradox will be undone. Ui cannot believe it has only been three months. After Tart's miracle, English soldiers surrendered easily. They did not want to fight the girl who saved them. Tart is humbled. Elisa says her simple desire to help brought a miracle. Now they must reach Reims. Ui is eager to help. Riz notes their teamwork improved. Ui remembers the object Minou dropped. She shows them red and blue candles and a book. Riz recognizes them. Corbeau used them to terrorize Tart's dreams. Elisa suggests Ui keep them. La Hire says they are ready to move out. Lapin wakes up. She asks what happened. Minou says she became a Witch again. Minou pities her. She must die as a Magical Girl. Then become a Witch. Then be killed again. She is immortal. But she tastes death forever. Minou tells her Corbeau died heroically. Her death was recorded in the Blank Prophecy. It cannot be undone. Lapin cries. She swears revenge. Minou tells her to rest. They cannot keep their promise to soak together. Minou reports to her benefactor. Corbeau is dead. Everything goes according to plan. She will play her part. No matter how bright the hope, the shadows will darken to meet it. Lapin stomps angrily. She calls two maidens. She demands their wishes. Minou watches. Lapin focuses on revenge. The group nears Reims. They sense magic. Cube says it is a Magical Girl. Elisa knows it is not Corbeau. Riz warns the magic is powerful. Even Corbeau was not this strong. They must be prepared. Lapin stands outside Reims alone. The group faces her. Riz transforms. Lapin talks about Corbeau's kindness. She attacks. Tart is confused. Riz figures she wants revenge. She warns everyone Lapin is stronger. Tart refuses to fight. Lapin will become a Witch again. Lapin targets Tart. Melissa blocks. Elisa tells Ui to get the fragment. They will keep Lapin occupied. Lapin charges an attack. She promises to kill them all. The group is uninjured. They fight together. They coordinate their attacks. They knock Lapin out. She struggles to stand. She mutters about revenge. Elisa calls Ui. Ui cannot find the fragment. Too many magics interfere. Elisa says they must support Tart. They attack Lapin together. Tart delivers the final blow. Lapin's mask falls off. Minou teleports in. She kneels over her sister. Riz prepares to fight. Minou says she does not want Lapin dead or a Witch again. She tells Tart she is no match for her. She concedes victory. She takes Lapin and leaves. Ui contacts them. She found the final fragment. She takes a photo. In the memory, Gilles coronates the Dauphin Charles. Tart watches from the altar. The ceremony ends. Tart congratulates the new king. Everyone cheers. The memory ends. Tart is relieved. Ui cannot believe she witnessed history. Elisa asks about her photo. It shows her and Iroha. It is no longer blank. They are overjoyed. They return to camp. Soldiers chatter. King Charles returned. They consider it another miracle. Tart is humbled. Melissa suggests they go to the banquet. They eat and drink. Riz and Melissa watch Tart closely. They do not want her to drink wine. La Hire offers wine. They refuse. Ui feels something bad will happen if Tart drinks. She and Elisa get dessert. Ui asks a servant for cheesecake. The servant offers wine. Ui declines. Elisa asks for grape juice. Ui sees Tart with the King. Tart runs over. She gets nervous around important people. Elisa offers grape juice. She gets a bad feeling. Ui reminds her only she had grape juice. Elisa was drinking wine. Riz and Melissa rush over. They ask if Tart drank. It is too late. Tart already drank. Elisa asks if she is a lightweight. Tart denies it. She stumbles. She falls into Elisa's arms. She hugs her tightly. She will not let go. Riz and Melissa were afraid of this. Tart hears the word hugging. She runs to Ui. She hugs her too. Riz and Melissa shake their heads. After the banquet, everyone sleeps peacefully. A voice calls Ui. She wakes. She follows it. Tart wakes and notices she is gone. Ui follows the voice into the woods. Tart follows. Elisa catches up. They sense magic. They transform. They hurry toward it. Ui reaches the source. Minou is there. Minou summons magic circles. She teleports them to the cathedral. Tart and Elisa made it inside the circle. They are teleported too. Elisa demands to know what Minou wants. Minou will not hurt Ui. She wants to teach her about the Blank Prophecy. She forces Ui to take out her phone. The command prompt appears. Minou forces Ui to press Continue. A video plays. It shows the future. In September, the King halts the campaign for Paris. Tart cannot understand. Elisa demands answers. The King dissolved the army. Riz fears the King lost his grip. Melissa says Gilles and the Duke were sent away. Tart will keep fighting. In May, Tart is captured. Gilles asks if the King is negotiating. He is not. In May 30, Tart stands trial. She is found guilty of heresy. She will be burned at the stake. Flames draw closer. Melissa and Elisa rush to save her. They call out. The flames lap at her feet. The vision ends. Ui cries. Elisa calls it lies. Minou laughs. The Blank Prophecy is a recording device. This is what lies ahead. It will happen within the summer. Elisa realizes they cannot avoid this fate. Tart must die for a bright future. Elisa asks why Minou showed them this. Minou saw the same future. Tart will liberate France. She will crush Minou's benefactor's dreams. She will die. Minou does not know if Tart chose this. Tart knows now she will burn. She wonders if she might become a Witch. Perhaps this is the only way. Elisa asks why show Ui if history is set. Minou says Ui can choose now. She gathered enough fragments. Ui can keep the future as is. Tart will die. Or she can turn back time. New buttons appear. Return to Start or Confirm History. If she returns, they lose everything. Everyone will forget. They will try again. The result will be the same. Minou smiles. She asks if they realize this is not the first time. Elisa asks what she means. Minou asks if they used Return before. This time it would rewind months. It would use huge magic. Everyone would forget. They cannot know how many times they tried. But if a fragment remained, they would know. Minou forces Ui to navigate. A vision appears. Elisa and Riz talk about Tart's sacrifice. Ui cries. She does not want Tart to die. Tart tells them not to worry. They will not let her die. Ui rewinds everything. The group sees this. They confirm they have done this many times. Minou affirms it. Ui never confirmed history. Dawn will never come. Elisa realizes Minou's plan. The Blank Prophecy is a trap. Ui's soul gem is inside her phone. Every cycle weakens her soul. Eventually she will be erased. Ui understands. If she never existed, Iroha would not contract. She would not go to the past. The sisters would win. The world would be dark. Elisa realizes why Minou never hurt Ui. She wanted this. Ui's soul fills with impurities. Minou hands Ui the phone. She tells her to choose. She wants Ui to despair on her own. Ui stares at the buttons. Elisa reminds Minou if Ui confirms history, Minou will lose. Minou chuckles. Neither of them can choose. Ui tries to find a third option. But contradictions are already set. If they do not recover history, the world stays broken. Elisa is enraged. Their only victory is preordained. Ui cannot accept it. Minou reminds her she can turn back time. Ui prepares to do it again. Tart stops her. She tells Elisa she admired her. She fought for a future she chose. She thanks Ui and Iroha for what they taught her. So long as there is hope, there is light. Tart chooses to accept her fate. She takes Ui's hand. She guides it to Confirm. Minou tries to stop her. Tart's magic repels her. Ui begs her to stop. Tart apologizes. She presses Ui's finger to the screen. The command is accepted. Light flashes. Ui calls for Tart. Tart bids her goodbye. She asks her to have a wonderful future. Ui wakes in a white void. Bubbles dance around her. Cube calls to her. He says she is inside the Blank Prophecy. Her Soul Gem is there. She asks about Tart. History is set. Tart and the others will reenact it. They will not remember Ui. The paradox is resolved. Once Ui leaves, her Soul Gem will be restored. Ui asks if she can help Tart. Cube says she burned at the stake. They could not change it. If Ui stays, she will cease to exist. Cube advises her to accept Tart's choice. She must face it. She must step forward. Ui recalls Tart's words. She promises to have a wonderful future. She steps out. Minou stomps. She curses. She cannot defeat Tart. She recalls the prophecy. France doomed by a woman, saved by a girl. She begs her mother for advice. Ui finds herself in an antique store. Two candles and a book are on the floor. She feels they are important. She puts them on a shelf. She falls asleep. Ui wakes at Mikazuki Villa. Her phone rings. Nemu calls. She asks if Ui knows any charms. Mitama is really into them. Ui knows a charm for good dreams. It uses red and blue candles. Nemu has never heard of it. She asks where Ui heard it. Ui says in 15th century France. Nemu is fascinated. She promises to read about it. She reminds Ui about the slumber party. Ui forgot. Nemu is annoyed. Ui apologizes. Later, Ui feels sad looking at her phone. Iroha returns. She says Ui fell asleep on the couch. She asks if Ui had a bad dream. Ui cannot explain how she feels. Iroha suggests a walk. They walk. Ui cannot focus. Touka calls. She will be late. Ui looks at her phone again. Iroha asks what is wrong. Ui feels she is forgetting something important. Iroha suggests going through her phone. Iroha gives her privacy. Ui scrolls through her messages. She finds a photo she does not recognize. She does not know the girls in it. She starts crying loudly. Iroha asks if she is okay. Ui does not know why she is crying. Iroha hugs her. Ui remembers Tart's words. She tells Iroha they will have a wonderful future together. Iroha agrees. Ui calms down. Ui goes home to get ready. Iroha will meet her later. Iroha gets groceries. She stops by Mitama's. Mitama just learned an interesting charm. SamaTore! The Summer Treasure that Disappeared into the Fire
As Kyoko floated, Kanagi Izumi swam nearby with Mitama and Karin Misono. Ui floated nearby but drifted out too far. Iroha Tamaki called for Ui to come back. Iroha then yelled for everyone to be careful as a huge wave overtook them. Kyoko finishes recounting what happened. Mitama is glad Kyoko was not hurt. Ui tells Kyoko the wave washed them onto a deserted island. Kanagi and Karin return and say there does not seem to be anyone else on the island. Ui and Karin are excited about being on a deserted island, but Kyoko is not happy. Mitama tells her not to worry because her phone survived and they contacted Yachiyo Nanami for rescue. Touka Satomi volunteered to send a helicopter, but it cannot get there for two days. They will need to find water, food, and shelter until then. Mitama is happy about this. She says they can work together and make wonderful memories. Everyone but Kyoko is excited. Mitama tells Kyoko she is part of the group too, but Kyoko says she is fine on her own. Kyoko turns to leave, but Mitama calls her back. Mitama asks Kyoko to transform. Kyoko sighs and transforms into a Magical Girl swimsuit. She is surprised because she has never been able to transform like that. Sayaka had told Mitama about Kyoko's inability to swim during the call for help. While Kyoko was passed out, Mitama adjusted Kyoko's Soul Gem so she could swim. Kyoko gets angry and asks if the transformation is reversible. Mitama promises it is, but then looks sad. She says if she does not have fun on the island she might get depressed and forget how to undo the adjustment. Kyoko asks if Mitama is threatening her. Mitama shakes her head and asks her to imagine fighting in that outfit in the winter. Kyoko imagines Sayaka and Mami being embarrassed for her. Since she knows no other adjustors, Kyoko agrees to join the group. While they talked, Kanagi took Karin and Ui aside so they would not be exposed to bad examples. The group divides the responsibilities. Mitama will build the shelter. Karin will gather bamboo for the shelter and dishes. Kanagi and Ui will collect water and edible plants. Kyoko will find fish or shellfish. Kyoko is content she can work alone and only has to tolerate this for two days. As she stares at the water, she remembers Mitama gave her the ability to swim. She steps into the shallow water to try it. Kyoko awkwardly splashes around and finds she can float easily. She realizes she can really swim now. She spots a fish and dives down to catch it. Overjoyed, she swims around and catches as many fish as she can. She pulls onto the beach with her haul of fish and clams. Kyoko is irritated at being told what to do, but she does not mind being able to swim now. She remembers Mitama suggested she gather wood for the fire. With nothing better to do, Kyoko picks up dry wood from the beach. She finds a piece with writing on it including the words "water" and "bottom", but it is barely legible so she throws it into the pile. Kyoko finishes and heads back to where Mitama and Karin are waiting. Karin shows her a piece of paper. Mitama excitedly says it is a treasure map. Kyoko is not impressed, but she will not stop them. She asks if Mitama finished the shelter. Mitama says it is more of a house. Kyoko looks at the huge building now on the beach. Karin giggles and points out the fire she built. Kyoko is surprised at how capable Karin is. Karin learned how to start a fire from a manga. Kanagi and Ui are not back yet, so Mitama asks Kyoko to check on them. Mitama suggests Kyoko rinse off the sea salt while she goes. Kyoko agrees. Before she leaves, she notices the campfire is getting smaller so she tosses one of the smaller pieces of wood she gathered into the fire. Kyoko thinks things are not so bad and admits it could be exciting for the next two days. Kyoko finds Kanagi and Ui near a freshwater stream. Ui apologizes for not being done, but Kyoko tells them not to rush since she is just going to rinse off. Ui hurries to gather the rest of the supplies. Kyoko jumps into the stream, but the water is freezing. As she splashes, she notices fish at the bottom and decides to catch some. She lunges but misses. Kanagi notices and suggests she go further upstream, a tip she learned from Himika Mao. Kyoko tries it and catches plenty of fish. She can tell there are multiple currents feeding into the stream, so she swims over and pounces on more riverfish. Kyoko gets out with a large haul of riverfish. Thanks to Kanagi's tip, she caught plenty easily. Ui gathered many vegetables while Kanagi gathered fresh water using barrels she found near the shore. Kanagi needs help carrying the barrels, and Ui needs help with the vegetables. Kyoko decides to play nice so Mitama will change her back, and she helps carry the supplies. Mitama marvels at all the fish, water, vegetables, dishes, and the house they now have thanks to teamwork. Kyoko is glad to see Mitama happy since it means she will change her back. Mitama declares she will prepare a delicious feast. Hearing this puts Kyoko and Kanagi on high alert, and both yell at Mitama to stop. Mitama asks what is wrong. Kyoko tells her she must be tired from building, but Mitama says she is fine since Karin did most of the work. Mitama tells Karin to rest while she cooks. Karin happily accepts. Kyoko looks at her like she is crazy. Kanagi figures Karin does not know the truth about Mitama's cooking. Ui also does not know what is going on. Kyoko decides they need a distraction. She smiles and brings out the treasure map. Since Mitama and Karin must be tired, Kyoko suggests they relax by figuring out the map. Kanagi thinks that is a great idea since they will not have light later. Kyoko offers to cook while they look at the map. Ui suddenly remembers her sister's warning about Mitama's cooking and offers to help Kyoko. Mitama and Karin accept and go into the house to look over the map. Kyoko and Kanagi breathe a sigh of relief. Ui asks if Mitama's cooking is really that bad. Kanagi admits it is worse. Kyoko says that is the kind of thing you want to know, especially in a survival situation. The three get to work on dinner and finish as the sun sets. Kyoko drools at how delicious it looks. Ui goes to fetch Mitama and Karin. As she goes, Kanagi thinks she hears something as a cat runs past them. With the sun gone, the group sits down to eat. Everything tastes delicious, and they eagerly eat. Kyoko is thankful they made it through their first day. Early the next morning, Mitama does a head count. Kyoko thinks it is unnecessary, but Mitama says you cannot be too careful on a deserted island, which makes Karin nervous. Mitama decides the group will go treasure hunting. Kyoko and Kanagi are more worried about food and water. Mitama says they dried fish from yesterday and still have plenty of water. Kanagi agrees to go. Ui is excited. Kyoko asks about herself, but Mitama thought Kyoko was excited about treasure hunting since she had them look over the map while she cooked. Kyoko does not want to upset Mitama, so she pretends to be interested. The group looks at the map. The map is old and dirty, so Karin and Mitama believe it must be real. They make out the words "treasure", "mark", "hidden", and "starting point". Mitama flips the map over and points to more writing on the back, but the handwriting is different. Karin points out a wooden board she brought. Kyoko recognizes it as one of the pieces of wood she gathered for the fire. Mitama reads what is written. The board tells of a fallen warrior who hid his lord's treasure on the island. It says to go 100 steps north and 250 steps west to find the treasure at the bottom of the earth. Ui and Karin are not sure what that means. Mitama points out the map on the tablet is accurate. Kanagi cannot figure it out. Kyoko suggests they just go there and see for themselves. Mitama thinks that is a great idea, and the group sets off. Kyoko does not think the map is real, but she plays along. The group arrives at the location but finds nothing but a small creek. Mitama hoped for an underground path. Ui figures her steps were too short compared to a tall warrior. Kanagi and Mitama decide to recount their steps with Kanagi in the lead. Ui and Karin stay to look for clues. Kanagi asks Kyoko to keep an eye on them. Kyoko is annoyed she has to babysit. Suddenly Ui screams and disappears. Kyoko and Karin run over and find a pitfall. Karin says she is coming, but before Kyoko can stop her, Karin falls in too. Down in the pit, Karin picks herself up. Ui is there, and both are okay. Kyoko calls down and tells them to stay put while she finds something to help them climb out. Kyoko looks for something to use as rope and returns to the pit. She calls down, but neither girl answers. She yells louder and lowers a vine. She pulls them out one at a time. The girls dust themselves off, and Ui thanks Kyoko. Karin shows her a wooden tablet they found at the bottom of the pit. Kyoko thinks it looks familiar but says nothing. She asks what it was doing down there. Karin explains the clue was pointing to the "bottom of the earth", meaning the pit. Kanagi and Mitama appear and are thankful to find them. Despite recounting their steps, they ended up at the same clearing. Ui shows them the tablet. Hearing about the pit makes Mitama worried, and she asks if the girls got hurt. They admit they fell in but were saved by Kyoko. Kanagi remembers the map mentioning traps and worries about danger, but Ui promises to be more careful. The group reads the tablet. Karin sobs at the thought of the loyal warrior. Kanagi finds it admirable, and Ui agrees it is sad. Kyoko thinks this has been too easy, even with the traps, since they have found four tablets already. Mitama happily points to another tablet. Kyoko sees how happy Mitama is and thinks that is good since her main concern is keeping her happy so she will change her back. She hopes the treasure is good. Mitama hands Kyoko the new tablet and asks her to read it. Kyoko looks at it and thinks it is only good for firewood. She remembers gathering firewood and throwing a piece with writing into the campfire. She realizes that piece was probably one of the tablets. Kyoko starts sweating as Mitama asks what is wrong. Kyoko pretends the clue is tricky. She worries that if Mitama finds out she burned a clue, she will get sad and refuse to change Kyoko's outfit back. Kyoko tries to figure out what to do. Ui and Kanagi ask if she is okay. Mitama suggests a break. Kyoko calms down and decides to keep quiet since no one else has noticed. She considers sneaking off but decides that would look suspicious. She figures her only option is to make them give up on the treasure without upsetting Mitama. As Mitama looks for the next clue, Kyoko tries to think of a distraction. Mitama suddenly leaps into the air, startling everyone. Karin thinks she flew away, but then they hear a loud thud. Karin thinks it is the warrior's ghost. Kanagi tells them to calm down. Mitama set off a trap, and another wooden tablet fell down. Mitama is hanging upside down from a tree. The group helps her down. Kyoko sees her chance and suggests the treasure hunt is too dangerous, especially since this is the second trap. She points out they have to trigger traps to get the tablets. Mitama looks serious but then smiles and thanks Kyoko for her concern. She points out words in the tablet saying the treasure is extremely rare, which makes her want it more. Kanagi agrees with Kyoko's points but is too curious to give up. With Ui and Karin also wanting to continue, Kyoko's plan fails. Kyoko agrees to continue but warns the others they are being followed. Karin thinks it is a ghost or another treasure hunter, which excites Ui. Kyoko is relieved they believed her lie, since she can now blame the missing tablet on someone else. Mitama gets excited about the treasure, expecting it to change the world. Kyoko frets as the group spots another tablet. Before Karin can get it, Kanagi stops her. She hears something. They listen and a small tabby cat jumps out of the bushes. Mitama notes how small it is, and Kanagi says that explains the missing fish from last night. They figure the person Kyoko thought was following them was the cat. As they fuss over the kitten, Kyoko knows her lie is undone and tries to come up with something else. Mitama puzzles over the last clue. She shows it to the others. The map is damaged, and the mark is completely gone. The tablet instructs them to go to the center of all the places they visited. The group is sad to give up. Kyoko sees this as a chance to distract them and suggests going swimming. Mitama almost agrees but then realizes something. Mitama knows where the last tablet is. She takes the group to the waterfall where Ui and Kanagi gathered water. She figures it must be here since it is an obvious landmark not used in any clues. She triangulated the original mark on the damaged map. Ui is amazed. Mitama says it was thanks to Kyoko mentioning swimming. Everyone splits up to search. Kyoko is unenthusiastic and still trying to cover for the burned tablet. They search for a while without success. Kyoko thinks she could say it got lost or rotted. She notices Mitama staring at her but brushes it off. Mitama looks sad and wonders if she figured it out wrong. Ui does not think so but believes the tablet may have gotten lost over time. Mitama locks eyes with Kyoko and suggests the tablet got lost in the river. Kyoko wonders if Mitama can read minds. Mitama then suggests it might have rotted away. Ui says there is no fire here. Mitama asks for everyone's opinion, starting with Kyoko. Kyoko asks why her. Mitama says Kyoko has looked like she wants to say something. Kyoko denies it. Mitama drops the subject. Kanagi suggests they take a break back at the shelter. Everyone but Kyoko agrees. Kyoko imagines how everyone will react when they notice the burned tablet in the fire and remember she gathered the firewood. Mitama will get upset and not change her back, and Kyoko will be fighting Witches in a swimsuit in the winter. She would rather be stuck on the island. Mitama tells Kyoko to hurry out of the river and warns her not to trip. Kyoko cannot decide whether to come clean when she suddenly notices something below. Kyoko blasts away part of the riverbed. Mitama is surprised. Kyoko points to a hidden path at the bottom of the river. Kanagi goes first to check it out since not everyone can swim well. Ui, Mitama, and Karin ask how Kyoko knew the path was there. Kyoko says she stumbled upon it when catching fish the other day and noticed there was more than one water source. Secretly, it was also because of the clue she read on the tablet when she first picked it up. The group cheers. With the missing tablet no longer a problem, Kyoko sighs with relief. She will be fine as long as the treasure is not disappointing. Kanagi returns and reports there is a cave at the end of the water path. The entire way is underwater. Ui is not a good swimmer, especially after her time in the hospital. The passageway is too narrow to guide her, so Karin decides to stay back with Ui and the kitten. Mitama tries to think of a way for everyone to see the cave. Kyoko asks if they can hold their breath well and suggests using guide ropes. Kyoko pulls the vine and brings Karin up to the surface. The group waits for Kanagi, who comes up last and brings the vines with her in case they need them to get back out. Kyoko came up with the idea when she used vines to rescue Karin and Ui from the pitfall. Kanagi notices some vines snapped, but Karin bundled several into a rope so they held. Karin gives high-fives all around. The group carefully makes their way to the back of the cave. Kyoko hears a loud buzzing noise. Ui slaps a mosquito off her. The group hurries ahead, but mosquitoes multiply around them. Karin wonders if this is the final challenge. No one wants to get bitten. Soon everyone except Mitama is covered in mosquitoes. Mitama pouts since the mosquitoes must not like her blood. The group hurries to the back of the cave while Mitama transforms and drives the mosquitoes away. They thank her. Mitama is now in a bad mood. Kyoko hopes the treasure is worth it. At the back of the cave, they find an old treasure box. Kyoko asks if she can open it. The group agrees. Kanagi warns her to be careful in case it is booby-trapped. Kyoko carefully opens the box. Inside is a letter congratulating them on coming this far. It explains the treasure hunt was sponsored by the Sayu-Sayu Mizuna Tourism Project. The game was called "The Lost Treasure of a Fallen Warrior" but was abandoned because of the mosquitoes and concern that fans would try to come to the island. Since they already did the work, they set up the mysteries and traps anyway. They left a paper with Sayu-Sayu's sword designs since the real sword would have rusted. It then points them to a spot with a gorgeous view where they planned to leave the box originally. Kyoko finishes reading. Everyone waits to hear what it says. Kyoko does not want to disappoint them. She stalls, trying to figure out how to reword it so the view ahead is the treasure. She tells the others to follow her and gambles on the view promised in the letter. Karin asks what was in the box, but Kyoko warns her not to look inside since something terrible might happen. Karin lets her imagination run wild and thinks the box might blow up if opened too many times. Kanagi agrees to leave it be as they all follow Kyoko. Kyoko leads them to the back of the cave, which opens onto a cliff. The girls are greeted by a breathtaking view of the sun setting over the ocean as the first stars appear. Everyone agrees this view is a rare treasure. Mitama thanks Kyoko for finding it. Kyoko says she only worked hard to keep Mitama happy so she would change her back. She then admits she used the last tablet for firewood before realizing what it was. Mitama is shocked but then apologizes for forcing Kyoko to do what she wanted. She apologizes for threatening her and promises to change her back. The group finishes watching the sunset and makes their way back through the mosquito-filled cavern. They reach their shelter well into the night. Despite the bites, everyone enjoyed their two days on the island. The next day, Kyoko eats fish for breakfast. Mitama asks if she is full yet. Kyoko wants to eat as much freshly roasted fish as possible since she probably will not get another chance. Mitama takes a fish and munches happily. She asks Kyoko if the treasure really was the scenic view. Kyoko admits it was a failed PR stunt and the treasure was just a piece of paper. She knew one of them would notice, but she did not want to disappoint everyone. Mitama figures Kanagi noticed the truth, but since Ui and Karin did not, they made great memories thanks to her. Kyoko offers her another fish. Elsewhere, Ui and Karin splash in the ocean and have a great time. Kanagi swims nearby, and the two girls turn their attacks on her. Kanagi smiles and splashes back. Kyoko marvels at their stamina. They hear helicopter blades and Iroha's voice calling down to them. Mitama goes to gather the others. Kyoko waits by herself, smiling and admitting the adventure was not all bad. In a bonus chapter, Sayuki's manager and producer argue about something. Sayuki enters followed by Mayu Kozue and Ria Ami. The producer excuses himself for the intrusion. Ria asks if he is the producer for the "Sayu-Sayu Mizuna Tourism Project." The producer says he is and they are having trouble with the project. The manager explains Sayuki has been working on a web drama. Sayuki tells her friends they were planning a special where Sayuki hunts for treasure on a deserted island. She wanted to wear a swimsuit Ria and Mayu helped make. The manager sadly says the plan was canceled due to the obscene amount of mosquitoes in the cave and the overenthusiastic staff who made traps too deep and dangerous. The cave could only be accessed through a long underwater tunnel. Ria demands to know why they wanted an idol to go through that. Mayu thinks Sayuki could do it, but Ria says that is not the point. The producer agrees, so the plan was scrapped and the staff were disciplined. Since it was summer, they still wanted a summer special but had no new ideas. The manager asks if they can help. Mayu agrees. Ria asks if there are any requirements besides being summer-themed. The manager asks if they can work in "Mizuna" and "swimsuit" as well as a sword designed by "Kaigiri." At that name, Sayuki gets flustered. The manager had been hiding it as a surprise. If Sayuki solved the event, she would get to keep the sword. Otherwise, it would be donated to a museum. For now, they can use it as the grand prize. Sayuki says they will have to think about it. Ria says she has a great idea. They should make an original video and maybe include fans. Everyone agrees. Ria suggests a "Mizuna Swimwear Collection" where fans show off swimsuits in a fashion show, and they hose down the audience afterwards. They can present the sword to the winner. Ria then talks about participating and taking the prize home. The manager and producer like the video idea but are not sold on the fashion show. They agree Sayuki does better with a live audience. Ria asks if Mayu has any ideas. Mayu does not. They turn to Sayuki, who is praying to the sword gods. They ask Mayu again. The manager is open to anything. Ria encourages Mayu to say whatever pops into her head. Mayu suggests doing something different. Normally Sayuki introduces herself to the town, so why not have the town introduced by her? The manager thinks this sounds like a date. The producer asks if she means Sayuki could tour and show dating spots in the town. Ria agrees it would be different since they would wear different things. Mayu envisions Sayuki going around in her swimsuit and asking the camera for a date, followed by dead silence. Ria says that is great, but what about the sword? Mayu figures she can carry it around. But Sayuki's gimmick is slashing hearts, so would she literally slash hearts on her date? The manager says they will not go that far, though she likes the idea for something other than swimwear. The producer agrees it is a great idea since fans will feel closer to Sayuki. They decide to hold onto it for a future project. They ask if Sayuki has any ideas. Sayuki is deep in thought. The manager encourages her to speak up. Sayuki suggests a survival skills quiz. She can compete against fans by answering trivia questions. They will write answers down rather than use buzzers. A wrong answer means elimination, and the last one standing gets the sword. Ria thinks it is solid since Sayuki will interact with fans. The producer figures participants can wear swimsuits and answer summer or Mizuna questions. Sayuki says there is a big problem because of the sword. As a sword idol, she will have an advantage and most likely win, which she admits she really wants. She apologizes for misleading them. Ria says it is okay since everyone except Mayu figured that was her plan. The manager agrees the quiz format is good, but not if fans have no chance of winning. Sayuki agrees that is not good. Ria asks what is so great about the sword. Mayu explains that Kaigiri is a famous swordsmith. Ordering one involves months of waiting. Ria asks if it is pricey. Mayu whispers the amount, and Ria jumps at how expensive it is, even at the lowest quoted price. They decide to combine the best bits from everyone's ideas. Mayu suggested visiting locales with a dating feel. Ria suggested fan participation. Sayuki wanted a quiz show. The managers stipulated summer, swimsuits, and Mizuna ward. The sword is the grand prize. Ria throws her hands up. They have good ideas, but there is no way to combine them. They cannot have swimsuits if they go to different places, and fan participation is hard with a dating video. Tying in the sword with a summer theme is also difficult. Also, Sayuki cannot easily win the sword for herself, even if she is the only one who wants a sword as a prize. The manager reminds them they do not have to do all the ideas at once. Just having it in Mizuna ward is enough. The producer reminds them they were going to film on a deserted island originally. Ria realizes the original plan tied in many things since a treasure hunt naturally has a big prize, and swimsuits fit a tropical island theme. Trying to combine everything is making Mayu's head hurt. She thinks it would be better to pick one idea and work from there. Ria suggests going with Sayuki's quiz idea. This way Sayuki can compete fairly with fans. They can pick any quiz format since it does not have to be survival. Sayuki mutters about surviving a deserted island. The producer says they can use the island if they want since the owner is a big fan. Ria thinks a quiz show on an island would make participation difficult. Mayu suggests a live showing from the island, but that would also make fan participation hard. Sayuki keeps muttering about making it fair but wanting the sword and deserted islands. Sayuki then says she does not have to participate in the quiz. Mayu asks if she is not the main star. Sayuki explains her idea. The manager sees what she means. The producer seems on board. Sayuki is overjoyed. Mayu congratulates her. Sayuki thanks her friends. The manager invites them to come back anytime. Sayuki welcomes them both onboard her team. A few weeks later, Sayuki, Ria, Mayu, her manager, and her producer gather on the shores of the deserted island. Sayuki is in her swimsuit. Ria laments not bringing her own. The producer cannot find his map of the island. The manager left her copy behind. The owner of the island collaborated with the overeager staff on the traps and mysteries, all of which are still on the island. The producer shrugs and says it will not be a problem as long as they stay on that part. They decide to start shooting. The manager tells Sayuki she can look around but not to stray far. Sayuki, Mayu, and Ria check the other side of the shore. They are surprised to find a giant bamboo house and signs of a campfire. They hear rustling from the forest and freeze. The rustling intensifies until a tabby kitten jumps out and meows. They wonder what a cat is doing on the island. Kyoko comes bounding out after the cat, trying to catch it. Sayuki wonders if this is a feral person. Mayu wonders if she is one of the girls from Mitakihara. Ria recognizes her and asks what she is doing here. In a flashback, Iroha apologizes because the helicopter cannot land on the beach, so they have to walk to where it is waiting. Mitama is glad to be rescued. Kanagi apologizes for the inconvenience. The cat gets worked up, and Karin tries to catch it. Kyoko wonders if the cat wants to stay on the island, but Ui does not think so since it was affectionate earlier. The cat runs off. Ui wants to chase it, but Kyoko warns her it is dangerous. The flashback ends. Ria understands they were about to leave when the cat ran off. Kyoko says that sums it up. Ui and Karin catch up and ask if she caught the cat. Karin notices Sayuki and points, recognizing her as Sayu-Sayu. Kyoko does not know what that is until Sayuki introduces herself. Kyoko recognizes the name from the letter and realizes she was behind the treasure hunt. Karin tells Sayuki she is a big fan. Sayuki is pleased and tells them they were going to shoot an episode based on a treasure hunt. Kyoko almost calls her out but remembers Mitama told her Karin and Ui do not know the treasure hunt was fake. Kyoko decides to keep quiet and wonders if Mitama and the others are waiting. Mitama, Kanagi, and Iroha show up. Sayuki is surprised to see Mitama and greets her warmly. Telepathically, Kyoko tells Mitama they should get the two away since Sayuki was behind the treasure hunt. Mitama says something cryptic and tells Kyoko to leave it to her. Outwardly, Mitama tells Karin and Ui they have to go. They do not want to since they are interested in watching an idol work. Mitama says they might interfere, but Sayuki offers to talk to the manager for them. In exchange, they just have to cheer her on. Karin and Ui light up and promise to support her. Iroha thanks her. Mitama reminds them the helicopter is waiting. Ria suggests they let the helicopter go and instead go back with them on their boat since Karin and Ui are excited to watch. Kanagi asks if that is okay. Mitama makes flustered noises trying to come up with an excuse. Kyoko thinks it might be dangerous with all the traps, but Ria promises they will stay on the shore where it is safe. Sayuki tells them about the special. It is a four-part short where she and the audience are stranded on an island and must work together to survive. At the end of each episode, they present a multiple choice question. Viewers choose an option and watch the next episode. If they pick wrong, they see a "Bad End" where Sayuki has to be rescued. During the episodes, Sayuki will use the Kaigiri sword. As long as fans have fun, Sayuki will have no regrets about keeping the sword. Karin asks what it is called. Sayuki tells her the long title. Sayuki claims she came up with the title and content herself. Kyoko is not sure what to think, but Ui and Karin are more excited than ever. The manager shows up and asks who the kids are. Sayuki says she will explain later. Mitama and Kyoko exchange a look. Mitama sadly tells her telepathically that Ui's innocence will be lost. They wonder if they can preserve Ui's good memories without tarnishing them with the truth. The shooting begins, and they cheer from the sidelines. Soon they are all piled on the boat together, many exhausted and some falling asleep. |
Not Ready
| Not Ready |
|---|
The Crescent Moon Manor's Summer VacationX Mitama and the Delicious New Year's PartyX Sayuki Steps Up!X
Curry House CoCo ICHIBANYA CollaborationX XX XX |